WO2023210567A1 - Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil clad laminated plate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, semiconductor device, and printed wiring board manufacturing method - Google Patents

Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil clad laminated plate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, semiconductor device, and printed wiring board manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023210567A1
WO2023210567A1 PCT/JP2023/016071 JP2023016071W WO2023210567A1 WO 2023210567 A1 WO2023210567 A1 WO 2023210567A1 JP 2023016071 W JP2023016071 W JP 2023016071W WO 2023210567 A1 WO2023210567 A1 WO 2023210567A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resin composition
mass
group
parts
less
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/016071
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
晃樹 小松
佳亮 奥村
智絵 森下
恵 東原
恵一 長谷部
Original Assignee
三菱瓦斯化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 filed Critical 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社
Publication of WO2023210567A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023210567A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/24Impregnating materials with prepolymers which can be polymerised in situ, e.g. manufacture of prepregs
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/01Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients characterized by their specific function
    • C08K3/013Fillers, pigments or reinforcing additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/12Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by physical features, e.g. anisotropy, viscosity or electrical conductivity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a prepreg, a metal foil-clad laminate, a resin composite sheet, a printed wiring board, a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board.
  • solder resist is applied to the printed wiring board on which an electronic circuit is formed, and an insulating film is formed to protect the circuit pattern.
  • Several methods are known for forming a coating film using solder resist. For example, in the method using a developable solder resist, solder resist is applied over the entire circuit pattern of a printed wiring board, and a predetermined pattern is formed. The solder resist layer is exposed to light through a negative film (mask) on which a circuit pattern is made, and the uncured portions are developed.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a composition for suppressing back exposure of a photosensitive composition that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 420 nm as a composition for an insulating layer.
  • composition comprising a compound (A) having a naphthalene skeleton and a substituent bonded to at least the 2-position and/or the 7-position of the naphthalene ring contained in the naphthalene skeleton is disclosed. .
  • the present invention aims to solve such problems, and provides a resin composition that can suppress back exposure when made into a cured product, as well as a cured product and prepreg using the resin composition.
  • the present invention aims to provide a metal foil-clad laminate, a resin composite sheet, a printed wiring board, a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board.
  • the present inventor conducted a study and found a resin composition that has low transmittance for all G-line (wavelength: 436 nm), H-line (wavelength: 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength: 365 nm).
  • the above problems can be solved by doing so.
  • the above problem was solved by the following means. ⁇ 1> A resin composition containing a thermosetting compound, A resin composition in which the transmittance of g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), and i-line (wavelength 365 nm) in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m is 0.070% or less, respectively. thing.
  • ⁇ 2> The resin composition according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m has a transmittance of H-line (wavelength 405 nm) of 0.050% or less.
  • ⁇ 3> The resin composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m has an i-line (wavelength 365 nm) transmittance of 0.040% or less.
  • ⁇ 4> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, containing an ultraviolet absorber and/or a nonmetallic organic dye.
  • ⁇ 5> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, containing an ultraviolet absorber and a nonmetallic organic dye.
  • ⁇ 6> The resin composition according to ⁇ 4> or ⁇ 5>, wherein the nonmetallic organic dye contains a dye.
  • ⁇ 7> Any one of ⁇ 4> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the content of the ultraviolet absorber is more than 0 parts by mass and 3.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition.
  • ⁇ 8> Any one of ⁇ 4> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the content of the nonmetallic organic dye is more than 0 parts by mass and 2.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. 1.
  • the resin composition according to item 1. ⁇ 9> Any one of ⁇ 4> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is 0.15 to 4.0.
  • the resin composition described in . ⁇ 10> Any one of ⁇ 4> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is 0.4 to 1.5.
  • the resin composition described in . ⁇ 11> The thermosetting compound is a maleimide compound, an epoxy compound, a phenol compound, an oxetane resin, a benzoxazine compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and is represented by formula (V)
  • Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group.
  • ⁇ 12> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, wherein a dielectric loss tangent of a cured product of the resin composition is 0.0001 or more and less than 0.0027.
  • ⁇ 13> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>, further comprising a filler.
  • ⁇ 14> The resin composition according to ⁇ 13>, wherein the content of the filler is 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition.
  • ⁇ 15> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14>, which is for forming an insulating layer.
  • the transmittance of the H-line (wavelength 405 nm) in the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m is 0.050% or less
  • the transmittance of i-line (wavelength 365 nm) in the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m is 0.040% or less
  • Contains UV absorbers and non-metallic organic pigments the non-metallic organic pigment contains a dye
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is more than 0 parts by mass and 3.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition
  • the content of the non-metallic organic dye is more than 0 parts by mass and 2.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition
  • the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber and the nonmetallic organic dye is 0.4 to 1.5
  • the thermosetting compound includes a maleimide compound, an epoxy compound, a phenol compound, an ox
  • the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 15> containing one or more selected from the group consisting of a cyanate ester compound and a cyanate ester compound.
  • Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.
  • ⁇ 17> A cured product of the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 16>.
  • ⁇ 18> A prepreg formed from a base material and the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 16>.
  • ⁇ 19> A layer formed from the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 16> and/or a layer formed from the prepreg according to ⁇ 18>, and one side of the layer or A metal foil-clad laminate comprising: metal foil arranged on both sides.
  • a resin composite sheet comprising a support and a layer formed from the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 16> disposed on the surface of the support.
  • ⁇ 21> A printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer and a conductor layer disposed on the surface of the insulating layer, wherein the insulating layer is made of the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 16>.
  • a printed wiring board comprising at least one of a layer formed from a material and a layer formed from a prepreg according to ⁇ 18>.
  • At least one insulating layer comprising a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 16>; a step of preparing a substrate laminated with at least one conductor layer in contact with the insulating layer; forming a photosensitive composition layer that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm on both sides of the substrate; arranging a mask pattern on at least one surface of the photosensitive composition layer, and exposing the photosensitive composition layer to light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm through the mask pattern, A method for manufacturing printed wiring boards.
  • a substrate comprising at least one insulating layer containing a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 16> and at least one conductor layer in contact with the insulating layer.
  • a method for manufacturing printed wiring boards ⁇ 26> The method for manufacturing a printed wiring board according to ⁇ 24> or ⁇ 25>, wherein the insulating layer has an insulating layer having a thickness of 15 ⁇ m or less.
  • a resin composition that can suppress back exposure when made into a cured product, as well as a cured product, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, using the resin composition, It is now possible to provide semiconductor devices and printed wiring board manufacturing methods.
  • this embodiment is an illustration for explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited only to this embodiment.
  • the description that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having no substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having a substituent (atomic group).
  • the term "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the (meth)allyl group represents allyl and/or methallyl
  • “(meth)acrylate” represents both acrylate and/or methacrylate
  • “(meth)acrylate” represents acrylate and/or methacrylate
  • “Acrylic” represents both or either of acrylic and methacrylic
  • “(meth)acryloyl” represents both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • the relative dielectric constant refers to the ratio of the dielectric constant to the vacuum dielectric constant of a substance.
  • the relative dielectric constant may be simply referred to as "permittivity.”
  • is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • various physical property values and characteristic values are assumed to be at 23° C. unless otherwise stated.
  • the term "process” is used not only to refer to an independent process, but also to include any process that achieves the intended effect even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. . If the measurement methods, etc. explained in the standards shown in this specification differ from year to year, unless otherwise stated, they shall be based on the standards as of January 1, 2022.
  • resin solid content refers to components excluding fillers (fillers such as inorganic fillers and resin fillers) and solvents, including thermosetting compounds, aromatic oligomers, thermoplastic elastomers, and other resins. It is intended to contain additive components (ultraviolet absorbers, non-metallic organic dye additives, etc.).
  • the resin composition of this embodiment is a resin composition containing a thermosetting compound, and in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m, G-line (wavelength 436 nm), H-line (wavelength 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength: 365 nm) is characterized by a transmittance of 0.070% or less.
  • G-line wavelength 436 nm
  • H-line wavelength 405 nm
  • I-line wavelength: 365 nm
  • circuit patterns in the inner layer may be detected as defects during AOI (Automated Optical Inspection).
  • AOI Automated Optical Inspection
  • This problem is particularly likely to occur when the insulating layer does not contain a filler (particularly an inorganic filler, furthermore, a glass cloth, a filler, etc.).
  • a filler particularly an inorganic filler, furthermore, a glass cloth, a filler, etc.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment has a transmittance of g-line (wavelength 436 nm) of 0.070% or less, preferably 0.069% or less, in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m. It is more preferably 0.068% or less, even more preferably 0.067% or less, even more preferably 0.066% or less, and even more preferably 0.065% or less.
  • the lower limit of the transmittance of the g-line (wavelength 436 nm) is ideally 0%, but 0.001% or more is practical.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment also has a transmittance of H-line (wavelength 405 nm) of 0.070% or less, and 0.050% or less in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m. Preferably, it is 0.045% or less, more preferably 0.040% or less, even more preferably 0.038% or less, even more preferably 0.035% or less. . Ideally, the lower limit of the transmittance of the h-line (wavelength: 405 nm) is 0%, but 0.001% or more is practical.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment further has a transmittance of i-line (wavelength 365 nm) of 0.070% or less and 0.040% or less in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 ⁇ m. It is more preferably 0.030% or less, even more preferably 0.025% or less, and even more preferably 0.020% or less.
  • the lower limit of the transmittance of the i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) is ideally 0%, but 0.001% or more is practical.
  • a means of achieving low light transmittance in the above G-line (wavelength 436 nm), H-line (wavelength 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength 365 nm) is to select the type of thermosetting compound to be added to the resin composition. and other ingredients.
  • the type of thermosetting compound is adjusted or various additives are added to the resin composition in order to suppress back exposure, the cured product of the resin composition may have low dielectric properties (low dielectric constant and/or (low dielectric loss tangent) may decrease. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is preferable to adjust the light transmittance to satisfy the above-mentioned light transmittance by using a resin composition containing an ultraviolet absorber and/or a non-metallic organic dye.
  • a resin composition that can effectively suppress back exposure while achieving low dielectric properties.
  • the light transmittance can be effectively lowered even if the total amount of both components used in the resin composition is relatively small. It becomes possible to provide a resin composition that can effectively suppress back exposure while achieving the desired characteristics.
  • by precisely adjusting the content and blending ratio of ultraviolet absorbers and nonmetallic organic dyes we have created a resin composition that has excellent heat resistance and can effectively suppress back exposure while maintaining low dielectric properties. It becomes possible to provide things.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment contains a thermosetting compound.
  • the thermosetting compound is usually a main component of the cured product of this embodiment.
  • the thermosetting compounds used in this embodiment include maleimide compounds, epoxy compounds, phenol compounds, oxetane resins, benzoxazine compounds, compounds containing (meth)allyl groups, and polyphenylene ethers containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds. It is preferable to include one or more selected from the group consisting of a compound, a polymer having a structural unit represented by formula (V), and a cyanate ester compound, such as a maleimide compound, an epoxy compound, a phenol compound, and an oxetane resin.
  • a benzoxazine compound a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, a polymer having a structural unit represented by formula (V), and a cyanate ester compound. It is more preferable to contain at least one type selected from the group consisting of a maleimide compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and a cyanate ester compound. , a maleimide compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and a cyanate ester compound.
  • Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain a maleimide compound.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment contains two or more (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2) maleimides in one molecule.
  • the maleimide compound is preferably a compound represented by formulas (M0) to (M5), a maleimide compound (M6), or a compound represented by formula (M7), and a compound represented by formula (M0) is preferably used.
  • R 51 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group
  • R 52 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • n 1 represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • R 51 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, or a phenyl group;
  • One of the methyl groups is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is even more preferable.
  • R 52 is preferably a methyl group.
  • n 1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, even more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • the compound represented by formula (M0) may be one type or a mixture of two or more types. Examples of mixtures include mixtures of compounds in which n1 is different, mixtures of compounds in which the types of substituents for R51 and/or R52 are different, and the bonding position of the maleimide group and the oxygen atom to the benzene ring (meta position, para position, Examples include mixtures of compounds having different positions (ortho positions), and mixtures of compounds having two or more of the above-mentioned different points combined. The same applies to the compounds represented by formulas (M1) to (M5), the maleimide compound (M6), and the compound represented by formula (M7) below.
  • R M1 , R M2 , R M3 , and R M4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R M5 and R M6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Ar M represents a divalent aromatic group.
  • A is a 4- to 6-membered alicyclic group.
  • R M7 and R M8 are each independently an alkyl group.
  • mx is 1 or 2
  • lx is 0 or 1.
  • R M9 and R M10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R M11 , R M12 , R M13 , and R M14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or represents an organic group.
  • R M15 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • px represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • nx represents an integer of 1 to 20.
  • R M1 , R M2 , R M3 , and R M4 in the formula each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group, especially a methyl group.
  • R M1 and R M3 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, and R M2 and R M4 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R M5 and R M6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred. preferable.
  • Ar M represents a divalent aromatic group, preferably a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, more preferably a phenylene group, still more preferably a m-phenylene group.
  • Ar M may have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a methyl group, Ethyl group, propyl group, and butyl group are more preferable, and methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • Ar M is unsubstituted.
  • A is a 4- to 6-membered alicyclic group, and more preferably a 5-membered alicyclic group (preferably a group that forms an indane ring when combined with a benzene ring).
  • R M7 and R M8 each independently represent an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • mx is 1 or 2, preferably 2.
  • lx is 0 or 1, preferably 1.
  • R M9 and R M10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group is more preferred.
  • the alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred.
  • R M11 , R M12 , R M13 , and R M14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group, especially a methyl group.
  • R M12 and R M13 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, and R M11 and R M14 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R M15 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. represents an aryloxy group, an arylthio group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a mercapto group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. is preferably an aryl group.
  • nx represents an integer from 1 to 20.
  • nx may be an integer of 10 or less.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment may contain only one type of compound (M1) represented by formula (M1), or may contain two or more types of compounds having at least different values of nx. You can stay there. When two or more types are included, the average value of nx (average number of repeating units) n in the compound (M1) represented by formula (M1) in the resin composition has a low melting point (low softening point) and a melt viscosity.
  • n is preferably 10.0 or less, more preferably 8.0 or less, even more preferably 7.0 or less, even more preferably 6.0 or less, and 5. It may be 0 or less. The same applies to equations (M1-2) and the like that will be described later.
  • the compound (M1) represented by formula (M1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (M1-1) below.
  • R M21 , R M22 , R M23 , and R M24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R M25 and R M26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl
  • R M27 , R M28 , R M29 , and R M30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R M31 and R M32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R M33 , R M34 , R M35 , and R M36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R M37 , R M38 , and R M39 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • nx is Represents an integer between 1 and 20.
  • R M21 , R M22 , R M23 , and R M24 in the formula each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group.
  • R M21 and R M23 are preferably alkyl groups, and R M22 and R M24 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • R M25 and R M26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred.
  • R M27 , R M28 , R M29 , and R M30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group.
  • R M31 and R M32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred.
  • R M33 , R M34 , R M35 , and R M36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group.
  • R M33 and R M36 are preferably hydrogen atoms, and R M34 and R M35 are preferably alkyl groups.
  • R M37 , R M38 , and R M39 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred.
  • nx represents an integer from 1 to 20. nx may be an integer of 10 or less.
  • the compound represented by formula (M1-1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (M1-2) below.
  • R M21 , R M22 , R M23 , and R M24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R M25 and R M26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl
  • R M27 , R M28 , R M29 , and R M30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R M31 and R M32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R M33 , R M34 , R M35 , and R M36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R M37 , R M38 , and R M39 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • nx is Represents an integer between 1 and 20.
  • RM21 , RM22 , RM23 , RM24 , RM25, RM26 , RM27 , RM28 , RM29 , RM30 , RM31 , RM32 , RM33 , RM34 , R M35 , R M36 , R M37 , R M38 , R M39 , and nx are R M21 , R M22 , R M23 , R M24 , R M25 , R M26 , R M27 in formula (M1-1), respectively; It is synonymous with R M28 , R M29 , R M30 , R M31 , R M32 , R M33 , R M34 , R M35 , R M36 , R M37 , R M38 , R M39 , and nx, and the preferred ranges are also the same. .
  • the compound represented by the formula (M1-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (M1-3), and more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (M1-4).
  • M1-3 nx represents an integer from 1 to 20.
  • nx may be an integer of 10 or less.
  • nx represents an integer from 1 to 20.
  • nx may be an integer of 10 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (M1) represented by formula (M1) is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 600 or more, and even more preferably 700 or more. When the amount is equal to or more than the lower limit, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low dielectric properties and low water absorption. Further, the molecular weight of the compound (M1) represented by formula (M1) is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 9,000 or less, even more preferably 7,000 or less, and preferably 5,000 or less. More preferably, it is 4000 or less. By setting it below the above-mentioned upper limit, the heat resistance and handleability of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved.
  • R 54 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • n 4 is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, even more preferably 1 or 2, and may be 1.
  • the compound represented by formula (M2) may be a mixture of compounds in which n 4 is different, and is preferably a mixture. Further, as described in the section of the compound represented by formula (M0), it may be a mixture of compounds having different parts.
  • R 55 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 5 represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • R 55 is preferably a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, or phenyl group; One of the methyl groups is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is even more preferable.
  • n 5 is preferably an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the compound represented by formula (M3) may be a mixture of compounds having different n 5 values, and is preferably a mixture. Further, as described in the section of the compound represented by formula (M0), it may be a mixture of compounds having different parts.
  • R 56 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group
  • R 57 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 58 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group
  • R 59 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • n 6 represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • R 58 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, or a phenyl group;
  • One of the methyl groups is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is even more preferable.
  • R 59 is preferably a methyl group.
  • n 6 is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, even more preferably 1 or 2, and may be 1.
  • the compound represented by formula (M5) may be a mixture of compounds having different n 6 values, and is preferably a mixture. Further, as described in the section of the compound represented by formula (M0), it may be a mixture of compounds having different parts.
  • the maleimide compound (M6) is a compound having a structural unit represented by formula (M6) and maleimide groups at both ends of the molecular chain.
  • R 61 represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • R 62 is R 63 represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms. Represents a chain or branched alkyl group, or a straight or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • the maleimide compound (M6) may be a mixture of compounds different in other parts.
  • R 1 each independently represents the alkyl group
  • R 2 each independently represents an alkyl group, alkoxy group, or alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • a halogen atom a hydroxyl group; or a mercapto group
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and one of R 3 and R 4 is a hydrogen atom and the other is a methyl group
  • R 5 and R 6 are One is a hydrogen atom, the other is a methyl group
  • X 1 is the following formula (x):
  • R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and one of R 7 and R 8 is a hydrogen atom, the other is a methyl group
  • R 9 is the following formula (x):
  • a plurality of R 1s may be the same or different.
  • q is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 2 's may be the same or different.
  • t is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 9s may be the same or different.
  • the compound represented by formula (M7) may be a mixture of compounds with different k, and is preferably a mixture. Further, as described in the section of the compound represented by formula (M0), it may be a mixture of compounds having different parts. For details of the compound represented by formula (M7), the description in Japanese Patent No. 7160151 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the maleimide compound may be produced by a known method, or a commercially available product may be used.
  • Commercially available products include, for example, "BMI-80” manufactured by K.I. Kasei Co., Ltd. as a compound represented by formula (M0), and "NE-X-9470S” manufactured by DIC Corporation as a compound represented by formula (M1).
  • the compound represented by formula (M2) is "BMI-2300” manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • the compound represented by formula (M3) is "MIR-3000” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • formula (M4) The compound represented by formula (M5) is “BMI-70” manufactured by K-I Kasei Co., Ltd.
  • the compound represented by formula (M5) is “MIR-5000” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • the maleimide compound (M6) is manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (M7) include "NE-X-9500” manufactured by DIC Corporation.
  • maleimide compounds other than those mentioned above include compounds having two or more maleimide groups, specifically m-phenylenebismaleimide, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl) ) Propane, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenebismaleimide, 1,6-bismaleimide-(2,2,4-trimethyl)hexane, 4,4'-diphenyl ether bismaleimide, 4,4'-diphenylsulfone bis Examples include maleimide, 1,3-bis(3-maleimidophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-maleimidophenoxy)benzene, prepolymers thereof, and prepolymers of these maleimides and amines.
  • the lower limit of its content is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and 5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 25 parts by mass or more. More preferably, the amount is 30 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the maleimide compound is 1 part by mass or more, the flame resistance of the obtained cured product tends to improve.
  • the upper limit of the content of the maleimide compound is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and 60 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is more preferably at most 50 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 40 parts by mass.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of maleimide compound, or may contain two or more types of maleimide compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain an epoxy compound.
  • An epoxy compound is a compound having one or more (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2) epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • epoxy compounds include bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol E epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, bisphenol S epoxy resin, phenol novolac epoxy resin, bisphenol A novolac epoxy resin, glycidyl ester epoxy resin, and aralkyl epoxy resin.
  • Novolac type epoxy resin biphenylaralkyl type epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, multifunctional phenol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, naphthalene skeleton modified novolac type epoxy resin, phenol Aralkyl type epoxy resin, naphthol aralkyl type epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, alicyclic epoxy resin, polyol type epoxy resin, phosphorus-containing epoxy resin, glycidyl amine, glycidyl ester, butadiene, etc.
  • Examples include compounds in which bonds are epoxidized, and compounds obtained by reacting hydroxyl group-containing silicone resins with epichlorohydrin. By using these, the moldability and adhesion of the resin composition are improved.
  • biphenylaralkyl epoxy resins, naphthylene ether epoxy resins, polyfunctional phenol epoxy resins, and naphthalene epoxy resins are preferred; More preferably, it is a type epoxy resin.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains an epoxy compound within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and 1 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferable that the amount is at least 2 parts by mass, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the epoxy compound is 0.1 part by mass or more, the peel strength and toughness of the metal foil tend to improve.
  • the upper limit of the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and 30 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition.
  • the amount is more preferably at most 20 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 10 parts by mass, and may be at most 8 parts by mass, and may be at most 5 parts by mass.
  • the content of the epoxy compound is 50 parts by mass or less, the electrical properties of the obtained cured product tend to improve.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of epoxy compound, or may contain two or more types of epoxy compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment can also have a structure that does not substantially contain an epoxy compound.
  • “Substantially free” means that the content of the epoxy compound is less than 0.1 parts by mass, preferably less than 0.01 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. , and even less than 0.001 part by mass.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain a phenol compound.
  • the phenol compound has one or more (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2) phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule.
  • the phenol compound is not particularly limited, and a wide variety of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used. Examples of the phenol compound include bisphenol A type phenol resin, bisphenol E type phenol resin, bisphenol F type phenol resin, bisphenol S type phenol resin, phenol novolak resin, bisphenol A novolac type phenol resin, glycidyl ester type phenol resin, aralkyl novolac phenol.
  • Resin biphenylaralkyl type phenolic resin, cresol novolac type phenolic resin, polyfunctional phenolic resin, naphthol resin, naphthol novolak resin, polyfunctional naphthol resin, anthracene type phenolic resin, naphthalene skeleton modified novolak type phenolic resin, phenol aralkyl type phenolic resin,
  • naphthol aralkyl-type phenolic resins dicyclopentadiene-type phenolic resins, biphenyl-type phenolic resins, alicyclic phenolic resins, polyol-type phenolic resins, phosphorus-containing phenolic resins, and hydroxyl group-containing silicone resins.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of biphenyl aralkyl type phenol resin, naphthol aralkyl type phenol resin, phosphorus-containing phenol resin, and hydroxyl group-containing silicone resin is a seed.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains a phenol compound within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, and 1 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferable that the amount is at least 2 parts by mass, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. Further, the amount is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and 5 parts by mass or less. There may be.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of phenol compound, or may contain two or more types of phenol compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment can also have a structure that does not substantially contain a phenol compound. “Substantially free” means that the content of the phenol compound is less than 0.1 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain oxetane resin.
  • the oxetane resin is particularly a compound having one or more oxetanyl groups (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2).
  • oxetanyl groups preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2.
  • oxetane resin examples include oxetane, alkyloxetane (for example, 2-methyloxetane, 2,2-dimethyloxetane, 3-methyloxetane, 3,3-dimethyloxetane, etc.), 3-methyl-3-methoxymethyloxetane, 3,3-di(trifluoromethyl)oxetane, 2-chloromethyloxetane, 3,3-bis(chloromethyl)oxetane, biphenyl-type oxetane, OXT-101 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), OXT-121 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) ), etc.
  • alkyloxetane for example, 2-methyloxetane, 2,2-dimethyloxetane, 3-methyloxetane, 3,3-dimethylox
  • the resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains an oxetane resin within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and 1 part by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. More preferably, the amount is 2 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the oxetane resin is 0.1 part by mass or more, the metal foil peel strength and toughness tend to improve.
  • the upper limit of the content of oxetane resin is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and 30 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. It is more preferably at most 20 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 10 parts by mass, and may be at most 5 parts by mass.
  • the content of the oxetane resin is 50 parts by mass or less, the electrical properties of the resulting cured product tend to improve.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of oxetane resin, or may contain two or more types of oxetane resin.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain oxetane resin.
  • substantially free means that the content of oxetane resin is less than 0.1 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain a benzoxazine compound.
  • the benzoxazine compound includes 2 or more (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2) dihydrobenzoxazines in one molecule. Any compound having a ring is not particularly limited, and a wide variety of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used.
  • benzoxazine compounds include bisphenol A-type benzoxazine BA-BXZ (manufactured by Konishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), bisphenol F-type benzoxazine BF-BXZ (manufactured by Konishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), and bisphenol S-type benzoxazine BS-BXZ (manufactured by Konishi Chemical Co., Ltd.). ), etc.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains a benzoxazine compound within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of benzoxazine compound, or may contain two or more types of benzoxazine compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain a benzoxazine compound. "Substantially free" means that the content of the benzoxazine compound is less than 0.1 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains a compound containing a (meth)allyl group, and more preferably contains a compound containing an allyl group.
  • the compound containing a (meth)allyl group is preferably a compound containing two or more (meth)allyl groups, and more preferably a compound containing two or more allyl groups.
  • the compound containing a (meth)allyl group preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an allyl isocyanurate compound, an allyl group-substituted nadimide compound, an allyl compound having a glycoluril structure, and diallyl phthalate, It is more preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of an allyl isocyanurate compound, an allyl group-substituted nadimide compound, and an allyl compound having a glycoluril structure, and more preferably an allyl group-substituted nadimide compound, and an alkenyl More preferred are nadimide compounds.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a compound containing a (meth)allyl group
  • its molecular weight is preferably 195 or more, more preferably 300 or more, and even more preferably 400 or more. , more preferably 500 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the compound containing a (meth)allyl group is also preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, even more preferably 1,000 or less, and even more preferably 800 or less.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and 3 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferably at least 5 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 5 parts by mass, and may be at least 10 parts by mass.
  • the upper limit of the content of the compound containing a (meth)allyl group is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. More preferably, the amount is 20 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of compound containing a (meth)allyl group, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain a compound containing a (meth)allyl group.
  • substantially free means that the content of the compound containing a (meth)allyl group is less than 0.1 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
  • allyl isocyanurate compound is not particularly defined as long as it has two or more allyl groups and an isocyanurate ring (nurate skeleton), but a compound represented by formula (TA) is preferable.
  • Formula (TA) (In formula (TA), RA represents a substituent).
  • R A represents a substituent, and is preferably a substituent having a formula weight of 15 to 500.
  • a first example of R A is an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • a resin composition capable of obtaining a cured product having excellent crosslinkability and high toughness by using an allyl compound having an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms. can be provided. Thereby, even if the resin composition does not include a base material such as glass cloth, it is possible to suppress cracking during etching treatment or the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group and/or alkenyl group is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 8 or more, may be 12 or more, and is preferably 18 or less. It is thought that this improves the resin flowability of the resin composition, resulting in better circuit filling properties when creating a multilayer circuit board or the like using the resin composition of this embodiment.
  • R A is a group containing an allyl isocyanurate group.
  • the compound represented by formula (TA) is preferably a compound represented by formula (TA-1).
  • Formula (TA-1) (In formula (TA-1), R A2 is a divalent linking group.)
  • R A2 is preferably a divalent linking group having a formula weight of 54 to 250, and a divalent linking group having a formula weight of 54 to 250 and having carbon atoms at both ends. is more preferable, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is even more preferable (however, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may contain an ether group, and may have a hydroxyl group). ). More specifically, R A2 is preferably a group represented by any of the following formulas (i) to (iii). (In the formulas (i) to (iii), p c1 represents the number of repeating units of the methylene group and is an integer from 2 to 18.
  • p c2 represents the number of repeating units of the oxyethylene group and is 0 or 1. .* is the binding site.)
  • the p c1 is preferably an integer of 2 to 10, more preferably an integer of 3 to 8, and still more preferably an integer of 3 to 5.
  • the p c2 may be 0 or 1, but is preferably 1.
  • R A2 is the first example.
  • the reactive group (allyl group) equivalent of the compound represented by formula (TA) is 1000 or less. It is considered that if the equivalent is 1000 or less, a high Tg can be obtained more reliably.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms include linear or branched alkyl groups, such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group.
  • alkenyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms include an allyl group and a decenyl group.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (TA) include triallylisocyanurate, 5-octyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-dodecyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-tetradecyl- 1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-hexadecyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-octadecyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-eicosyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-docosyl-1, Examples include 3-diallylisocyanurate and 5-decenyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more, or may be used as a prepolymer.
  • the method for producing the compound represented by formula (TA) is not particularly limited, but for example, diallylisocyanurate and alkyl halide are mixed in an aprotic polar solvent such as N,N'-dimethylformamide, and sodium hydroxide is added. It can be obtained by reacting at a temperature of about 60°C to 150°C in the presence of a basic substance such as , potassium carbonate, or triethylamine.
  • TA commercially available compounds
  • Commercially available products include, but are not particularly limited to, L-DAIC manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., for example.
  • Examples of triallyl isocyanurate include TAIC manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (TA-1) include DD-1 manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • the molecular weight of the allyl isocyanurate compound (preferably the compound represented by formula (TA)) is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 300 or more, even more preferably 400 or more, and even more preferably 500 or more. It is more preferable that By setting the molecular weight to the lower limit value or more, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low dielectric properties and heat resistance. Further, the molecular weight of the allyl isocyanurate compound (preferably a compound represented by formula (TA)) is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, even more preferably 1000 or less, More preferably, it is 800 or less. By controlling the molecular weight to be less than or equal to the upper limit value, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low thermal expansion properties.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and 3 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition.
  • the amount is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and may be 10 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the allyl isocyanurate compound is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and 20 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is more preferably less than parts by mass.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of allyl isocyanurate, or may contain two or more types of allyl isocyanurate. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • allyl-substituted nadimide compounds include compounds having one or more allyl-substituted nadimide groups in the molecule (preferably compounds having one or more alkenyl-substituted nadimide groups in the molecule (alkenylnadimide compounds) ), it is not particularly limited.
  • a specific example thereof is a compound represented by the following formula (AN).
  • R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • a phenylene group, a biphenylene group Represents a naphthylene group or a group represented by formula (AN-2) or (AN-3).
  • Formula (AN-3) (In formula (AN-3), R 4 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms.)
  • AN a commercially available compound can also be used as the compound represented by formula (AN).
  • Commercially available compounds include, but are not particularly limited to, compounds represented by the formula (AN-4) (BANI-M (manufactured by Maruzen Petrochemical Co., Ltd.)), compounds represented by the formula (AN-5), Examples include compounds such as BANI-X (manufactured by Maruzen Petrochemical Co., Ltd.). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the molecular weight of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound (preferably the compound represented by formula (AN)) is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and may be 550 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound (preferably a compound represented by formula (AN)) is also preferably 1,500 or less, more preferably 1,000 or less, even more preferably 800 or less, It may be 700 or less, or 600 or less.
  • the content thereof is 0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. .1 part by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. Further, the amount is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and 5 parts by mass or less. There may be.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment may contain only one kind of allyl group-substituted nadimide compound, or may contain two or more kinds of allyl group-substituted nadimide compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound. "Substantially free" means that the content of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound is less than 0.1 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
  • each R is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least two of R are groups containing an allyl group.
  • each R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • it is an allyl group.
  • R is preferably a group containing three or four allyl groups, and more preferably a group containing four allyl groups.
  • a specific example of the compound represented by formula (GU) is 1,3,4,6-tetraallylglycoluril (a compound in which all R's are allyl groups in formula (GU)).
  • GUI a commercially available one can also be used.
  • Commercially available products include, but are not particularly limited to, TA-G manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., for example.
  • the molecular weight of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure (preferably a compound represented by formula (GU)) is preferably 195 or more, more preferably 220 or more, even more preferably 250 or more, It may be 300 or more, or 400 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure (preferably a compound represented by formula (GU)) is also preferably 1500 or less, more preferably 1000 or less, further preferably 800 or less. It is preferably 700 or less, or may be 600 or less.
  • the content thereof is based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. , is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and may be 10 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure is 40 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition.
  • the amount is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, and may be 20 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of allyl compound having a glycoluril structure, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds.
  • the polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is preferably a polyphenylene ether compound having two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds at the terminal, and a (meth)acrylic group at the terminal, More preferably, it is a polyphenylene ether compound having two or more groups selected from the group consisting of a maleimide group, a (meth)allyl group, and a vinylbenzyl group; More preferably, it is a polyphenylene ether compound having two or more selected groups.
  • the polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is exemplified by a compound having a phenylene ether skeleton represented by the following formula (X1).
  • R 24 , R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be the same or different, and represent an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, an aryl group, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom.
  • the polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds has the formula (X2): (In formula (X2), R 28 , R 29 , R 30 , R 34 , and R 35 may be the same or different and represent an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
  • -A- is a linear, branched or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms.
  • a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is a modified polyphenylene ether compound (hereinafter referred to as a "modified polyphenylene ether compound (g )” is preferable, and the modified polyphenylene ether has two or more groups selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic group, maleimide group, (meth)allyl group, and vinylbenzyl group at the terminal. It is more preferably a compound, and more preferably a modified polyphenylene ether compound having two or more groups selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic group, a maleimide group, and a vinylbenzyl group at its terminal.
  • Examples of the modified polyphenylene ether compound (g) include polyphenylene ether compounds represented by formula (OP).
  • OP polyphenylene ether compounds represented by formula (OP).
  • X represents an aromatic group
  • -(Y-O) n1 - represents a polyphenylene ether structure
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 100
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • Rx is a group represented by formula (Rx-1) or formula (Rx-2).
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. *: It is a bonding site with an oxygen atom.
  • Mc each independently represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • r represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  • n 1 and/or n 2 are integers of 2 or more, the n 1 structural units (YO) and/or the n 2 structural units may be the same or different.
  • n 2 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2.
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and even more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and even more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in each of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group as R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less.
  • r represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and preferably an integer of 1 to 3. More preferably, it is 1 or 2, even more preferably 1.
  • Mc each independently represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a linear chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. or a branched alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, octyl group, or nonyl group, and a methyl group, an ethyl group , isopropyl group, isobutyl group, or t-butyl group are more preferable.
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, further preferably 0 or 1, and most preferably 0.
  • a specific example of the group represented by formula (Rx-1) is a vinylbenzyl group
  • a specific example of the group represented by formula (Rx-2) is a (meth)acryloyl group.
  • a compound represented by formula (OP-1) is preferred.
  • X represents an aromatic group
  • -(Y-O)n 2 - represents a polyphenylene ether structure
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently, It represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group
  • n 1 represents an integer of 1 to 6
  • n 2 represents an integer of 1 to 100
  • n 3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the n 2 structural units (YO) and/or the n 3 structural units may be the same or different.
  • n 3 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2.
  • the modified polyphenylene ether compound (g) in this embodiment is preferably a compound represented by formula (OP-2).
  • -(O-X-O)- is the formula (OP-3):
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 10 , and R 11 may be the same or different and are an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 7 , R 8 and R 9 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
  • formula (OP-4) (In formula (OP-4), R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , and R 19 may be the same or different, and each has a hydrogen atom and a carbon number of 6 or less. is an alkyl group or phenyl group.
  • -A- is a linear, branched or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms.
  • -(YO)- is the formula (OP-5):
  • R 20 and R 21 may be the same or different and are an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 22 and R 23 may be the same or different, It is preferably represented by a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
  • R 20 and R 21 each independently to a group having one or more methyl group and/or cyclohexyl group, the resulting resin molecule will have high rigidity, and molecules with high rigidity will have high rigidity.
  • a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 100, and at least one of a and b is an integer of 1 to 100.
  • a and b are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 50, more preferably an integer of 1 to 30, and preferably an integer of 1 to 10.
  • 2 or more -(YO)- may each independently be an array of one type of structure, or two or more types of structures may be a block or They may be arranged randomly.
  • the average value of a is preferably 1 ⁇ a ⁇ 10, and the average value of b is preferably 1 ⁇ b ⁇ 10. .
  • -A- in formula (OP-4) is, for example, a methylene group, ethylidene group, 1-methylethylidene group, 1,1-propylidene group, 1,4-phenylenebis(1-methylethylidene) group, 1, Examples include, but are not limited to, divalent organic groups such as 3-phenylenebis(1-methylethylidene) group, cyclohexylidene group, phenylmethylene group, naphthylmethylene group, and 1-phenylethylidene group.
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 10 , R 11 , R 20 and R 21 are alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms
  • R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 22 and R 23 are hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms
  • a polyphenylene ether compound is preferable, and in particular, -(O-X-O)- represented by formula (OP-3) or formula (OP-4) is represented by formula (OP-9) or formula (OP-10).
  • formula (OP-11), and -(YO)- represented by formula (OP-5) is preferably formula (OP-12) or formula (OP-13) .
  • a and/or b are integers of 2 or more
  • -(Y-O)- of 2 or more each independently represents a structure in which two or more of formula (OP-12) and/or formula (OP-13) are arranged. Alternatively, it may have a structure in which formula (OP-12) and formula (OP-13) are arranged in blocks or randomly.
  • R 44 , R 45 , R 46 , and R 47 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • -B- is a straight line having 20 or less carbon atoms. It is a chain, branched, or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group.
  • Specific examples of -B- include the same examples as -A- in formula (OP-4).
  • -B- is a straight chain, branched or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of -B- include the same examples as -A- in formula (OP-4).
  • the polyphenylene ether compound used in this embodiment is more preferably a compound represented by formula (OP-14) and/or a compound represented by formula (OP-15). It is more preferable that the compound is (In formula (OP-14), a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 100, and at least one of a and b is an integer of 1 to 100.) a and b in formula (OP-14) each independently have the same meaning as a and b in formula (OP-2), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 100, and at least one of a and b is an integer of 1 to 100.
  • a and b in formula (OP-15) each independently have the same meaning as a and b in formula (OP-2), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds may be produced by a known method, or a commercially available product may be used.
  • a commercially available product for example, "SA9000” manufactured by SABIC Innovative Plastics is a modified polyphenylene ether compound having a methacrylic group at the terminal end.
  • modified polyphenylene ether compounds having a vinylbenzyl group at the end include "OPE-2St1200" and "OPE-2st2200” manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical.
  • a polyphenylene ether compound having a hydroxyl group at the end such as "SA90" manufactured by SABIC Innovative Plastics, was modified to a vinylbenzyl group using vinylbenzyl chloride or the like. You can also use something.
  • the number average molecular weight of a polyphenylene ether compound (preferably a modified polyphenylene ether compound (g)) containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds in terms of polystyrene by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method (details will be described later) (according to the method described in Examples) (according to the method described in Examples) (according to the method described in Examples) (according to the method described in Examples) (according to the method described in Examples) (according to the method described in Examples) is preferably 500 or more and 3,000 or less.
  • the number average molecular weight is 500 or more, stickiness tends to be further suppressed when the resin composition of this embodiment is formed into a coating film.
  • the number average molecular weight is 3,000 or less, the solubility in a solvent tends to be further improved.
  • the weight average molecular weight of a polyphenylene ether compound (preferably a modified polyphenylene ether compound (g)) containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds (preferably a modified polyphenylene ether compound (g)) in terms of polystyrene by GPC (for details, follow the method described in the Examples below) ) is preferably 800 or more and 10,000 or less, more preferably 800 or more and 5,000 or less.
  • the dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition tend to become lower.
  • the solubility, low viscosity, and moldability of the resin composition in the solvent during production tend to be further improved.
  • the terminal carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond equivalent is preferably 400 to 5000 g per carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond, and 400 to 2500 g. It is more preferable that By setting it above the lower limit, the relative dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition tend to become lower. By setting it below the above upper limit, the solubility, low viscosity, and moldability of the resin composition in a solvent tend to be further improved.
  • the lower limit of the content of the polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is , preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and 15 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferable that the amount is above, and even more preferable that it is 20 parts by mass or more. When the amount is equal to or more than the lower limit, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low water absorption and low dielectric properties (Dk and/or Df).
  • the upper limit of the content of the polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and 60 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is more preferably at most 50 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 40 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 35 parts by mass, and even more preferably at most 30 parts by mass. It is even more preferable. When the amount is below the upper limit, the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment may include a polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V).
  • a resin composition having excellent low dielectric properties low dielectric constant and/or low dielectric loss tangent
  • Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon linking group may be a group consisting only of an aromatic hydrocarbon that may have a substituent, or a group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon that may have a substituent and another linking group. It may be a group consisting of a combination of.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon linking group is preferably a group consisting only of aromatic hydrocarbons that may have substituents.
  • the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon may have is a substituent Z (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxy groups, amino groups, carboxy groups, halogen atoms, etc.). Further, it is preferable that the aromatic hydrocarbon has no substituent.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon linking group is usually a divalent linking group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon linking group examples include a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, a biphenyldiyl group, and a fluorenediyl group, which may have a substituent, Among these, a phenylene group which may have a substituent is preferred.
  • the above-mentioned substituent Z is exemplified as the substituent, but it is preferable that groups such as the above-mentioned phenylene group have no substituent.
  • the structural unit represented by formula (V) is the structural unit represented by the following formula (V1), the structural unit represented by the following formula (V2), and the structural unit represented by the following formula (V3). More preferably, at least one is included. Note that * in the following formula represents the bonding position. Further, hereinafter, the constituent units represented by formulas (V1) to (V3) may be collectively referred to as “constituent unit (a)."
  • L 1 is an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • examples include a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, a biphenyldiyl group, and a fluorenediyl group, which may have a substituent.
  • a phenylene group is preferred.
  • the above-mentioned substituent Z is exemplified as the substituent, but it is preferable that groups such as the above-mentioned phenylene group have no substituent.
  • the compound forming the structural unit (a) is preferably a divinyl aromatic compound, such as divinylbenzene, bis(1-methylvinyl)benzene, divinylnaphthalene, divinylanthracene, divinylbiphenyl, divinylphenanthrene, etc. It will be done. Among them, divinylbenzene is particularly preferred. One type of these divinyl aromatic compounds may be used, or two or more types may be used as necessary.
  • the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) may be a homopolymer of the structural unit (a), but it may also be a copolymer with a structural unit derived from another monomer. It may be a combination.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the structural unit (a) is preferably 3 mol % or more, and 5 mol % or more. % or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and may be 15 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less. % or less, even more preferably 50 mol% or less, even more preferably 40 mol% or less, even more preferably 30 mol% or less, and furthermore, It may be 25 mol% or less, or 20 mol% or less.
  • the structural unit (b) derived from an aromatic compound having one vinyl group (monovinyl aromatic compound) is exemplified.
  • the structural unit (b) derived from the monovinyl aromatic compound is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (V4).
  • L 2 is an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group, and a preferred example is the above-mentioned example of L 1 .
  • R V1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group). When R V1 is a hydrocarbon group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • R V1 and L 2 may have the above-mentioned substituent Z.
  • the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is a copolymer containing the structural unit (b) derived from a monovinyl aromatic compound
  • examples of the monovinyl aromatic compound include styrene, Vinyl aromatic compounds such as vinylnaphthalene and vinylbiphenyl; o-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, o,p-dimethylstyrene, o-ethylvinylbenzene, m-ethylvinylbenzene, p-ethylvinyl Examples include nuclear alkyl-substituted vinyl aromatic compounds such as benzene, methylvinylbiphenyl, and ethylvinylbiphenyl.
  • the monovinyl aromatic compound exemplified here may have the above-mentioned substituent Z as appropriate. Further, these monovinyl aromatic compounds may be used alone or
  • the copolymerization ratio of the structural unit (b) shall be 10 mol% or more. is preferable, more preferably 15 mol% or more, furthermore 20 mol% or more, 30 mol% or more, 40 mol% or more, 50 mol% or more, 60 mol% or more, 70 mol% or more, 75 mol%. It may be more than that.
  • the upper limit is preferably 98 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, and even more preferably 85 mol% or less.
  • the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) may have other structural units other than the structural unit (a) and the structural unit (b).
  • Examples of other structural units include a structural unit (c) derived from a cycloolefin compound.
  • the cycloolefin compound include hydrocarbons having a double bond in the ring structure.
  • cycloolefin compounds such as cyclobutene, cyclopentene, cyclohexene, and cyclooctene
  • compounds having a norbornene ring structure such as norbornene and dicyclopentadiene
  • cycloolefin compounds condensed with aromatic rings such as indene and acenaphthylene. etc.
  • norbornene compounds include those described in paragraphs 0037 to 0043 of JP-A-2018-039995, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the cycloolefin compound illustrated here may further have the above-mentioned substituent Z.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the structural unit (c) shall be 10 mol% or more. is preferable, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, may be 50 mol% or less, and may be 30 mol% or less. It may be the following.
  • the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) further incorporates a structural unit (d) derived from a different polymerizable compound (hereinafter also referred to as other polymerizable compound).
  • a different polymerizable compound hereinafter also referred to as other polymerizable compound.
  • other polymerizable compounds include compounds containing three vinyl groups. Specific examples include 1,3,5-trivinylbenzene, 1,3,5-trivinylnaphthalene, and 1,2,4-trivinylcyclohexane. Alternatively, ethylene glycol diacrylate, butadiene, etc. may be mentioned.
  • the copolymerization ratio (d) of the structural unit (d) derived from another polymerizable compound is preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less. is even more preferable.
  • a polymer containing the structural unit (a) as essential and at least one of the structural units (b) to (d) is Illustrated. Furthermore, an embodiment in which the total of structural units (a) to (d) accounts for 95 mol% or more, and further 98 mol% or more of the total structural units is exemplified.
  • Another embodiment of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is a structural unit in which the structural unit (a) is essential, and among all the structural units excluding the terminal, the structural unit contains an aromatic ring. is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, and may be 100 mol%.
  • one structural unit refers to the monomer used to produce the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) (for example, divinyl Aromatic compounds, monovinyl aromatic compounds, etc.) shall originate from one molecule.
  • the method for producing the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) is not particularly limited and may be any conventional method.
  • a raw material containing a divinyl aromatic compound if necessary, a monovinyl aromatic compound compound, cycloolefin compound, etc.
  • a Lewis acid catalyst a metal fluoride such as boron trifluoride or a complex thereof can be used.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is preferably a number average molecular weight Mn of 300 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and 1,000 or more. More preferably, it is 1,500 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 130,000 or less, more preferably 120,000 or less, even more preferably 110,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, in weight average molecular weight Mw, 10, More preferably, it is 000 or more.
  • the excellent low dielectric properties of the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V), especially the Df and the low dielectric properties after moisture absorption can be improved by curing the resin composition. You can make things work effectively.
  • the upper limit is preferably 130,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or less, even more preferably 80,000 or less, and even more preferably 50,000 or less.
  • the monodispersity (Mw/Mn) expressed by the ratio of weight average molecular weight Mw to number average molecular weight Mn is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, and even more preferably 20 or less. .
  • the lower limit is practically 1.1 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 7 or more, and even more preferably 10 or more.
  • the above Mw and Mn are measured in accordance with the description in the examples below.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment contains two or more kinds of polymers (V) having structural units represented by formula (V), it is preferable that Mw, Mn, and Mw/Mn of the mixture satisfy the above ranges.
  • the equivalent weight of vinyl groups in the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is 200 g/eq. or more, preferably 230g/eq. More preferably, it is 250 g/eq. It is more preferable that it is above. Further, the equivalent weight of the vinyl group is 1200 g/eq. It is preferably less than 1000g/eq. It is more preferable that it is less than 800g/eq. Below, 600g/eq. Below, 400g/eq. Below, 300g/eq. It may be the following. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the storage stability of the resin composition tends to improve, and the fluidity of the resin composition tends to improve.
  • the content of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is 1 to 70 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferable that The lower limit of the content of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition, It is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, it may be 20 parts by mass or more, and it may be 25 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is preferably 60 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and may be 35 parts by mass or less, or 30 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition may contain only one type of polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V), or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V).
  • substantially free means that the content of the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is less than 0.1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferably less than 0.01 parts by mass, and may even be less than 0.001 parts by mass.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains a cyanate ester compound.
  • a thermosetting compound such as a cyanate ester compound, which has a particularly low Df and is easily affected by ultraviolet absorbers and non-metallic organic dyes, the decrease in Df can be effectively suppressed.
  • the cyanate ester compound has one or more cyanate groups (cyanato groups) in one molecule (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound containing 2), and a wide range of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used.
  • the cyanate ester compound is preferably a compound in which a cyanate group is directly bonded to an aromatic skeleton (aromatic ring).
  • cyanate ester compounds include phenol novolac type cyanate ester compounds, naphthol aralkyl type cyanate ester compounds (naphthol aralkyl type cyanate), naphthylene ether type cyanate ester compounds, biphenylaralkyl type cyanate ester compounds, and xylene resins.
  • Consists of type cyanate ester compound, trisphenolmethane type cyanate ester compound, adamantane skeleton type cyanate ester compound, bisphenol M type cyanate ester compound, bisphenol A type cyanate ester compound, and diallylbisphenol A type cyanate ester compound At least one selected from the group.
  • phenol novolak type cyanate ester compounds, naphthol aralkyl type cyanate ester compounds, naphthylene ether type cyanate ester compounds, xylene resin type cyanate ester compounds are used.
  • ester compounds it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of ester compounds, bisphenol M-type cyanate ester compounds, bisphenol A-type cyanate ester compounds, and diallylbisphenol A-type cyanate ester compounds, and naphthol aralkyl-type cyanate esters. More preferably, it is a compound.
  • These cyanate ester compounds may be prepared by known methods, or commercially available products may be used.
  • cyanate ester compounds having a naphthol aralkyl skeleton, naphthylene ether skeleton, xylene skeleton, trisphenolmethane skeleton, or adamantane skeleton have a relatively large number of functional group equivalents, and the number of unreacted cyanate ester groups is small. Therefore, cured products of resin compositions using these materials tend to have even better low water absorption. Moreover, mainly due to having an aromatic skeleton or an adamantane skeleton, plating adhesion tends to be further improved.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains a cyanate ester compound within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of its content is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. , more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the cyanate ester compound is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the heat resistance, flame resistance, chemical resistance, low dielectric constant, low dielectric loss tangent, and insulation properties of the obtained cured product are improved. There is a tendency.
  • the upper limit of the content of the cyanate ester compound may be 70 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of cyanate ester compound, or may contain two or more types of cyanate ester compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the content (total amount) of the thermosetting compound in the resin composition of the present embodiment is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, heat resistance, plating adhesion, low thermal expansion, etc. tend to be further improved. Further, the upper limit of the content of the thermosetting compound is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 90 parts by mass or less, and 80 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably, the amount may be 70 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of thermosetting compound, or may contain two or more types of thermosetting compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment contains an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber By including the ultraviolet absorber, transmission of i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) and h-line (wavelength: 405 nm) can be effectively suppressed.
  • An example of the ultraviolet absorber used in this embodiment is an ultraviolet absorber that has a maximum absorption (peak) in a wavelength range of 365 nm ⁇ 20 nm and has a half-value width of the maximum absorption (peak) of 50 nm or more. . By using an ultraviolet absorbent having such a wide half-width width, absorption of H-line (wavelength 405 nm) tends to be effectively suppressed, which is preferable.
  • UV absorber is not specifically defined, but examples of UV absorbers include benzotriazole UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, triazine UV absorbers, cyclic iminoester UV absorbers, and cyanoacrylate UV absorbers.
  • UV absorbers include conjugated diene UV absorbers, methyldibenzoyl UV absorbers, coumarin UV absorbers, salicylate UV absorbers, acrylonitrile UV absorbers, and benzodithiazole UV absorbers. UV absorbers are preferred.
  • benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers examples include 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-octylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy- 3,5-Dicumylphenyl)phenylbenzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2,2'-methylenebis[4-(1,1 , 3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6-(2N-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol], 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-( 2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy -5-tert-octylphenyl
  • benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers examples include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-benzophenone.
  • Methoxy-5-sulfoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfoxytrihydride dolate benzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone , 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxy-5-sodium sulfoxybenzophenone, bis(5-benzoyl-4-hydroxy-2- Examples include methoxyphenyl)methane, 2-hydroxy-4-n-dodecyloxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-2'-carboxybenzophenone.
  • Triazine-based UV absorbers include 2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-5-[(hexyl)oxy]-phenol, 2-(4,6-bis( Examples include 2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-5-[(octyl)oxy]-phenol.
  • cyclic iminoester ultraviolet absorber 2,2'-bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-p-phenylenebis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one) , 2,2'-m-phenylenebis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(4,4'-diphenylene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(2,6-naphthalene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(1,5-naphthalene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one) ), 2,2'-(2-methyl-p-phenylene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(2-nitro-p-phenylene)bis(3,1- benzoxazin-4-one) and 2,2'-(2-chloro-p-phenylene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one).
  • cyanoacrylate ultraviolet absorber 1,3-bis-[(2'-cyano-3',3'-diphenylacryloyl)oxy]-2,2-bis[(2-cyano-3,3-diphenyl) Examples include acryloyl)oxy]methyl)propane, and 1,3-bis-[(2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacryloyl)oxy]benzene.
  • Examples of coumarin-based ultraviolet absorbers include 7-(diethylamino)coumarin, coumarin (7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy 4-methylcoumarin), ketocoumarin, and carbonylbiscoumarin.
  • the content thereof is preferably more than 0 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids. It is preferably at least 0.2 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 0.3 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 0.4 parts by mass.
  • the transmittance of i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) and further h-line (wavelength: 405 nm) can be lowered, and back exposure tends to be suppressed more effectively.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 2.5 parts by mass or less, and 2.0 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.8 parts by mass or less. By setting it below the upper limit, the dielectric loss tangent of the obtained cured product tends to be lower.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more types of ultraviolet absorbers. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains a nonmetallic organic dye.
  • a nonmetallic organic dye By including the non-metallic organic dye, transmission of mainly g-line (wavelength 436 nm) light can be effectively suppressed.
  • the nonmetallic organic dye used in this embodiment may be a dye or a pigment, but preferably contains a dye.
  • the non-metallic organic dye used in this embodiment is preferably a dye having maximum absorption (peak) in the wavelength range of 400 to 500 nm, and preferably a dye having maximum absorption (peak) in the wavelength range of 436 nm ⁇ 30 nm. is even more preferable.
  • an example of a non-metallic organic dye used in this embodiment is a dye that has a maximum absorption (peak) in a wavelength region of 436 nm ⁇ 30 nm and has a half-value width of the maximum absorption (peak) of 50 nm or more. It will be done. By using a non-metallic organic dye with such a wide half-value width, absorption of the h-line (wavelength 405 nm) tends to be effectively suppressed, which is preferable.
  • the color of the nonmetallic organic dye is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of design, it is preferable to use one that appears black to the human eye.
  • nonmetallic organic dyes examples include cyanine dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, xanthene dyes, azo dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, quinoline dyes, perinone dyes, and perylene dyes, and anthraquinone dyes and/or perinone dyes. Dyes are preferred.
  • non-metallic organic dyes the description in JP-A-02-089683 and the description in paragraph 0031 of JP-A-2011-102384 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
  • the content thereof is preferably more than 0 parts by mass, and preferably 0.2 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 0.4 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.45 parts by mass or more.
  • the transmittance of the g-line (wavelength: 436 nm) and even the h-line (wavelength: 405 nm) can be lowered, and back exposure tends to be suppressed more effectively.
  • the content of the nonmetallic organic dye is preferably 2.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1.75 parts by mass or less, and 1.5 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably at most 1.25 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 1.0 parts by mass.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of nonmetallic organic dye, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye is preferably 0.15 or more and 4.0 or less. is preferred. By setting such a ratio, it is possible to more effectively lower the transmittance of G-line (wavelength 436 nm), H-line (wavelength 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength 365 nm), and more effectively reduce back exposure. can be suppressed.
  • ultraviolet absorbers and nonmetallic organic dyes tend to lower the glass transition temperature of cured products obtained from resin compositions, but in this embodiment, the ultraviolet absorbers and nonmetallic organic dyes are used together.
  • the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye is more preferably 0.2 or more, even more preferably 0.3 or more, and even more preferably 0.4 or more. There may be. Furthermore, the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is more preferably 3.0 or less, even more preferably 1.5 or less, and 1.3 It is more preferably below, even more preferably 1.2 or less, even more preferably 1.1 or less.
  • the total content of the ultraviolet absorber and the nonmetallic organic dye should be more than 0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. is preferably 0.2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.4 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.8 parts by mass or more. It is even more preferable.
  • the transmittance of the g-line (wavelength: 436 nm), h-line (wavelength: 405 nm), and i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) can be lowered, and back exposure tends to be further suppressed.
  • the total content of the ultraviolet absorber and the nonmetallic organic dye is preferably 4.5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 4.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 2.0 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 1.75 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment can be configured to be substantially free of carbon black and further, conductive substances.
  • Substantially free of carbon black or conductive substances means that the content of carbon black (furthermore, conductive substances) is 10% by mass of the content of nonmetallic organic dyes contained in the resin composition. It is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass or less. With such a configuration, the insulation properties of the resulting resin composition or cured product can be made higher.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains a filler.
  • a filler By including the filler, physical properties such as dielectric properties (low dielectric constant, low dielectric loss tangent, etc.), flame resistance, and low thermal expansion of the resin composition and its cured product can be further improved.
  • the filler used in this embodiment has excellent low dielectric properties (low Dk and/or low Df).
  • the filler used in this embodiment preferably has a dielectric constant (Dk) of 8.0 or less, more preferably 6.0 or less, at a frequency of 10 GHz measured according to the cavity resonator perturbation method, More preferably, it is 4.0 or less.
  • the lower limit of the relative permittivity is practically, for example, 2.0 or more.
  • the filler used in this embodiment preferably has a dielectric loss tangent (Df) of 0.05 or less, more preferably 0.01 or less, at a frequency of 10 GHz measured according to the cavity resonator perturbation method. Further, the lower limit value of the dielectric loss tangent is practically, for example, 0.0001 or more.
  • filler used in this embodiment is not particularly limited, and those commonly used in the industry can be suitably used.
  • silicas such as natural silica, fused silica, synthetic silica, amorphous silica, Aerosil, and hollow silica, metal oxides such as alumina, white carbon, titanium white, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, and zirconium oxide.
  • complex oxides such as zinc borate, zinc stannate, forsterite, barium titanate, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, nitrides such as boron nitride, agglomerated boron nitride, silicon nitride, aluminum nitride, aluminum hydroxide, Heat-treated aluminum hydroxide products (aluminum hydroxide heat-treated to reduce some of the crystal water), metal hydroxides (including hydrates) such as boehmite and magnesium hydroxide, molybdenum oxide and molybdic acid Molybdenum compounds such as zinc, barium sulfate, clay, kaolin, talc, calcined clay, calcined kaolin, calcined talc, mica, E-glass, A-glass, NE-glass, C-glass, L-glass, D-glass, Inorganic fillers such as S-glass, M-glass G20, short glass fibers (including fine glass powders such as E glass,
  • the filler preferably includes an inorganic filler and/or a fluororesin filler.
  • the inorganic filler includes one or more selected from the group consisting of silica, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum nitride, boron nitride, forsterite, titanium oxide, barium titanate, strontium titanate, and calcium titanate. is preferable, and from the viewpoint of low dielectric properties (low Dk and/or low Df), it is more preferable to contain one or more selected from the group consisting of silica and aluminum hydroxide, and it is even more preferable to contain silica. .
  • a fluororesin filler As a fluororesin filler.
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • PFA tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer
  • the content of the filler in the resin composition of the present embodiment can be appropriately set depending on the desired characteristics, and is not particularly limited, but is 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferably at least 20 parts by mass, more preferably at least 40 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 60 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 80 parts by mass. preferable. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, low thermal expansion property and low dielectric loss tangent property tend to be further improved. Further, the upper limit value of the filler content is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 800 parts by mass or less, and preferably 500 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content.
  • the content of the filler is 1 to 95% by mass of the components excluding the solvent, and the content of the filler is 30% to 80% by mass. Illustrated.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of filler, or may contain two or more types of filler. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment is a low-molecular vinyl compound (hereinafter simply referred to as a "low-molecular vinyl compound”) having a molecular weight of less than 1000 and containing one organic group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond in the molecule. ) may also be included.
  • a low molecular weight vinyl compound By blending a low molecular weight vinyl compound, the moisture absorption and heat resistance of the resulting cured product tends to be further improved.
  • the carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds constituting the organic group containing carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds do not include those included as part of an aromatic ring.
  • carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds included as part of non-aromatic rings include carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds included as part of non-aromatic rings.
  • An example of a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond included as part of the non-aromatic ring includes a cyclohexenyl group. It is also intended to include portions other than the terminals of linear or branched organic groups, ie, carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds (eg, vinylene groups) contained in the linear or branched chains.
  • the organic group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond is more preferably one selected from the group consisting of a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acrylic group, and more preferably a vinyl group. preferable.
  • the low molecular weight vinyl compound used in this embodiment is preferably composed only of atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms. More preferably, it is composed only of atoms selected from the group consisting of atoms, oxygen atoms, and silicon atoms, and it is composed only of atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms, and oxygen atoms. It is even more preferable.
  • the low molecular weight vinyl compound used in this embodiment may or may not have a polar group. It is preferable that the low molecular weight vinyl compound used in this embodiment has no polar group. Examples of the polar group include an amino group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxy group, and a nitro group.
  • the molecular weight of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 70 or more, more preferably 80 or more, and even more preferably 90 or more.
  • the upper limit of the molecular weight of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 500 or less, more preferably 400 or less, even more preferably 300 or less, even more preferably 200 or less, and 150 or less. Good too.
  • the effect of increasing the reactivity with the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) tends to be further improved.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment contains two or more types of low molecular weight vinyl compounds, it is preferable that the average molecular weight value of the low molecular weight vinyl compounds is within the above range, and the molecular weight of each compound is within the above preferable range. is more preferable.
  • the low molecular weight vinyl compound preferably has a boiling point of 110°C or higher, more preferably 115°C or higher, and even more preferably 120°C or higher.
  • a boiling point of 110°C or higher By setting the value above the lower limit, volatilization of the low molecular weight vinyl compound during thermosetting of the resin composition is suppressed, and the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) is more effectively produced. It is possible to react the vinyl group possessed by a low-molecular-weight vinyl compound.
  • the boiling point of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 300°C or lower, more preferably 250°C or lower, and even more preferably 200°C or lower.
  • the amount By controlling the amount to be less than or equal to the upper limit, it is possible to make it difficult for residual solvent to remain in the cured product.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment contains two or more types of low-molecular vinyl compounds, it is sufficient that the average boiling point falls within the above-mentioned range, but it is preferable that the boiling point of each compound falls within the above-mentioned preferred range.
  • low-molecular vinyl compounds examples include (meth)acrylic acid ester compounds, aromatic vinyl compounds (preferably styrene compounds), saturated fatty acid vinyl compounds, vinyl cyanide compounds, ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids, and ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids.
  • Anhydrides ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid monoalkyl esters, ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid amides, vinyl silane compounds (e.g., vinyltrialkoxysilanes, etc.), acrylic silane compounds (e.g., acrylic trialkoxysilanes, etc.), methacrylic silane compounds (for example, methacryltrialkoxysilane, etc.), styrylsilane compounds (for example, styryltrialkoxysilane, etc.), and the like.
  • vinyl silane compounds e.g., vinyltrialkoxysilanes, etc.
  • acrylic silane compounds e.g., acrylic trialkoxysilanes, etc.
  • methacrylic silane compounds for example, methacryltrialkoxysilane, etc.
  • styrylsilane compounds for example, styryltrialkoxysilane, etc.
  • the first forms of low-molecular vinyl compounds include (meth)acrylic acid ester compounds, aromatic vinyl compounds, saturated fatty acid vinyl compounds, vinyl cyanide compounds, ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids, ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides, It is at least one selected from the group consisting of ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid monoalkyl esters and ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid amides.
  • the second form of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic acid ester compounds, aromatic vinyl compounds, saturated fatty acid vinyl compounds, vinyl silane compounds, acrylic silane compounds, methacrylic silane compounds, and styryl silane compounds. It is at least one kind, and aromatic vinyl compounds and/or vinyl silane compounds are preferred. Specific examples of low molecular weight vinyl compounds include methylstyrene, ethylvinylbenzene, vinyltrimethoxysilane, and vinyltriethoxysilane.
  • the content of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably, the amount is 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the amount is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably, the amount is 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and 10 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content.
  • the amount is more preferably 8 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 5 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of low-molecular-weight vinyl compound, or may contain two or more types of low-molecular-weight vinyl compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain an aromatic oligomer.
  • the aromatic oligomer is an oligomer having a structural unit derived from an aromatic vinyl compound, and usually refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of less than 3,000.
  • Aromatic oligomers are also usually thermoplastic oligomers. Note that the aromatic oligomer in this embodiment does not include a polymer or elastomer having a structural unit represented by formula (V).
  • aromatic vinyl compound examples include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, 2-methylstyrene, 3-methylstyrene, 4-methylstyrene, 4-propylstyrene, 4-t-butylstyrene, 4-cyclohexylstyrene, and 4-methylstyrene.
  • the aromatic oligomer may contain structural units derived from monomers other than aromatic vinyl compounds.
  • Such other monomers include (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid derivatives, (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylamide derivatives, (meth)acrylonitrile, isoprene, 1,3-butadiene, ethylene, vinyl acetate. , vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, N-vinylindole, N-vinylphthalimide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylcaprolactam and the like.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the aromatic vinyl compound in the aromatic oligomer is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, even more preferably 90% by mass or more, and 95% by mass or more. It is even more preferable that the amount is % by mass or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aromatic oligomer is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 500 or more, even more preferably 1,000 or more, and usually less than 3,000. , is preferably 2,800 or less, more preferably 2,500 or less, and may be 2,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aromatic oligomer is a value determined in terms of standard polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography.
  • aromatic oligomers examples include polystyrene, poly ⁇ -methylstyrene, poly4-methylstyrene, styrene/ ⁇ -methylstyrene copolymer, styrene/4-methylstyrene copolymer, ⁇ -methylstyrene/4-methylstyrene. copolymers, and styrene/ ⁇ -methylstyrene/4-methylstyrene copolymers.
  • one type of aromatic oligomer may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • aromatic oligomers include, for example, Picolastic A5 (polystyrene, softening point 5°C, Mw 350), Picolastic A-75 (polystyrene, softening point 74°C, Mw 1300), Picotex 75 ( ⁇ -methylstyrene/ 4-methylstyrene copolymer, softening point 75°C, Mw 1100), Picotex LC ( ⁇ -methylstyrene/4-methylstyrene copolymer, softening point 91°C, Mw 1350), Crystallex 3070 (styrene/ ⁇ -methyl Styrene copolymer, softening point 70°C, Mw 950), Crystallex 3085 (styrene/ ⁇ -methylstyrene copolymer, softening point 85°C, Mw 1150), Crystallex 3100 (styrene/ ⁇ -methylstt
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and may be 4 parts by mass or more. By making it equal to or more than the lower limit value, the dielectric constant and the dielectric loss tangent tend to be lower.
  • the upper limit of the aromatic oligomer content is preferably 45 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and 15 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. is more preferable, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and may be 8 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of aromatic oligomer, or may contain two or more types of aromatic oligomers. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain an elastomer.
  • the elastomer may be thermoplastic, thermosetting, or neither thermoplastic nor thermosetting, but thermoplastic is preferred.
  • the elastomer in this embodiment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyisoprene, polybutadiene, styrene butadiene, butyl rubber, ethylene propylene rubber, styrene butadiene ethylene, styrene butadiene styrene, styrene isoprene styrene, styrene ethylene butylene styrene, styrene propylene styrene, and styrene.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of ethylene propylene styrene, fluororubber, silicone rubber, hydrogenated compounds thereof, alkyl compounds thereof, and copolymers thereof can be mentioned.
  • examples of the elastomer include oligomers or polymers having a curable vinyl functional group, and polybutadiene resins described in paragraphs 0044 and 0045 of JP-A No. 2019-194312, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the number average molecular weight of the elastomer (preferably a thermoplastic elastomer) used in this embodiment is preferably 1000 or more. By setting the number average molecular weight of the elastomer to 1000 or more, the resulting cured product tends to have better low dielectric properties (Dk and/or Df, particularly low dielectric loss tangent).
  • the number average molecular weight is preferably 1500 or more, more preferably 2000 or more, and may be 50,000 or more, 60,000 or more, 70,000 or more, or 80,000 or more depending on the application. Good too.
  • the upper limit of the number average molecular weight of the elastomer is preferably 400,000 or less, more preferably 350,000 or less, and even more preferably 300,000 or less.
  • the solubility of the elastomer component in the resin composition tends to improve.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment contains two or more types of elastomers, it is preferable that the number average molecular weight of the mixture satisfies the above range.
  • the elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a polybutadiene structure. Part or all of the polybutadiene structure may be hydrogenated. Specific examples include Nippon Soda Co., Ltd., B-1000, B-2000, B-3000, BI-2000, BI-3000, CRAY VALLEY, Ricon100, Ricon130, Ricon131, Ricon142, Ricon150, Ricon181, Ricon 184th grade can be mentioned.
  • the elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a poly(meth)acrylate structure.
  • Specific examples include Teisan Resin manufactured by Nagase ChemteX, ME-2000, W-197C, KG-15, and KG-3000 manufactured by Negami Kogyo.
  • Examples of the elastomer used in this embodiment include resins containing a polycarbonate structure.
  • a resin containing a polycarbonate structure is sometimes referred to as a "polycarbonate resin.”
  • Examples of such resins include carbonate resins without reactive groups, carbonate resins containing hydroxy groups, carbonate resins containing phenolic hydroxyl groups, carbonate resins containing carboxy groups, carbonate resins containing acid anhydride groups, carbonate resins containing isocyanate groups, and urethane group-containing carbonate resins.
  • Examples include carbonate resins containing carbonate resins, carbonate resins containing epoxy groups, and the like.
  • the reactive group refers to a functional group that can react with other components, such as a hydroxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an acid anhydride group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, and an epoxy group.
  • Specific examples of the polycarbonate resin include FPC0220 and FPC2136 manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., and T6002 and T6001 (polycarbonate diol) manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals.
  • the elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a polysiloxane structure.
  • Specific examples include SMP-2006, SMP-2003PGMEA, SMP-5005PGMEA, KR-510, and SMP-7014-3S manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone.
  • Examples of the elastomer used in this embodiment include resins containing a polyalkylene structure and/or a polyalkyleneoxy structure.
  • the polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably a polyalkyleneoxy structure having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably a polyalkyleneoxy structure having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a polyalkyleneoxy structure having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of resins containing a polyalkylene structure and/or polyalkyleneoxy structure include PTXG-1000 and PTXG-1800 manufactured by Asahi Kasei Fibers.
  • the elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a polyisoprene structure.
  • Specific examples include KL-610 and KL613 manufactured by Kuraray.
  • the elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a polyisobutylene structure.
  • Specific examples include SIBSTAR-073T (styrene-isobutylene-styrene triblock copolymer) and SIBSTAR-042D (styrene-isobutylene diblock copolymer) manufactured by Kaneka.
  • the elastomer (preferably a thermoplastic elastomer) is preferably an elastomer containing a styrene monomer unit and a conjugated diene monomer unit (hereinafter referred to as "elastomer (e)").
  • elastomer (e) an elastomer containing a styrene monomer unit and a conjugated diene monomer unit
  • the elastomer (e) contains styrene monomer units. By including the styrene monomer unit, the solubility of the elastomer (e) in the resin composition is improved.
  • Styrene monomers include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, divinylbenzene (vinylstyrene), N,N-dimethyl-p-aminoethylstyrene, N,N-diethyl-p-aminoethylstyrene, etc.
  • styrene ⁇ -methylstyrene, and p-methylstyrene are preferred from the viewpoint of availability and productivity.
  • styrene is particularly preferred.
  • the content of styrene monomer units in the elastomer (e) is preferably in the range of 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably in the range of 13 to 70% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 50% by mass of the total monomer units. is more preferable, and the range of 20 to 40% by mass is more preferable. If the content of styrene monomer units is 80% by mass or less, the adhesiveness and tackiness to the substrate etc. will be better.
  • the elastomer (e) may contain only one type of styrene monomer unit, or may contain two or more types of styrene monomer units. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the description in International Publication No. 2017/126469 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. The same applies to the conjugated diene monomer unit, etc., which will be described later.
  • the elastomer (e) contains conjugated diene monomer units. By including the conjugated diene monomer unit, the solubility of the elastomer (e) in the resin composition is improved.
  • the conjugated diene monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a diolefin having one pair of conjugated double bonds.
  • Conjugated diene monomers include, for example, 1,3-butadiene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene (isoprene), 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 2-methyl- Examples include 1,3-pentadiene, 1,3-hexadiene, and farnesene, with 1,3-butadiene and isoprene being preferred, and 1,3-butadiene being more preferred.
  • the elastomer (e) may contain only one type of conjugated diene monomer unit, or may contain two or more types.
  • all of the conjugated diene bonds of the elastomer may be hydrogenated, some of them may be hydrogenated, or there is no need to be hydrogenated.
  • the elastomer (e) may or may not contain other monomer units in addition to the styrene monomer unit and the conjugated diene monomer unit.
  • examples of other monomer units include aromatic vinyl compound units other than styrene monomer units.
  • the total amount of styrene monomer units and conjugated diene monomer units is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more of the total monomer units, and 97% by mass or more. It is more preferably at least 99% by mass, even more preferably at least 99% by mass.
  • the elastomer (e) may contain only one type of styrene monomer unit and conjugated diene monomer unit, or may contain two or more types of each. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the elastomer (e) used in this embodiment may be a block polymer or a random polymer.
  • a hydrogenated elastomer in which the conjugated diene monomer unit is hydrogenated an unhydrogenated elastomer in which the conjugated diene monomer unit is not hydrogenated, or a partially hydrogenated elastomer in which the conjugated diene monomer unit is partially hydrogenated, Often, unhydrogenated or partially hydrogenated elastomers are preferred.
  • the elastomer (e) is a hydrogenated elastomer.
  • the hydrogenated elastomer means, for example, an elastomer in which a double bond based on a conjugated diene monomer unit is hydrogenated, and in addition to one with a hydrogenation rate (hydrogenation rate) of 100%,
  • the purpose is to include 80% or more.
  • the hydrogenation rate in the hydrogenated elastomer is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and even more preferably 95% or more.
  • the hydrogenation rate is calculated from the measurement results of 1 H-NMR spectrum measurement.
  • the elastomer (e) is an unhydrogenated elastomer.
  • unhydrogenated elastomer refers to the proportion of double bonds based on conjugated diene monomer units in the elastomer that are hydrogenated, that is, the hydrogenation rate (hydrogenation rate) is 20% or less. say something The hydrogenation rate is preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less, even more preferably 5% or less.
  • partially hydrogenated elastomer refers to an elastomer in which a portion of the double bonds based on conjugated diene monomer units are hydrogenated, and the hydrogenation rate (hydrogenation rate) is usually less than 80%. , more than 20%.
  • elastomer (e) used in this embodiment examples include SEPTON (registered trademark) 2104, V9461, and S8104 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., and SEPTON (registered trademark) manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation.
  • SEPTON registered trademark
  • the elastomer used in this embodiment may also be a liquid diene.
  • Liquid diene means a liquid elastomer containing a conjugated diene monomer unit.
  • Conjugated diene monomers include 1,3-butadiene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene (isoprene), 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 2-methyl-1 , 3-pentadiene, 1,3-hexadiene, and farnesene, 1,3-butadiene and isoprene are preferred, and 1,3-butadiene is more preferred.
  • liquid diene used in this embodiment examples include liquid polybutadiene, liquid polyisoprene, modified products of liquid polybutadiene, modified products of liquid polyisoprene, liquid acrylonitrile-butadiene copolymers, and liquid styrene-butadiene copolymers.
  • the number average molecular weight of the liquid diene is not particularly limited as long as it is liquid at 20°C, but is preferably 500 or more and 10,000 or less.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferable that it is, it is still more preferable that it is 3 parts by mass or more, and it may be 4 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the elastomer is preferably 45 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. By setting it below the upper limit value, heat resistance tends to be further improved.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of thermoplastic elastomer, or may contain two or more types of thermoplastic elastomer. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain a flame retardant.
  • the flame retardant include phosphorus-based flame retardants, halogen-based flame retardants, inorganic flame retardants, and silicone-based flame retardants, with phosphorus-based flame retardants being preferred.
  • Known flame retardants can be used, such as brominated epoxy resin, brominated polycarbonate, brominated polystyrene, brominated styrene, brominated phthalimide, tetrabromobisphenol A, pentabromobenzyl (meth)acrylate, pentabromo Halogen flame retardants such as toluene, tribromophenol, hexabromobenzene, decabromodiphenyl ether, bis-1,2-pentabromophenylethane, chlorinated polystyrene, chlorinated paraffin, red phosphorus, tricresyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate , cresyl diphenyl phosphate, trixylenyl phosphate, trialkyl phosphate, dialkyl phosphate, tris(chloroethyl) phosphate, phosphazene, 1,3-phenylenebis(2,6-dixylenyl
  • Examples include flame retardants, silicone-based flame retardants such as silicone rubber, and silicone resin.
  • flame retardants silicone-based flame retardants such as silicone rubber, and silicone resin.
  • 1,3-phenylenebis(2,6-dixylenyl phosphate) is preferred because it does not impair low dielectric properties.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and preferably 5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. is more preferable, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and may be 13 parts by mass or more. Further, the lower limit of the flame retardant content is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, and may be 20 parts by mass or less.
  • One kind of flame retardant can be used alone or two or more kinds can be used in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain an active ester compound to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the active ester compound is not particularly limited, and for example, the description in paragraphs 0064 to 0066 of International Publication No. 2021/172317 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment contains an active ester compound, it is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and preferably 50 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. .
  • the resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of active ester compound, or may contain two or more types of active ester compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain an active ester compound. "Substantially free" means that the content of the active ester compound is less than 1 part by mass, preferably less than 0.1 part by mass, per 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. More preferably, it is less than 0.01 part by mass.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent By containing the silane coupling agent, the resin composition of this embodiment further improves the dispersibility of the filler and increases the adhesive strength between the components of the resin composition of this embodiment and the base material described below. There is a tendency for further improvement.
  • Silane coupling agents are not particularly limited, and include silane coupling agents that are generally used for surface treatment of inorganic materials, such as aminosilane compounds (for example, ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- ⁇ -(aminoethyl) - ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.), epoxysilane compounds (e.g., ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.), acrylic silane compounds (e.g., ⁇ -acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.), cationic Examples include silane compounds (eg, N- ⁇ -(N-vinylbenzylaminoethyl)- ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane hydrochloride, etc.), phenylsilane compounds, and the like.
  • aminosilane compounds for example, ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- ⁇ -(
  • the silane coupling agent is preferably an epoxysilane compound.
  • the epoxysilane compound include “KBM-403”, “KBM-303", “KBM-402”, and “KBE-403” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content. It is more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the dispersibility of the inorganic filler tends to be further improved. Further, the upper limit of the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 10.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types of silane coupling agents. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain a dispersant.
  • a dispersant those commonly used for paints can be suitably used, and the type thereof is not particularly limited.
  • a copolymer-based wetting and dispersing agent is used, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK®-110, 111, 161, 180, 2009, and 2152 manufactured by BYK Chemie Japan Co., Ltd. , 2155, BYK (registered trademark)-W996, W9010, W903, W940, etc.
  • the lower limit of its content is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and 0.01 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and may be 0.3 part by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the dispersant is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and 3 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. The following may be sufficient.
  • One type of dispersant can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include, but are not limited to, imidazoles such as 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole and triphenylimidazole; benzoyl peroxide, lauroyl peroxide, acetyl peroxide, parachlorobenzoyl peroxide, di- tert-butyl-di-perphthalate, ⁇ , ⁇ '-di(t-butylperoxy)diisopropylbenzene, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy)hexane, 2,5-dimethyl- Organic peroxides such as 2,5-bis(t-butylperoxy)hexyne-3; azo compounds such as azobisnitrile; N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-dimethyltoluidine , 2-N-
  • the lower limit of its content is preferably 0.005 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition, and 0. It is more preferably .01 part by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the curing accelerator is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and 2 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferable that the amount is less than 1 part.
  • the curing accelerator can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain a solvent, and preferably contains an organic solvent.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment is in a form (solution or varnish) in which at least a portion, preferably all, of the various resin solid components described above are dissolved or compatible with the solvent.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is a polar organic solvent or a non-polar organic solvent that can dissolve or be compatible with at least a portion, preferably all, of the various resin solids mentioned above.
  • Examples of the polar organic solvent include ketones, etc.
  • nonpolar organic solvents include aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., toluene, xylene, etc.).
  • solvent e.g., toluene, xylene, etc.
  • One kind of solvent can be used alone or two or more kinds can be used in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain various polymeric compounds such as thermoplastic resins and oligomers thereof, and various additives in addition to the above-mentioned components.
  • additives include antioxidants, photopolymerization initiators, optical brighteners, photosensitizers, thickeners, flow regulators, lubricants, antifoaming agents, leveling agents, brightening agents, polymerization inhibitors, etc. It will be done. These additives can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the method for producing the resin composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a method in which each component is sequentially blended into a solvent and thoroughly stirred. At this time, in order to uniformly dissolve or disperse each component, known treatments such as stirring, mixing, and kneading treatments can be performed. Specifically, the dispersibility of the filler in the resin composition can be improved by performing the stirring and dispersion treatment using a stirring tank equipped with a stirrer having an appropriate stirring ability.
  • the above-mentioned stirring, mixing, and kneading processes can be appropriately performed using, for example, a device for mixing such as a ball mill or a bead mill, or a known device such as a revolving or autorotating type mixing device.
  • a device for mixing such as a ball mill or a bead mill
  • a known device such as a revolving or autorotating type mixing device.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment is used as a cured product.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment can be used as a low thermal expansion coefficient material, a high relative permittivity material, a low relative permittivity material, or a low dielectric loss tangent material for forming an insulating layer such as an insulating layer of a printed wiring board. It can be suitably used as a resin composition and a resin composition for electronic materials such as semiconductor packages. Among them, as a low dielectric constant material and/or a low dielectric loss tangent material, it is more suitably used as a resin composition for forming an insulating layer such as an insulating layer of a printed wiring board, and a resin composition for electronic materials such as semiconductor packages. be able to.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment can be suitably used as a material for prepreg, a metal foil-clad laminate using prepreg, a resin composite sheet, and a printed wiring board.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment preferably has a low dielectric loss tangent (Df) when cured.
  • the dielectric loss tangent (Df) at 10 GHz measured according to the cavity resonator perturbation method is preferably less than 0.0028, more preferably less than 0.0027, and preferably less than 0.0026. More preferred. Although the lower limit of the dielectric loss tangent (Df) is not particularly determined, for example, 0.0001 or more is practical.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment also preferably has a low dielectric constant (Dk) when cured. Specifically, it is preferable that the dielectric constant (Dk) at 10 GHz measured according to the cavity resonator perturbation method is 3.0 or less.
  • the lower limit of the dielectric constant (Dk) is not particularly determined, for example, 0.01 or more is practical. Such low dielectric properties are achieved by using a thermosetting compound having low dielectric properties and by precisely adjusting the amounts of the ultraviolet absorber and nonmetallic organic dye in the resin composition. More specifically, the dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product are measured by the method described in the Examples described below.
  • the cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment preferably has a glass transition temperature (Tan ⁇ ) according to DMA (dynamic mechanical measurement) of 245°C or higher, more preferably 255°C or higher.
  • a glass transition temperature is achieved by reducing the content of the ultraviolet absorber and non-metallic organic dye in the resin composition.
  • the upper limit of the glass transition temperature is not particularly determined, for example, 350° C. or lower is practical. More specifically, the glass transition temperature (Tan ⁇ ) is measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment is suitably used as a layered (including film-like, sheet-like, etc.) material such as prepreg, resin composite sheet, etc., which becomes an insulating layer of a printed wiring board.
  • the thickness of the layered material is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit of the thickness may be 200 ⁇ m or less and 180 ⁇ m or less, but the present invention is also applicable to thin film materials of 100 ⁇ m or less, 80 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or less, and 15 ⁇ m or less. High value.
  • the thickness of the above-mentioned layered material means the thickness including the glass cloth, for example, when the resin composition of the present embodiment is impregnated into a glass cloth or the like.
  • the material formed from the resin composition of this embodiment may be used for forming a pattern by exposure and development, or may be used for applications that are not exposed and developed. It is particularly suitable for applications that do not require exposure and development.
  • the prepreg of this embodiment is formed from a base material (prepreg base material) and the resin composition of this embodiment.
  • the prepreg of the present embodiment can be produced by, for example, applying the resin composition of the present embodiment to a base material (for example, impregnating and/or coating it), and then heating it (for example, drying it at 120 to 220°C for 2 to 15 minutes). etc.) by semi-curing.
  • the amount of the resin composition adhered to the base material that is, the amount of the resin composition (including filler) relative to the total amount of prepreg after semi-curing, is preferably in the range of 20 to 99% by mass, and 20 to 80% by mass. % range is more preferable.
  • the base material is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material used for various printed wiring board materials.
  • the material of the base material include glass fiber (e.g., E-glass, D-glass, L-glass, S-glass, T-glass, Q-glass, UN-glass, NE-glass, spherical glass, etc.) , inorganic fibers other than glass (eg, quartz, etc.), and organic fibers (eg, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, liquid crystal polyester, polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.).
  • the form of the base material is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include woven fabric, nonwoven fabric, roving, chopped strand mat, surfacing mat, and the like. These base materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the base material has a thickness of 200 ⁇ m or less, a mass of 250 g/ A glass woven fabric having a size of m 2 or less is preferable, and from the viewpoint of moisture absorption and heat resistance, a glass woven fabric surface-treated with a silane coupling agent such as epoxy silane or amino silane is preferable.
  • a silane coupling agent such as epoxy silane or amino silane is preferable.
  • a low dielectric glass cloth made of glass fibers exhibiting a low dielectric constant and a low dielectric loss tangent, such as L-glass, NE-glass, and Q-glass is more preferable.
  • Examples of the base material having a low dielectric constant include a base material having a dielectric constant of 5.0 or less (preferably 3.0 to 4.9).
  • Examples of the low dielectric loss tangent base material include base materials with a dielectric loss tangent of 0.006 or less (preferably 0.001 to 0.005).
  • the relative permittivity and dielectric loss tangent are values measured at a frequency of 10 GHz using a perturbation method cavity resonator.
  • the metal foil-clad laminate of the present embodiment includes a layer formed from the resin composition of the present embodiment and/or a layer formed from the prepreg of the present embodiment, and a layer formed from the resin composition of the present embodiment, and a layer formed from the prepreg of the present embodiment, and a layer formed from the resin composition of the present embodiment, and a layer formed from the prepreg of the present embodiment, and Including metal foil.
  • a method for producing the metal foil-clad laminate of this embodiment for example, at least one prepreg of this embodiment is arranged (preferably two or more prepregs are stacked), metal foil is arranged on one or both sides of the prepreg, and laminated molding is performed. One method is to do so.
  • the metal foil such as copper or aluminum on one or both sides of a prepreg and laminating it.
  • the number of prepreg sheets is preferably 1 to 10 sheets, more preferably 2 to 10 sheets, and even more preferably 2 to 9 sheets.
  • the metal foil is not particularly limited as long as it is used as a material for printed wiring boards, and examples thereof include copper foils such as rolled copper foil and electrolytic copper foil.
  • the thickness of the metal foil (preferably copper foil) is not particularly limited, and may be about 1.5 to 70 ⁇ m. Further, when copper foil is used as the metal foil, it is preferable that the roughness Rz of the surface of the copper foil measured according to JIS B0601:2013 is adjusted to 0.2 to 4.0 ⁇ m.
  • the roughness Rz of the copper foil surface By setting the roughness Rz of the copper foil surface to 0.2 ⁇ m or more, the roughness of the copper foil surface becomes appropriate, and the copper foil peel strength tends to be further improved. On the other hand, by setting the roughness Rz of the copper foil surface to 4.0 ⁇ m or less, the roughness of the copper foil surface becomes appropriate, and the dielectric loss tangent characteristics of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved.
  • the roughness Rz of the copper foil surface is more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more, particularly preferably 0.7 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably is 3.5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 3.0 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • Examples of the lamination molding method include methods normally used when molding laminate boards for printed wiring boards and multilayer boards, and more specifically, multistage press machines, multistage vacuum press machines, continuous molding machines, autoclave molding machines, etc.
  • An example of this is a method of laminated molding at a temperature of about 180 to 350° C., a heating time of about 100 to 300 minutes, and a surface pressure of about 20 to 100 kg/cm 2 .
  • a multilayer board can be obtained by laminating and molding a combination of the prepreg of this embodiment and a separately produced wiring board for an inner layer.
  • a method for manufacturing a multilayer board for example, copper foil of about 35 ⁇ m is placed on both sides of one sheet of prepreg of this embodiment, and after lamination is formed using the above-mentioned forming method, an inner layer circuit is formed, and this circuit is coated with black. After that, the inner layer circuit board and the prepreg of this embodiment are alternately placed one by one, and a copper foil is placed on the outermost layer, and the above conditions are met.
  • a multilayer board can be produced by lamination molding, preferably under vacuum.
  • the metal foil-clad laminate of this embodiment can be suitably used as a printed wiring board.
  • the resin composition for electronic materials obtained using the resin composition of the present embodiment has low dielectric properties (low dielectric constant and/or In addition to being excellent in low dielectric loss tangent (or low dielectric loss tangent) and low thermal expansion, it can also have excellent properties in heat resistance (glass transition temperature) and desmear resistance.
  • the printed wiring board of the present embodiment is a printed wiring board including an insulating layer and a conductor layer disposed on the surface of the insulating layer, the insulating layer being formed from the resin composition of the present embodiment. and a layer formed from the prepreg of this embodiment.
  • Such a printed wiring board can be manufactured according to a conventional method, and the manufacturing method is not particularly limited.
  • a metal foil-clad laminate (such as a copper foil-clad laminate) is prepared.
  • An inner layer circuit is formed by etching the surface of the metal foil-clad laminate to produce an inner layer substrate.
  • the surface of the inner layer circuit of this inner layer substrate is subjected to surface treatment to increase adhesive strength as required, and then the cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment or prepreg is layered on the surface of the inner layer circuit, and then the outside
  • a metal foil for the outer layer circuit is laminated on the top and the metal foil is heated and pressed to form an integral mold.
  • a laminate is produced that has an insulating layer formed from a cured resin composition or a prepreg between the inner layer circuit and the metal foil for the outer layer circuit.
  • a desmear process is performed to remove smear, which is resin residue derived from the resin component contained in the cured material layer.
  • a plating metal film is formed on the wall of the hole for the through hole or via hole to provide electrical continuity between the inner layer circuit and the metal foil for the outer layer circuit, and if necessary, the metal foil for the outer layer circuit is etched. Form the outer layer circuit.
  • a circuit pattern is formed using a photoresist after electroless copper plating and electrolytic copper plating on the via wall surface.
  • solder resist is applied to both sides and openings are made in the parts where solder connections are required.
  • openings are formed at different locations on the front and back sides of the laminate.
  • the cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment has low transmittance for G-line (wavelength 436 nm), H-line (wavelength 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength 365 nm) even when the cured product has a thickness of 30 ⁇ m. This back exposure problem can be effectively suppressed.
  • a printed wiring board is manufactured by performing appropriate processing.
  • a printed wiring board may be produced by forming a conductor layer that will become a circuit on the cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment or a prepreg. At this time, an electroless plating method can also be used to form the conductor layer.
  • the printed wiring board of this embodiment includes, for example, at least one insulating layer containing a cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment, and at least one conductor layer in contact with the insulating layer. a step of forming a photosensitive composition layer that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm on both sides of the substrate, and disposing a mask pattern on at least one side of the photosensitive composition layer, and passing through the mask pattern.
  • the printed wiring board can be manufactured by a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board, which includes a step of exposing to light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm.
  • the printed wiring board of the present embodiment includes a substrate in which at least one insulating layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment and at least one conductive layer in contact with the insulating layer are laminated.
  • a step of forming a photosensitive composition layer that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm on both sides of the substrate, and arranging a mask pattern on at least one side of the photosensitive composition layer It can be manufactured by a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board, which includes the step of exposing light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm through the mask pattern.
  • a photosensitive composition layer a solder resist layer is mentioned, for example. As the solder resist, commercially available ones can be used.
  • Known methods can be used for exposure, such as contact exposure in which the mask pattern is exposed to the photosensitive composition layer in close contact with the photosensitive composition layer, or projection exposure in which the mask pattern and the photosensitive composition layer are exposed without being in close contact with each other. Good too.
  • the thickness of the insulating layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment can be appropriately selected depending on the intensity of light used for exposure, and is not particularly limited. Hereinafter, the thickness is 30 ⁇ m or less and 15 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the thickness of the insulating layer is, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m or more, but may be 5 ⁇ m or more, or 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the insulating layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment include a layer formed from the resin composition of this embodiment and a layer formed from the prepreg of this embodiment.
  • the number of insulating layers containing the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment in the printed wiring board may be at least one, and may be two or more. Good too. Further, it may be used in combination with an insulating layer containing a cured product other than the resin composition of this embodiment.
  • a step of preparing a core substrate, and a step of including the composition of the present embodiment on the core substrate is performed to obtain a laminate in which at least one insulating layer and a conductor layer disposed on the outermost surface of the insulating layer are stacked. That is, by laminating one or more insulating layers and one or more conductor layers on a core substrate, a laminate in which a buildup layer is formed on the core substrate can be obtained. Thereafter, the core substrate is removed (separated) to form a coreless printed wiring board (also referred to as a coreless substrate).
  • the present embodiment also relates to a semiconductor device including the printed wiring board.
  • a semiconductor device including the printed wiring board.
  • the descriptions in paragraphs 0200 to 0202 of JP-A-2021-021027 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
  • the insulating layer formed of the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment has a reduced surface roughness after the insulating layer is subjected to a roughening treatment.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the insulating layer after the roughening treatment is preferably 200 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, particularly preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 10 nm or more.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the insulating layer was measured using a shape measuring microscope (laser microscope, VK-X210 (trade name) manufactured by Keyence Corporation) with an objective lens magnification of 150 times, and the image was The height distribution on a straight line with a length of 90 ⁇ m randomly selected was determined by image processing.
  • a shape measuring microscope laser microscope, VK-X210 (trade name) manufactured by Keyence Corporation
  • the resin composite sheet of this embodiment includes a support and a layer formed from the resin composition of this embodiment disposed on the surface of the support.
  • the resin composite sheet can be used as a build-up film or a dry film solder resist.
  • the method for producing the resin composite sheet is not particularly limited, but for example, the resin composite sheet may be produced by applying (coating) a solution in which the resin composition of the present embodiment described above is dissolved in a solvent to a support and drying it. There are several ways to obtain it.
  • Examples of the support used here include polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polycarbonate film, polyethylene terephthalate film, ethylenetetrafluoroethylene copolymer film, and release films in which a release agent is applied to the surface of these films.
  • Examples include organic film base materials such as polyimide film, conductive foils such as copper foil and aluminum foil, plate-like materials such as glass plates, SUS (Steel Use Stainless) plates, and FRP (Fiber-Reinforced Plastics). It is not particularly limited.
  • Examples of the coating method include a method in which a solution of the resin composition of the present embodiment dissolved in a solvent is coated onto the support using a bar coater, die coater, doctor blade, Baker applicator, etc. It will be done. Further, after drying, the support can be peeled off or etched from the resin composite sheet in which the support and the resin composition are laminated, thereby forming a single layer sheet. Note that the support can be used by supplying a solution in which the resin composition of the present embodiment described above is dissolved in a solvent into a mold having a sheet-like cavity and drying it to form it into a sheet. It is also possible to obtain a single layer sheet.
  • the drying conditions for removing the solvent are not particularly limited, but if the temperature is low, the solvent tends to remain in the resin composition, and if the temperature is high, Since curing of the resin composition progresses, the temperature is preferably 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 to 90 minutes.
  • the single layer sheet or the resin composite sheet can be used in an uncured state where the solvent is simply dried, or it can be used in a semi-cured (B-staged) state if necessary.
  • the thickness of the resin layer in the single-layer sheet or resin composite sheet of this embodiment can be adjusted by the concentration of the solution of the resin composition of this embodiment used for application (coating) and the coating thickness, and there are no particular limitations.
  • the coating thickness increases, solvent tends to remain during drying, so it is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit may be 500 ⁇ m or less, 200 ⁇ m or less, or 180 ⁇ m or less.
  • the upper limit may be 500 ⁇ m or less, 200 ⁇ m or less, or 180 ⁇ m or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin and compound were measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Liquid pump manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, LC-20AD
  • differential refractive index detector manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, RID-10A
  • GPC column manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation, GPC KF-801, 802, 803, 804
  • the experiment was carried out using tetrahydrofuran as the solvent, a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min, a column temperature of 40° C., and a calibration curve using monodisperse polystyrene.
  • Resin "A” had a number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene determined by GPC of 1,975, a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene determined by GPC of 3,514, and a hydroxyl equivalent of 990.
  • the modified polyphenylene ether compound had a number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene determined by GPC of 2,250, a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene determined by GPC of 3,920, and a vinyl group equivalent of 1189 g/vinyl group.
  • Example 1 15.0 parts by mass of the naphthol aralkyl cyanate ester compound synthesized in Synthesis Example 1, 35.0 parts by mass of bismaleimide (BMI-80, manufactured by K.I. Kasei Co., Ltd.) having the structure shown below, obtained in Synthesis Example 2.
  • BMI-80 bismaleimide
  • silane coupling agent KBM403, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone
  • wetting and dispersing agent DISPERBYK-2009, manufactured by BYK
  • ultraviolet absorber HR-1, Central Synthesis
  • HR-1 Central Synthesis
  • non-metallic organic dye Kayaset Black AN, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • manganese octylate 0.005 parts by mass of manganese octylate
  • triphenylimidazole A mass part was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone and mixed to obtain a varnish. Note that each amount added above indicates the amount of solid content.
  • BMI-80 Me represents a methyl group.
  • Vacuum pressing was performed for 120 minutes to obtain a copper foil-clad laminate having a side of 200 mm and a thickness of 30 ⁇ m.
  • the copper foil of the obtained copper foil-clad laminate was removed by etching to obtain a sample for evaluation (cured plate with a thickness of 30 ⁇ m).
  • the light transmittance of g-line, h-line, and i-line, and back exposure were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
  • ⁇ Measurement method and evaluation method> Measurement of light transmittance of g-line (436 nm), h-line (405 nm), and i-line (365 nm)
  • the prepared evaluation sample with a thickness of 30 ⁇ m was measured using a UV-vis measuring device (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation).
  • the light transmittance at wavelengths of 365 nm, 405 nm, and 436 nm was measured using a Hitachi spectrophotometer (U-4100). The unit is shown in %.
  • Dk Specific permittivity
  • Df super dielectric loss tangent
  • Example 2 Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the content of the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass.
  • the content of the non-metallic organic dye Karl Black AN
  • Example 3 In Example 1, the content of the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass, and the content of the nonmetallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass. The others did the same thing.
  • Example 4 The same procedure as in Example 1 was carried out except that the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was not blended and the content of the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 2.0 parts by mass.
  • Example 5 Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the content of the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 2.0 parts by mass.
  • the content of the non-metallic organic dye Karlin Black AN
  • Example 6 In Example 1, the content of the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was changed to 3.0 parts by mass, and the content of the nonmetallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass. The others did the same thing.
  • Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) and the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) were not blended.
  • Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was not blended.
  • the non-metallic organic dye Karlin Black AN
  • Comparative example 3 In Example 1, the content of the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was changed to 3.0 parts by mass, and the nonmetallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was not blended, but the other steps were the same. .
  • Comparative example 4 The same procedure as in Example 1 was carried out except that the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was not blended and the content of the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Reinforced Plastic Materials (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a resin composition that can, when formed into a cured product, suppress backside exposure; and a cured product, a prepreg, a metal foil clad laminated plate, a resin composite sheet, a printed wiring board, a semiconductor device, and a printed wiring board manufacturing method, all using the resin composition. The resin composition contains a thermosetting compound. A cured product, of the resin composition, molded so as to have a thickness of 30 μm exhibits a transmission rate of 0.070% or less with respect to g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), and i-line (wavelength 365 nm).

Description

樹脂組成物、硬化物、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、樹脂複合シート、プリント配線板、半導体装置、および、プリント配線板の製造方法Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, semiconductor device, and method for producing printed wiring board
 本発明は、樹脂組成物、硬化物、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、樹脂複合シート、プリント配線板、半導体装置、および、プリント配線板の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a prepreg, a metal foil-clad laminate, a resin composite sheet, a printed wiring board, a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board.
 近年、携帯端末をはじめ、電子機器や通信機器等に用いられる半導体素子の高集積化および微細化が加速している。これに伴い、半導体素子の高密度実装を可能とする技術が求められており、その重要な位置をしめるプリント配線板についても改良が求められている。 In recent years, the integration and miniaturization of semiconductor elements used in mobile terminals, electronic equipment, communication equipment, etc. have been accelerating. Along with this, there is a need for technology that enables high-density packaging of semiconductor elements, and improvements are also needed for printed wiring boards, which play an important role.
 ここで、プリント配線板の加工方法の主に最終工程として、電子回路を形成したプリント配線板にソルダーレジストを塗布し、回路パターンを保護する絶縁膜を形成する方法が用いられる。ソルダーレジストによる塗膜形成方法としては、いくつかの方法が知られているが、例えば、現像型ソルダーレジストを用いた方法では、ソルダーレジストをプリント配線板の回路パターン上に全面塗布し、所定の回路パターンが作られたネガフィルム(マスク)を通して、ソルダーレジスト層に露光し、未硬化部分を現像することが行われる。 Here, mainly as the final step of the printed wiring board processing method, a method is used in which a solder resist is applied to the printed wiring board on which an electronic circuit is formed, and an insulating film is formed to protect the circuit pattern. Several methods are known for forming a coating film using solder resist. For example, in the method using a developable solder resist, solder resist is applied over the entire circuit pattern of a printed wiring board, and a predetermined pattern is formed. The solder resist layer is exposed to light through a negative film (mask) on which a circuit pattern is made, and the uncured portions are developed.
 しかしながら、両面に電子回路を形成したプリント配線板に対してこの方法を用いると、一方の面に対して照射した光が、プリント配線板の基板を通過し反対の面のソルダーレジスト層に作用し、反対の面で除去されるはずの部分にレジスト残りを生じさせることがある。このように、一方の面に対して照射した光が、反対の面のソルダーレジスト層に対して作用してしまうことは、裏露光と呼ばれる。
 ここで、特許文献1には、かかる裏露光を解決する手段として、絶縁層用の組成物として、波長350~420nmの光で硬化する感光性組成物の裏露光を抑制するための組成物であって、ナフタレン骨格と、前記ナフタレン骨格に含まれるナフタレン環の少なくとも2位および/または7位に結合した置換基と、を有する化合物(A)を含む、組成物を用いることが開示されている。
However, when this method is used for a printed wiring board with electronic circuits formed on both sides, the light irradiated on one side passes through the printed wiring board substrate and acts on the solder resist layer on the opposite side. , which may leave resist residue on the opposite side where it is supposed to be removed. This phenomenon in which the light irradiated on one side acts on the solder resist layer on the opposite side is called back exposure.
Here, as a means to solve such back exposure, Patent Document 1 describes a composition for suppressing back exposure of a photosensitive composition that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 420 nm as a composition for an insulating layer. The use of a composition comprising a compound (A) having a naphthalene skeleton and a substituent bonded to at least the 2-position and/or the 7-position of the naphthalene ring contained in the naphthalene skeleton is disclosed. .
国際公開第2020/162278号International Publication No. 2020/162278
 上述の通り、裏露光を解決した樹脂組成物は知られているが、近年の技術革新に伴い、プリント配線板等において、プリント配線板用の樹脂層(絶縁層)は薄肉化しており、裏露光の問題が深刻化している。そのため、新たな裏露光を抑制できる樹脂層(硬化物)を提供可能な樹脂組成物が求められている。
 本発明は、かかる課題を解決することを目的とするものであって、硬化物としたときに、裏露光を抑制可能な樹脂組成物、ならびに、前記樹脂組成物を用いた、硬化物、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、樹脂複合シート、プリント配線板、半導体装置、および、プリント配線板の製造方法を提供することを目的とする。
As mentioned above, resin compositions that solve the problem of back exposure are known, but with recent technological innovations, resin layers (insulating layers) for printed wiring boards have become thinner and Exposure problems are becoming more serious. Therefore, there is a need for a resin composition that can provide a resin layer (cured product) that can suppress new back exposure.
The present invention aims to solve such problems, and provides a resin composition that can suppress back exposure when made into a cured product, as well as a cured product and prepreg using the resin composition. The present invention aims to provide a metal foil-clad laminate, a resin composite sheet, a printed wiring board, a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board.
 上記課題のもと、本発明者が検討を行った結果、g線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、およびi線(波長365nm)の透過率のいずれもが低い樹脂組成物とすることにより、上記課題を解決しうることを見出した。
 具体的には、下記手段により、上記課題は解決された。
<1>熱硬化性化合物を含む樹脂組成物であって、
30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、g線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、および、i線(波長365nm)の透過率が、それぞれ、0.070%以下である、樹脂組成物。
<2>30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、h線(波長405nm)の透過率が、0.050%以下である、<1>に記載の樹脂組成物。
<3>30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、i線(波長365nm)の透過率が、0.040%以下である、<1>または<2>に記載の樹脂組成物。
<4>紫外線吸収剤および/または非金属有機色素を含む、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<5>紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素を含む、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<6>前記非金属有機色素が、染料を含む、<4>または<5>に記載の樹脂組成物。
<7>前記紫外線吸収剤の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超3.0質量部以下である、<4>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<8>前記非金属有機色素の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超2.0質量部以下である、<4>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<9>前記紫外線吸収剤と前記非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)が、0.15~4.0である、<4>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<10>前記紫外線吸収剤と前記非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)が、0.4~1.5である、<4>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<11>前記熱硬化性化合物が、マレイミド化合物、エポキシ化合物、フェノール化合物、オキセタン樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン化合物、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、および、シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含む、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
(式(V)中、Arは芳香族炭化水素連結基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。)
<12>前記樹脂組成物の硬化物の誘電正接が、0.0001以上0.0027未満である、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<13>さらに、充填材を含む、<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<14>前記樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対する、前記充填材の含有量が、10~1000質量部である、<13>に記載の樹脂組成物。
<15>絶縁層形成用である、<1>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<16>30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、h線(波長405nm)の透過率が、0.050%以下であり、
30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、i線(波長365nm)の透過率が、0.040%以下であり、
紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素を含み、
前記非金属有機色素が、染料を含み、
前記紫外線吸収剤の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超3.0質量部以下であり、
前記非金属有機色素の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超2.0質量部以下であり、
前記紫外線吸収剤と前記非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)が、0.4~1.5であり、
前記熱硬化性化合物が、マレイミド化合物、エポキシ化合物、フェノール化合物、オキセタン樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン化合物、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、および、シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含む、<1>~<15>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
(式(V)中、Arは芳香族炭化水素連結基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。)
<17><1>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物。
<18>基材と、<1>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物とから形成された、プリプレグ。
<19><1>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物から形成された層、および/または、<18>に記載のプリプレグから形成された層と、前記層の片面または両面に配置された金属箔とを含む、金属箔張積層板。
<20>支持体と、前記支持体の表面に配置された<1>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物から形成された層とを含む、樹脂複合シート。
<21>絶縁層と、前記絶縁層の表面に配置された導体層とを含むプリント配線板であって、前記絶縁層が、<1>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物から形成された層および<18>に記載のプリプレグから形成された層の少なくとも一方を含む、プリント配線板。
<22>前記絶縁層として、厚さが15μm以下の絶縁層を有する、<21>に記載のプリント配線板。
<23><22>に記載のプリント配線板を含む半導体装置。
<24><1>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、少なくとも一つの絶縁層と、
前記絶縁層に接する少なくとも一つの導体層と、を積層した基板を準備する工程と、
前記基板の両面に、それぞれ、波長350~440nmの光で硬化する感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、
前記感光性組成物層の少なくとも一方の面にマスクパターンを配し、前記マスクパターンを通して、波長350~440nmの光で露光を行う工程と、を有する、
プリント配線板の製造方法。
<25><1>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、少なくとも一つの絶縁層と、前記絶縁層に接する少なくとも一つの導体層と、を有する基板の両面に、それぞれ、波長350~440nmの光で硬化する感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、
前記感光性組成物層の少なくとも一方の面にマスクパターンを配し、前記マスクパターンを通して、波長350~440nmの光で露光を行う工程と、を有する、
プリント配線板の製造方法。
<26>前記絶縁層として、厚さが15μm以下の絶縁層を有する、<24>または<25>に記載のプリント配線板の製造方法。
Based on the above-mentioned problems, the present inventor conducted a study and found a resin composition that has low transmittance for all G-line (wavelength: 436 nm), H-line (wavelength: 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength: 365 nm). We have found that the above problems can be solved by doing so.
Specifically, the above problem was solved by the following means.
<1> A resin composition containing a thermosetting compound,
A resin composition in which the transmittance of g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), and i-line (wavelength 365 nm) in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm is 0.070% or less, respectively. thing.
<2> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm has a transmittance of H-line (wavelength 405 nm) of 0.050% or less.
<3> The resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm has an i-line (wavelength 365 nm) transmittance of 0.040% or less.
<4> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, containing an ultraviolet absorber and/or a nonmetallic organic dye.
<5> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, containing an ultraviolet absorber and a nonmetallic organic dye.
<6> The resin composition according to <4> or <5>, wherein the nonmetallic organic dye contains a dye.
<7> Any one of <4> to <6>, wherein the content of the ultraviolet absorber is more than 0 parts by mass and 3.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. The resin composition described in .
<8> Any one of <4> to <7>, wherein the content of the nonmetallic organic dye is more than 0 parts by mass and 2.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. 1. The resin composition according to item 1.
<9> Any one of <4> to <8>, wherein the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is 0.15 to 4.0. The resin composition described in .
<10> Any one of <4> to <8>, wherein the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is 0.4 to 1.5. The resin composition described in .
<11> The thermosetting compound is a maleimide compound, an epoxy compound, a phenol compound, an oxetane resin, a benzoxazine compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and is represented by formula (V) The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, which contains one or more selected from the group consisting of a polymer having a structural unit and a cyanate ester compound.
(In formula (V), Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.)
<12> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein a dielectric loss tangent of a cured product of the resin composition is 0.0001 or more and less than 0.0027.
<13> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, further comprising a filler.
<14> The resin composition according to <13>, wherein the content of the filler is 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition.
<15> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <14>, which is for forming an insulating layer.
<16> The transmittance of the H-line (wavelength 405 nm) in the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm is 0.050% or less,
The transmittance of i-line (wavelength 365 nm) in the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm is 0.040% or less,
Contains UV absorbers and non-metallic organic pigments,
the non-metallic organic pigment contains a dye,
The content of the ultraviolet absorber is more than 0 parts by mass and 3.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition,
The content of the non-metallic organic dye is more than 0 parts by mass and 2.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition,
The mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber and the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is 0.4 to 1.5,
The thermosetting compound includes a maleimide compound, an epoxy compound, a phenol compound, an oxetane resin, a benzoxazine compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and a structural unit represented by formula (V). The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <15>, containing one or more selected from the group consisting of a cyanate ester compound and a cyanate ester compound.
(In formula (V), Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.)
<17> A cured product of the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <16>.
<18> A prepreg formed from a base material and the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <16>.
<19> A layer formed from the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <16> and/or a layer formed from the prepreg according to <18>, and one side of the layer or A metal foil-clad laminate comprising: metal foil arranged on both sides.
<20> A resin composite sheet comprising a support and a layer formed from the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <16> disposed on the surface of the support.
<21> A printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer and a conductor layer disposed on the surface of the insulating layer, wherein the insulating layer is made of the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <16>. A printed wiring board comprising at least one of a layer formed from a material and a layer formed from a prepreg according to <18>.
<22> The printed wiring board according to <21>, wherein the insulating layer has an insulating layer having a thickness of 15 μm or less.
<23> A semiconductor device including the printed wiring board according to <22>.
<24> At least one insulating layer comprising a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <16>;
a step of preparing a substrate laminated with at least one conductor layer in contact with the insulating layer;
forming a photosensitive composition layer that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm on both sides of the substrate;
arranging a mask pattern on at least one surface of the photosensitive composition layer, and exposing the photosensitive composition layer to light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm through the mask pattern,
A method for manufacturing printed wiring boards.
<25> A substrate comprising at least one insulating layer containing a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <16> and at least one conductor layer in contact with the insulating layer. forming a photosensitive composition layer on both sides that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm;
arranging a mask pattern on at least one surface of the photosensitive composition layer, and exposing the photosensitive composition layer to light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm through the mask pattern,
A method for manufacturing printed wiring boards.
<26> The method for manufacturing a printed wiring board according to <24> or <25>, wherein the insulating layer has an insulating layer having a thickness of 15 μm or less.
 本発明により、硬化物としたときに、裏露光を抑制可能な樹脂組成物、ならびに、前記樹脂組成物を用いた、硬化物、プリプレグ、金属箔張積層板、樹脂複合シート、プリント配線板、半導体装置、および、プリント配線板の製造方法を提供可能になった。 According to the present invention, a resin composition that can suppress back exposure when made into a cured product, as well as a cured product, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, using the resin composition, It is now possible to provide semiconductor devices and printed wiring board manufacturing methods.
 以下、本発明を実施するための形態(以下、単に「本実施形態」という)について詳細に説明する。なお、以下の本実施形態は、本発明を説明するための例示であり、本発明は本実施形態のみに限定されない。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。本明細書では、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、無置換の方が好ましい。
 本明細書において、(メタ)アリル基は、アリルおよびメタリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、比誘電率とは、物質の真空の誘電率に対する誘電率の比を示す。また、本明細書においては、比誘電率を単に「誘電率」ということがある。
 なお、本明細書において「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書において、各種物性値および特性値は、特に述べない限り、23℃におけるものとする。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書で示す規格で説明される測定方法等が年度によって異なる場合、特に述べない限り、2022年1月1日時点における規格に基づくものとする。
Hereinafter, a mode for carrying out the present invention (hereinafter simply referred to as "this embodiment") will be described in detail. Note that the present embodiment below is an illustration for explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited only to this embodiment.
In the description of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the description that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having no substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having a substituent (atomic group). For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). In this specification, for expressions that do not indicate substitution or non-substitution, non-substitution is preferred.
In the present specification, the (meth)allyl group represents allyl and/or methallyl, "(meth)acrylate" represents both acrylate and/or methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylate" represents acrylate and/or methacrylate; "Acrylic" represents both or either of acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth)acryloyl" represents both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, the relative dielectric constant refers to the ratio of the dielectric constant to the vacuum dielectric constant of a substance. Further, in this specification, the relative dielectric constant may be simply referred to as "permittivity."
In addition, in this specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In this specification, various physical property values and characteristic values are assumed to be at 23° C. unless otherwise stated.
In this specification, the term "process" is used not only to refer to an independent process, but also to include any process that achieves the intended effect even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
If the measurement methods, etc. explained in the standards shown in this specification differ from year to year, unless otherwise stated, they shall be based on the standards as of January 1, 2022.
 本明細書において、樹脂固形分とは、充填材(無機充填材および樹脂フィラー等の充填材)および溶剤を除く成分をいい、熱硬化性化合物、芳香族オリゴマー、熱可塑性エラストマー、およびその他の樹脂添加剤成分(紫外線吸収剤、非金属有機色素の添加剤等)を含む趣旨である。 In this specification, resin solid content refers to components excluding fillers (fillers such as inorganic fillers and resin fillers) and solvents, including thermosetting compounds, aromatic oligomers, thermoplastic elastomers, and other resins. It is intended to contain additive components (ultraviolet absorbers, non-metallic organic dye additives, etc.).
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、熱硬化性化合物を含む樹脂組成物であって、30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、g線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、およびi線(波長365nm)の透過率が、それぞれ、0.070%以下であることを特徴とする。本実施形態においては、30μmの厚さの硬化物としたときに、前記各波長の光線透過率を0.070%以下とすることにより、裏露光を効果的に抑制できる。
 また、従来の樹脂組成物から形成される硬化物が、プリント配線板の極薄の絶縁層に用いられる場合、AOI(自動光学検査、Automated Optical Inspection)において、内層の回路パターンを欠陥として検出してしまうという問題がある。特に、絶縁層が充填材(特に、無機充填材、さらには、ガラスクロス、フィラー等)を含まない場合にこの問題が起きやすい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物においては、このような問題を効果的に回避することができる。
The resin composition of this embodiment is a resin composition containing a thermosetting compound, and in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm, G-line (wavelength 436 nm), H-line (wavelength 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength: 365 nm) is characterized by a transmittance of 0.070% or less. In this embodiment, when the cured product has a thickness of 30 μm, back exposure can be effectively suppressed by setting the light transmittance of each of the wavelengths to 0.070% or less.
In addition, when a cured product formed from a conventional resin composition is used for an ultra-thin insulating layer of a printed wiring board, circuit patterns in the inner layer may be detected as defects during AOI (Automated Optical Inspection). There is a problem with this. This problem is particularly likely to occur when the insulating layer does not contain a filler (particularly an inorganic filler, furthermore, a glass cloth, a filler, etc.). In the resin composition of this embodiment, such problems can be effectively avoided.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、g線(波長436nm)の透過率が、0.070%以下であり、0.069%以下であることが好ましく、0.068%以下であることがより好ましく、0.067%以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.066%以下であることが一層好ましく、0.065%以下であることがより一層好ましい。前記g線(波長436nm)の透過率の下限は0%が理想であるが、0.001%以上が実際的である。 The resin composition of the present embodiment has a transmittance of g-line (wavelength 436 nm) of 0.070% or less, preferably 0.069% or less, in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm. It is more preferably 0.068% or less, even more preferably 0.067% or less, even more preferably 0.066% or less, and even more preferably 0.065% or less. The lower limit of the transmittance of the g-line (wavelength 436 nm) is ideally 0%, but 0.001% or more is practical.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、また、30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、h線(波長405nm)の透過率が、0.070%以下であり、0.050%以下であることが好ましく、0.045%以下であることがより好ましく、0.040%以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.038%以下であることが一層好ましく、0.035%以下であることがより一層好ましい。前記h線(波長405nm)の透過率の下限は0%が理想であるが、0.001%以上が実際的である。 The resin composition of the present embodiment also has a transmittance of H-line (wavelength 405 nm) of 0.070% or less, and 0.050% or less in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm. Preferably, it is 0.045% or less, more preferably 0.040% or less, even more preferably 0.038% or less, even more preferably 0.035% or less. . Ideally, the lower limit of the transmittance of the h-line (wavelength: 405 nm) is 0%, but 0.001% or more is practical.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、さらに、30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、i線(波長365nm)の透過率が、0.070%以下であり、0.040%以下であることがより好ましく、0.030%以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.025%以下であることが一層好ましく、0.020%以下であることがより一層好ましい。前記i線(波長365nm)の透過率の下限は0%が理想であるが、0.001%以上が実際的である。 The resin composition of the present embodiment further has a transmittance of i-line (wavelength 365 nm) of 0.070% or less and 0.040% or less in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm. It is more preferably 0.030% or less, even more preferably 0.025% or less, and even more preferably 0.020% or less. The lower limit of the transmittance of the i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) is ideally 0%, but 0.001% or more is practical.
 上記g線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、およびi線(波長365nm)における低い光線透過率を達成する手段としては、樹脂組成物に配合する熱硬化性化合物の種類を選択することや他の成分を調整することが挙げられる。しかしながら、裏露光を抑制するために、熱硬化性化合物の種類を調整したり、樹脂組成物に各種の添加剤を配合すると、樹脂組成物の硬化物の低誘電特性(低誘電率および/または低誘電正接)が低下してしまう場合がある。そこで、本実施形態においては、紫外線吸収剤および/または非金属有機色素を含む樹脂組成物とすることにより、上記光線透過率を満たすように調整することが好ましい。このような構成とすることにより、低誘電特性を達成しつつ、裏露光を効果的に抑制できる樹脂組成物を提供可能になる。特に、本実施形態においては、紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素を含む樹脂組成物とすることが好ましい。紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素の両方を併用することにより、樹脂組成物における両成分の総使用量を相対的に少なくしても、光線透過率を効果的に低くすることができ、低誘電特性を達成しつつ、裏露光を効果的に抑制できる樹脂組成物を提供可能になる。さらに、紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素の含有量およびブレンド比を精密に調整することにより、耐熱性にも優れ、かつ、低誘電特性を維持しつつ、裏露光を効果的に抑制できる樹脂組成物を提供可能になる。 A means of achieving low light transmittance in the above G-line (wavelength 436 nm), H-line (wavelength 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength 365 nm) is to select the type of thermosetting compound to be added to the resin composition. and other ingredients. However, if the type of thermosetting compound is adjusted or various additives are added to the resin composition in order to suppress back exposure, the cured product of the resin composition may have low dielectric properties (low dielectric constant and/or (low dielectric loss tangent) may decrease. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is preferable to adjust the light transmittance to satisfy the above-mentioned light transmittance by using a resin composition containing an ultraviolet absorber and/or a non-metallic organic dye. With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a resin composition that can effectively suppress back exposure while achieving low dielectric properties. In particular, in this embodiment, it is preferable to use a resin composition containing an ultraviolet absorber and a nonmetallic organic dye. By using both an ultraviolet absorber and a nonmetallic organic dye, the light transmittance can be effectively lowered even if the total amount of both components used in the resin composition is relatively small. It becomes possible to provide a resin composition that can effectively suppress back exposure while achieving the desired characteristics. Furthermore, by precisely adjusting the content and blending ratio of ultraviolet absorbers and nonmetallic organic dyes, we have created a resin composition that has excellent heat resistance and can effectively suppress back exposure while maintaining low dielectric properties. It becomes possible to provide things.
<熱硬化性化合物>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、熱硬化性化合物を含む。熱硬化性化合物は、通常、本実施形態の硬化物の主成分となるものである。
 本実施形態で用いる熱硬化性化合物は、マレイミド化合物、エポキシ化合物、フェノール化合物、オキセタン樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン化合物、(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、および、シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含むことが好ましく、マレイミド化合物、エポキシ化合物、フェノール化合物、オキセタン樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン化合物、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、および、シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含むことがより好ましく、マレイミド化合物、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物、および、シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含むことがさらに好ましく、マレイミド化合物、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物、および、シアン酸エステル化合物のいずれをも含むことが一層好ましい。
(式(V)中、Arは芳香族炭化水素連結基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。)
<Thermosetting compound>
The resin composition of this embodiment contains a thermosetting compound. The thermosetting compound is usually a main component of the cured product of this embodiment.
The thermosetting compounds used in this embodiment include maleimide compounds, epoxy compounds, phenol compounds, oxetane resins, benzoxazine compounds, compounds containing (meth)allyl groups, and polyphenylene ethers containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds. It is preferable to include one or more selected from the group consisting of a compound, a polymer having a structural unit represented by formula (V), and a cyanate ester compound, such as a maleimide compound, an epoxy compound, a phenol compound, and an oxetane resin. , a benzoxazine compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, a polymer having a structural unit represented by formula (V), and a cyanate ester compound. It is more preferable to contain at least one type selected from the group consisting of a maleimide compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and a cyanate ester compound. , a maleimide compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and a cyanate ester compound.
(In formula (V), Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.)
<<マレイミド化合物>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、マレイミド化合物を含んでいてもよい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、1分子中に2以上(好ましくは2~12、より好ましくは2~6、さらに好ましくは2~4、一層好ましくは2または3、より一層好ましくは2のマレイミド基を有する化合物であれば特に限定されず、プリント配線板の分野で通常用いられる化合物を広く用いることができる。
 本実施形態においては、マレイミド化合物は、式(M0)~式(M5)で表される化合物、マレイミド化合物(M6)、式(M7)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(M0)で表される化合物がより好ましい。
(式(M0)中、R51は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基またはフェニル基を表し、R52は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す。)
 R51は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、フェニル基であることが好ましく、水素原子およびメチル基の一方であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることがさらに好ましい。
 R52は、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 nは1~10の整数が好ましく、1~5の整数がより好ましく、1~3の整数がさらに好ましく、1または2であることが一層好ましく、1であることがより一層好ましい。
 式(M0)で表される化合物は、1種のみの他、2種以上の混合物であってもよい。混合物の例としては、nが異なる化合物の混合物、R51および/またはR52の置換基の種類が異なる化合物の混合物、ベンゼン環に対するマレイミド基と酸素原子の結合位置(メタ位、パラ位、オルト位)が異なる化合物の混合物、ならびに、前記の2つ以上の異なる点が組み合わされた化合物の混合物などが挙げられる。以下、式(M1)~式(M5)で表される化合物、マレイミド化合物(M6)、式(M7)で表される化合物についても同様である。
<<Maleimide compound>>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a maleimide compound. The resin composition of the present embodiment contains two or more (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2) maleimides in one molecule. There are no particular limitations on the compound as long as it has a group, and a wide range of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used.
In this embodiment, the maleimide compound is preferably a compound represented by formulas (M0) to (M5), a maleimide compound (M6), or a compound represented by formula (M7), and a compound represented by formula (M0) is preferably used. More preferred are compounds such as
(In formula (M0), R 51 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, R 52 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.)
R 51 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, or a phenyl group; One of the methyl groups is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is even more preferable.
R 52 is preferably a methyl group.
n 1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, even more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
The compound represented by formula (M0) may be one type or a mixture of two or more types. Examples of mixtures include mixtures of compounds in which n1 is different, mixtures of compounds in which the types of substituents for R51 and/or R52 are different, and the bonding position of the maleimide group and the oxygen atom to the benzene ring (meta position, para position, Examples include mixtures of compounds having different positions (ortho positions), and mixtures of compounds having two or more of the above-mentioned different points combined. The same applies to the compounds represented by formulas (M1) to (M5), the maleimide compound (M6), and the compound represented by formula (M7) below.
(式(M1)中、RM1、RM2、RM3、およびRM4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。RM5およびRM6は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。Arは2価の芳香族基を表す。Aは、4~6員環の脂環基である。RM7およびRM8は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基である。mxは1または2であり、lxは0または1である。RM9およびRM10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。RM11、RM12、RM13、およびRM14は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。RM15は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルキルオキシ基、炭素数1~10のアルキルチオ基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、炭素数6~10のアリールオキシ基、炭素数6~10のアリールチオ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基またはメルカプト基を表す。pxは0~3の整数を表す。nxは1~20の整数を表す。) (In formula (M1), R M1 , R M2 , R M3 , and R M4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R M5 and R M6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Ar M represents a divalent aromatic group. A is a 4- to 6-membered alicyclic group. R M7 and R M8 are each independently an alkyl group. mx is 1 or 2 , and lx is 0 or 1. R M9 and R M10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R M11 , R M12 , R M13 , and R M14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or represents an organic group.R M15 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. , represents an aryloxy group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylthio group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a mercapto group. px represents an integer of 0 to 3. nx represents an integer of 1 to 20. )
 式中のRM1、RM2、RM3、およびRM4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。ここでの有機基はアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が一層好ましく、中でもメチル基が特に好ましい。RM1およびRM3は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基が好ましく、RM2およびRM4は、水素原子が好ましい。
 RM5およびRM6は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、アルキル基が好ましい。ここでのアルキル基は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基がさらに好ましく、中でもメチル基が特に好ましい。
 Arは2価の芳香族基を表し、好ましくはフェニレン基、ナフタレンジイル基、フェナントレンジイル基、アントラセンジイル基であり、より好ましくはフェニレン基であり、さらに好ましくはm-フェニレン基である。Arは置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、アルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が一層好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。しかしながら、Arは無置換であることが好ましい。
 Aは、4~6員環の脂環基であり、5員の脂環基(好ましくはベンゼン環と合せてインダン環となる基)がより好ましい。RM7およびRM8は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基であり、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 mxは1または2であり、2であることが好ましい。
 lxは0または1であり、1であることが好ましい。
 RM9およびRM10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、アルキル基がより好ましい。ここでのアルキル基は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基がさらに好ましく、中でもメチル基が特に好ましい。
 RM11、RM12、RM13、およびRM14は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。ここでの有機基はアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が一層好ましく、中でもメチル基が特に好ましい。RM12およびRM13は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基が好ましく、RM11およびRM14は、水素原子が好ましい。
 RM15は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルキルオキシ基、炭素数1~10のアルキルチオ基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、炭素数6~10のアリールオキシ基、炭素数6~10のアリールチオ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基またはメルカプト基を表し、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基、または、炭素数6~10のアリール基であることが好ましい。
 pxは0~3の整数を表し、0~2の整数が好ましく、0または1がより好ましく、0がさらに好ましい。
 nxは1~20の整数を表す。nxは10以下の整数であってもよい。
 尚、本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、式(M1)で表される化合物(M1)であって、少なくともnxの値が異なる化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、樹脂組成物中の式(M1)で表される化合物(M1)におけるnxの平均値(平均繰返単位数)nは、低い融点(低軟化点)で、かつ溶融粘度が低く、ハンドリング性に優れたものとするため、0.92以上であることが好ましく、0.95以上であることがより好ましく、1.0以上であることがさらに好ましく、1.1以上であることが一層好ましい。また、nは、10.0以下であることが好ましく、8.0以下であることがより好ましく、7.0以下であることがさらに好ましく、6.0以下であることが一層好ましく、5.0以下であってもよい。後述する式(M1-2)等についても同様である。
R M1 , R M2 , R M3 , and R M4 in the formula each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group, especially a methyl group. R M1 and R M3 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, and R M2 and R M4 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
R M5 and R M6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred. preferable.
Ar M represents a divalent aromatic group, preferably a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, more preferably a phenylene group, still more preferably a m-phenylene group. Ar M may have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a methyl group, Ethyl group, propyl group, and butyl group are more preferable, and methyl group is particularly preferable. However, it is preferable that Ar M is unsubstituted.
A is a 4- to 6-membered alicyclic group, and more preferably a 5-membered alicyclic group (preferably a group that forms an indane ring when combined with a benzene ring). R M7 and R M8 each independently represent an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
mx is 1 or 2, preferably 2.
lx is 0 or 1, preferably 1.
R M9 and R M10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group is more preferred. The alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred. preferable.
R M11 , R M12 , R M13 , and R M14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group, especially a methyl group. R M12 and R M13 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, and R M11 and R M14 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
R M15 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. represents an aryloxy group, an arylthio group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a mercapto group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. is preferably an aryl group.
px represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 0.
nx represents an integer from 1 to 20. nx may be an integer of 10 or less.
The resin composition of the present embodiment may contain only one type of compound (M1) represented by formula (M1), or may contain two or more types of compounds having at least different values of nx. You can stay there. When two or more types are included, the average value of nx (average number of repeating units) n in the compound (M1) represented by formula (M1) in the resin composition has a low melting point (low softening point) and a melt viscosity. In order to have a low value and excellent handling properties, it is preferably 0.92 or more, more preferably 0.95 or more, even more preferably 1.0 or more, and 1.1 or more. It is more preferable that there be. Further, n is preferably 10.0 or less, more preferably 8.0 or less, even more preferably 7.0 or less, even more preferably 6.0 or less, and 5. It may be 0 or less. The same applies to equations (M1-2) and the like that will be described later.
 式(M1)で表される化合物(M1)は、下記の式(M1-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(式(M1-1)中、RM21、RM22、RM23、およびRM24は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。RM25およびRM26は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。RM27、RM28、RM29、およびRM30は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。RM31およびRM32は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。RM33、RM34、RM35、およびRM36は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。RM37、RM38、およびRM39は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。nxは1以上20以下の整数を表す。)
The compound (M1) represented by formula (M1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (M1-1) below.
(In formula (M1-1), R M21 , R M22 , R M23 , and R M24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R M25 and R M26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl R M27 , R M28 , R M29 , and R M30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R M31 and R M32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R M33 , R M34 , R M35 , and R M36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R M37 , R M38 , and R M39 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. nx is Represents an integer between 1 and 20.)
 式中のRM21、RM22、RM23、およびRM24は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。ここでの有機基はアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が一層好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。RM21およびRM23は、アルキル基が好ましく、RM22およびRM24は、水素原子が好ましい。
 RM25およびRM26は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、アルキル基が好ましい。ここでのアルキル基は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基がさらに好ましく、中でもメチル基が特に好ましい。
 RM27、RM28、RM29、およびRM30は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表し、水素原子が好ましい。ここでの有機基はアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が一層好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 RM31およびRM32は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、アルキル基が好ましい。ここでのアルキル基は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基がさらに好ましく、中でもメチル基が特に好ましい。
 RM33、RM34、RM35、およびRM36は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。ここでの有機基はアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~12のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がさらに好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が一層好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 RM33およびRM36は、水素原子が好ましく、RM34およびRM35はアルキル基が好ましい。
 RM37、RM38、およびRM39は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表し、アルキル基が好ましい。ここでのアルキル基は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基がさらに好ましく、中でもメチル基が特に好ましい。
 nxは1以上20以下の整数を表す。nxは10以下の整数であってもよい。
R M21 , R M22 , R M23 , and R M24 in the formula each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group. R M21 and R M23 are preferably alkyl groups, and R M22 and R M24 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
R M25 and R M26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred. preferable.
R M27 , R M28 , R M29 , and R M30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and preferably a hydrogen atom. The organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group.
R M31 and R M32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred. preferable.
R M33 , R M34 , R M35 , and R M36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group here is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. More preferred is a methyl group.
R M33 and R M36 are preferably hydrogen atoms, and R M34 and R M35 are preferably alkyl groups.
R M37 , R M38 , and R M39 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group is preferable. The alkyl group here is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, with a methyl group being particularly preferred. preferable.
nx represents an integer from 1 to 20. nx may be an integer of 10 or less.
 式(M1-1)で表される化合物は、下記式(M1-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(式(M1-2)中、RM21、RM22、RM23、およびRM24は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。RM25およびRM26は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。RM27、RM28、RM29、およびRM30は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。RM31およびRM32は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。RM33、RM34、RM35、およびRM36は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。RM37、RM38、およびRM39は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基を表す。nxは1以上20以下の整数を表す。)
The compound represented by formula (M1-1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (M1-2) below.
(In formula (M1-2), R M21 , R M22 , R M23 , and R M24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R M25 and R M26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl R M27 , R M28 , R M29 , and R M30 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R M31 and R M32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R M33 , R M34 , R M35 , and R M36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R M37 , R M38 , and R M39 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. nx is Represents an integer between 1 and 20.)
 式(M1-2)中、RM21、RM22、RM23、RM24、RM25、RM26、RM27、RM28、RM29、RM30、RM31、RM32、RM33、RM34、RM35、RM36、RM37、RM38、RM39、および、nxは、それぞれ、式(M1-1)におけるRM21、RM22、RM23、RM24、RM25、RM26、RM27、RM28、RM29、RM30、RM31、RM32、RM33、RM34、RM35、RM36、RM37、RM38、RM39、および、nxと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 In formula (M1-2), RM21 , RM22 , RM23 , RM24 , RM25, RM26 , RM27 , RM28 , RM29 , RM30 , RM31 , RM32 , RM33 , RM34 , R M35 , R M36 , R M37 , R M38 , R M39 , and nx are R M21 , R M22 , R M23 , R M24 , R M25 , R M26 , R M27 in formula (M1-1), respectively; It is synonymous with R M28 , R M29 , R M30 , R M31 , R M32 , R M33 , R M34 , R M35 , R M36 , R M37 , R M38 , R M39 , and nx, and the preferred ranges are also the same. .
 式(M1-1)で表される化合物は、下記式(M1-3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、下記式(M1-4)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
(式(M1-3)中、nxは1以上20以下の整数を表す。)
 nxは10以下の整数であってもよい。
(式(M1-4)中、nxは1以上20以下の整数を表す。)
 nxは10以下の整数であってもよい。
The compound represented by the formula (M1-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (M1-3), and more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (M1-4).
(In formula (M1-3), nx represents an integer from 1 to 20.)
nx may be an integer of 10 or less.
(In formula (M1-4), nx represents an integer from 1 to 20.)
nx may be an integer of 10 or less.
 式(M1)で表される化合物(M1)の分子量は、500以上であることが好ましく、600以上であることがより好ましく、700以上であることがさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低誘電特性および低吸水性がより向上する傾向にある。また、式(M1)で表される化合物(M1)の分子量は、10000以下であることが好ましく、9000以下であることがより好ましく、7000以下であることがさらに好ましく、5000以下であることが一層好ましく、4000以下であることがより一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の耐熱性および取り扱い性がより向上する傾向にある。 The molecular weight of the compound (M1) represented by formula (M1) is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 600 or more, and even more preferably 700 or more. When the amount is equal to or more than the lower limit, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low dielectric properties and low water absorption. Further, the molecular weight of the compound (M1) represented by formula (M1) is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 9,000 or less, even more preferably 7,000 or less, and preferably 5,000 or less. More preferably, it is 4000 or less. By setting it below the above-mentioned upper limit, the heat resistance and handleability of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved.
(式(M2)中、R54は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す。)
 nは1~10の整数が好ましく、1~5の整数がより好ましく、1~3の整数がさらに好ましく、1または2であることが一層好ましく、1であってもよい。
 式(M2)で表される化合物は、nが異なる化合物の混合物であってもよく、混合物であることが好ましい。また、式(M0)で表される化合物の所で述べたように、他の部分が異なる化合物の混合物であってもよい。
(式(M3)中、R55は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基またはフェニル基を表し、nは1以上10以下の整数を表す。)
 R55は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、フェニル基であることが好ましく、水素原子およびメチル基の一方であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることがさらに好ましい。
 nは1以上5以下の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数がさらに好ましく、1または2であることが一層好ましい。
 式(M3)で表される化合物は、n5が異なる化合物の混合物であってもよく、混合物であることが好ましい。また、式(M0)で表される化合物の所で述べたように、他の部分が異なる化合物の混合物であってもよい。
(式(M4)中、R56は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、メチル基またはエチル基を表し、R57は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基を表す。)
(In formula (M2), R 54 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 4 represents an integer of 1 or more.)
n 4 is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, even more preferably 1 or 2, and may be 1.
The compound represented by formula (M2) may be a mixture of compounds in which n 4 is different, and is preferably a mixture. Further, as described in the section of the compound represented by formula (M0), it may be a mixture of compounds having different parts.
(In formula (M3), R 55 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and n 5 represents an integer of 1 to 10.)
R 55 is preferably a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, or phenyl group; One of the methyl groups is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is even more preferable.
n 5 is preferably an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 or 2.
The compound represented by formula (M3) may be a mixture of compounds having different n 5 values, and is preferably a mixture. Further, as described in the section of the compound represented by formula (M0), it may be a mixture of compounds having different parts.
(In formula (M4), R 56 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group, and R 57 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)
(式(M5)中、R58は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基またはフェニル基を表し、R59は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す。)
 R58は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、フェニル基であることが好ましく、水素原子およびメチル基の一方であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることがさらに好ましい。
 R59は、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 nは1~10の整数が好ましく、1~5の整数がより好ましく、1~3の整数がさらに好ましく、1または2であることが一層好ましく、1であってもよい。
 式(M5)で表される化合物は、nが異なる化合物の混合物あってもよく、混合物であることが好ましい。また、式(M0)で表される化合物の所で述べたように、他の部分が異なる化合物の混合物であってもよい。
(In formula (M5), R 58 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, R 59 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 6 represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.)
R 58 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, or a phenyl group; One of the methyl groups is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is even more preferable.
R 59 is preferably a methyl group.
n 6 is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 5, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, even more preferably 1 or 2, and may be 1.
The compound represented by formula (M5) may be a mixture of compounds having different n 6 values, and is preferably a mixture. Further, as described in the section of the compound represented by formula (M0), it may be a mixture of compounds having different parts.
 マレイミド化合物(M6)は、式(M6)表される構成単位と、分子鎖の両末端にマレイミド基とを有する化合物である。
(式(M6)中、R61は、炭素数1~16の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルキレン基、または炭素数2~16の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表す。R62は、炭素数1~16の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルキレン基、または炭素数2~16の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表す。R63は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~16の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルキル基、または炭素数2~16の直鎖状もしくは分岐状のアルケニル基を表す。nは、それぞれ独立に、0~10の整数を表す。)
 マレイミド化合物(M6)の詳細およびその製造方法は、国際公開第2020/262577号の段落0061~0066の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The maleimide compound (M6) is a compound having a structural unit represented by formula (M6) and maleimide groups at both ends of the molecular chain.
(In formula (M6), R 61 represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms. R 62 is R 63 represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms. Represents a chain or branched alkyl group, or a straight or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms. Each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10.)
For details of the maleimide compound (M6) and its manufacturing method, the description in paragraphs 0061 to 0066 of International Publication No. 2020/262577 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 マレイミド化合物(M6)は、式(M0)で表される化合物で述べたように、他の部分が異なる化合物の混合物であってもよい。 As described for the compound represented by formula (M0), the maleimide compound (M6) may be a mixture of compounds different in other parts.
(上記式(M7)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、前記アルキル基を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルコキシ基若しくはアルキルチオ基;炭素数6~10のアリール基、アリールオキシ基若しくはアリールチオ基;炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基;ハロゲン原子;水酸基;またはメルカプト基を表し、
、R、RおよびRはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、かつRおよびRの一方が水素原子、他方がメチル基であり、RおよびRの一方が水素原子、他方がメチル基であり、
は、以下の式(x):
(式(x)中、RおよびRはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、かつRおよびRの一方が水素原子、他方がメチル基であり、Rはそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、アルコキシ基若しくはアルキルチオ基;炭素数6~10のアリール基、アリールオキシ基若しくはアリールチオ基;炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基;ハロゲン原子;水酸基;またはメルカプト基を表し、tは0~4の整数を表す。)
で表される置換基を表し、rは、Xが結合されたベンゼン環1つ当たりのXの置換数の平均値であり、0~4の数を表し、pは1~3の整数を表し、qは0~4の整数を表し、kは1~100の整数を表す。)
 また、上記式(1)において、pが2以上の整数である場合、複数存在するRは互いに同一であっても、または異なっていてもよい。qが2以上の整数である場合、複数存在するRは互いに同一であっても、または異なっていてもよい。tが2以上の整数である場合、複数存在するRは互いに同一であっても、または異なっていてもよい。
 式(M7)で表される化合物は、kが異なる化合物の混合物であってもよく、混合物であることが好ましい。また、式(M0)で表される化合物の所で述べたように、他の部分が異なる化合物の混合物であってもよい。
 式(M7)で表される化合物の詳細は、特許7160151号の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(In the above formula (M7), R 1 each independently represents the alkyl group, R 2 each independently represents an alkyl group, alkoxy group, or alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; represents an aryl group, aryloxy group or arylthio group; a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms; a halogen atom; a hydroxyl group; or a mercapto group;
R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and one of R 3 and R 4 is a hydrogen atom and the other is a methyl group, and R 5 and R 6 are One is a hydrogen atom, the other is a methyl group,
X 1 is the following formula (x):
(In formula (x), R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and one of R 7 and R 8 is a hydrogen atom, the other is a methyl group, and R 9 is each independently an alkyl group, alkoxy group or alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; an aryl group, aryloxy group or arylthio group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms; a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms; a halogen atom; a hydroxyl group; or It represents a mercapto group, and t represents an integer from 0 to 4.)
represents a substituent represented by, r is the average value of the number of substitutions of X 1 per benzene ring to which X 1 is bonded, and represents a number from 0 to 4, p is an integer from 1 to 3 , q represents an integer from 0 to 4, and k represents an integer from 1 to 100. )
Further, in the above formula (1), when p is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 1s may be the same or different. When q is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 2 's may be the same or different. When t is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 9s may be the same or different.
The compound represented by formula (M7) may be a mixture of compounds with different k, and is preferably a mixture. Further, as described in the section of the compound represented by formula (M0), it may be a mixture of compounds having different parts.
For details of the compound represented by formula (M7), the description in Japanese Patent No. 7160151 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 マレイミド化合物は、公知の方法で製造してもよく、市販品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、例えば、式(M0)で表される化合物として、ケイ・アイ化成社製「BMI-80」、式(M1)で表される化合物として、DIC社製「NE-X-9470S」、式(M2)で表される化合物として大和化成工業社製「BMI-2300」、式(M3)で表される化合物として、日本化薬株式会社製「MIR-3000」、式(M4)で表される化合物としてケイ・アイ化成社製「BMI-70」、式(M5)で表される化合物として、日本化薬社製「MIR-5000」、マレイミド化合物(M6)として、日本化薬社製「MIZ-001」、式(M7)で表される化合物としてDIC社製、「NE-X-9500」が挙げられる。 The maleimide compound may be produced by a known method, or a commercially available product may be used. Commercially available products include, for example, "BMI-80" manufactured by K.I. Kasei Co., Ltd. as a compound represented by formula (M0), and "NE-X-9470S" manufactured by DIC Corporation as a compound represented by formula (M1). ", the compound represented by formula (M2) is "BMI-2300" manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., and the compound represented by formula (M3) is "MIR-3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., formula (M4) The compound represented by formula (M5) is "BMI-70" manufactured by K-I Kasei Co., Ltd., the compound represented by formula (M5) is "MIR-5000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and the maleimide compound (M6) is manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Examples of the compound represented by formula (M7) include "NE-X-9500" manufactured by DIC Corporation.
 また、上記以外のマレイミド化合物としては、2つ以上のマレイミド基を有する化合物が例示され、具体的には、m-フェニレンビスマレイミド、2,2-ビス(4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)-フェニル)プロパン、4-メチル-1,3-フェニレンビスマレイミド、1,6-ビスマレイミド-(2,2,4-トリメチル)ヘキサン、4,4’-ジフェニルエーテルビスマレイミド、4,4’-ジフェニルスルフォンビスマレイミド、1,3-ビス(3-マレイミドフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)ベンゼン、およびこれらのプレポリマー、これらのマレイミドとアミンのプレポリマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of maleimide compounds other than those mentioned above include compounds having two or more maleimide groups, specifically m-phenylenebismaleimide, 2,2-bis(4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)-phenyl) ) Propane, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenebismaleimide, 1,6-bismaleimide-(2,2,4-trimethyl)hexane, 4,4'-diphenyl ether bismaleimide, 4,4'-diphenylsulfone bis Examples include maleimide, 1,3-bis(3-maleimidophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-maleimidophenoxy)benzene, prepolymers thereof, and prepolymers of these maleimides and amines.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物がマレイミド化合物を含む場合、その含有量の下限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、15質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、20質量部以上であることがより一層好ましく、25質量部以上であることがさらに一層好ましく、30質量部以上であることが特に一層好ましい。マレイミド化合物の含有量が1質量部以上であることにより、得られる硬化物の耐燃性が向上する傾向にある。また、マレイミド化合物の含有量の上限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、90質量部以下であることが好ましく、70質量部以下であることがより好ましく、60質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、50質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、40質量部以下であることがより一層好ましい。マレイミド化合物の含有量が90質量部以下であることにより、金属箔ピール強度および低吸水性が向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、マレイミド化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a maleimide compound, the lower limit of its content is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and 5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 25 parts by mass or more. More preferably, the amount is 30 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more. When the content of the maleimide compound is 1 part by mass or more, the flame resistance of the obtained cured product tends to improve. Further, the upper limit of the content of the maleimide compound is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and 60 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is more preferably at most 50 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 40 parts by mass. When the content of the maleimide compound is 90 parts by mass or less, the metal foil peel strength and low water absorption tend to improve.
The resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of maleimide compound, or may contain two or more types of maleimide compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<エポキシ化合物>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、エポキシ化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 エポキシ化合物は、1分子中に1以上(好ましくは2~12、より好ましくは2~6、さらに好ましくは2~4、一層好ましくは2または3、より一層好ましくは2)のエポキシ基を有する化合物または樹脂であれば特に限定されず、プリント配線板の分野で通常用いられる化合物を広く用いることができる。
 エポキシ化合物は、例えば、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールE型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂、アラルキルノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂、ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、多官能フェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン骨格変性ノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトールアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、脂環式エポキシ樹脂、ポリオール型エポキシ樹脂、リン含有エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン、グリシジルエステル、ブタジエン等の二重結合をエポキシ化した化合物、水酸基含有シリコーン樹脂類とエピクロロヒドリンとの反応により得られる化合物等が挙げられる。これらを用いることで、樹脂組成物の成形性、密着性が向上する。これらの中でも、難燃性および耐熱性をより一層向上させる観点から、ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂、ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂、多官能フェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂であることが好ましく、ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂であることがより好ましい。
<<Epoxy compound>>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an epoxy compound.
An epoxy compound is a compound having one or more (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2) epoxy groups in one molecule. Alternatively, there is no particular limitation as long as it is a resin, and a wide variety of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used.
Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol E epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, bisphenol S epoxy resin, phenol novolac epoxy resin, bisphenol A novolac epoxy resin, glycidyl ester epoxy resin, and aralkyl epoxy resin. Novolac type epoxy resin, biphenylaralkyl type epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, multifunctional phenol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, naphthalene skeleton modified novolac type epoxy resin, phenol Aralkyl type epoxy resin, naphthol aralkyl type epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, alicyclic epoxy resin, polyol type epoxy resin, phosphorus-containing epoxy resin, glycidyl amine, glycidyl ester, butadiene, etc. Examples include compounds in which bonds are epoxidized, and compounds obtained by reacting hydroxyl group-containing silicone resins with epichlorohydrin. By using these, the moldability and adhesion of the resin composition are improved. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving flame retardancy and heat resistance, biphenylaralkyl epoxy resins, naphthylene ether epoxy resins, polyfunctional phenol epoxy resins, and naphthalene epoxy resins are preferred; More preferably, it is a type epoxy resin.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、エポキシ化合物を本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で含むことが好ましい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物がエポキシ化合物を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、2質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。エポキシ化合物の含有量が0.1質量部以上であることにより、金属箔ピール強度、靭性が向上する傾向にある。エポキシ化合物の含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の樹脂組成物がエポキシ化合物を含む場合、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、50質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、8質量部以下、5質量部以下であってもよい。エポキシ化合物の含有量が50質量部以下であることにより、得られる硬化物の電気特性が向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、エポキシ化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、エポキシ化合物を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、エポキシ化合物の含有量が樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部未満であることをいい、好ましくは0.01質量部未満であり、さらには0.001質量部未満であってもよい。
The resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains an epoxy compound within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an epoxy compound, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and 1 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferable that the amount is at least 2 parts by mass, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. When the content of the epoxy compound is 0.1 part by mass or more, the peel strength and toughness of the metal foil tend to improve. When the resin composition of this embodiment contains an epoxy compound, the upper limit of the content of the epoxy compound is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and 30 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. The amount is more preferably at most 20 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 10 parts by mass, and may be at most 8 parts by mass, and may be at most 5 parts by mass. When the content of the epoxy compound is 50 parts by mass or less, the electrical properties of the obtained cured product tend to improve.
The resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of epoxy compound, or may contain two or more types of epoxy compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
Moreover, the resin composition in this embodiment can also have a structure that does not substantially contain an epoxy compound. "Substantially free" means that the content of the epoxy compound is less than 0.1 parts by mass, preferably less than 0.01 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. , and even less than 0.001 part by mass.
<<フェノール化合物>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、フェノール化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 フェノール化合物は、1分子中に1以上(好ましくは2~12、より好ましくは2~6、さらに好ましくは2~4、一層好ましくは2または3、より一層好ましくは2)のフェノール性水酸基を有するフェノール化合物であれば特に限定されず、プリント配線板の分野で通常用いられる化合物を広く用いることができる。
 フェノール化合物は、例えば、ビスフェノールA型フェノール樹脂、ビスフェノールE型フェノール樹脂、ビスフェノールF型フェノール樹脂、ビスフェノールS型フェノール樹脂、フェノールノボラック樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック型フェノール樹脂、グリシジルエステル型フェノール樹脂、アラルキルノボラックフェノール樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキル型フェノール樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型フェノール樹脂、多官能フェノール樹脂、ナフトール樹脂、ナフトールノボラック樹脂、多官能ナフトール樹脂、アントラセン型フェノール樹脂、ナフタレン骨格変性ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、フェノールアラルキル型フェノール樹脂、ナフトールアラルキル型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型フェノール樹脂、ビフェニル型フェノール樹脂、脂環式フェノール樹脂、ポリオール型フェノール樹脂、リン含有フェノール樹脂、水酸基含有シリコーン樹脂類等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、得られる硬化物の耐燃性をより一層向上させる観点から、ビフェニルアラルキル型フェノール樹脂、ナフトールアラルキル型フェノール樹脂、リン含有フェノール樹脂、および水酸基含有シリコーン樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
<<Phenol compounds>>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a phenol compound.
The phenol compound has one or more (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2) phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule. The phenol compound is not particularly limited, and a wide variety of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used.
Examples of the phenol compound include bisphenol A type phenol resin, bisphenol E type phenol resin, bisphenol F type phenol resin, bisphenol S type phenol resin, phenol novolak resin, bisphenol A novolac type phenol resin, glycidyl ester type phenol resin, aralkyl novolac phenol. Resin, biphenylaralkyl type phenolic resin, cresol novolac type phenolic resin, polyfunctional phenolic resin, naphthol resin, naphthol novolak resin, polyfunctional naphthol resin, anthracene type phenolic resin, naphthalene skeleton modified novolak type phenolic resin, phenol aralkyl type phenolic resin, Examples include naphthol aralkyl-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenolic resins, biphenyl-type phenolic resins, alicyclic phenolic resins, polyol-type phenolic resins, phosphorus-containing phenolic resins, and hydroxyl group-containing silicone resins. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the flame resistance of the obtained cured product, at least one selected from the group consisting of biphenyl aralkyl type phenol resin, naphthol aralkyl type phenol resin, phosphorus-containing phenol resin, and hydroxyl group-containing silicone resin. Preferably it is a seed.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、フェノール化合物を本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で含むことが好ましい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物がフェノール化合物を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、2質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、50質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、5質量部以下であってもよい。
 本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、フェノール化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、フェノール化合物を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、フェノール化合物の含有量が樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部未満であることをいう。
The resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains a phenol compound within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a phenol compound, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, and 1 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferable that the amount is at least 2 parts by mass, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. Further, the amount is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and 5 parts by mass or less. There may be.
The resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of phenol compound, or may contain two or more types of phenol compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
Moreover, the resin composition in this embodiment can also have a structure that does not substantially contain a phenol compound. "Substantially free" means that the content of the phenol compound is less than 0.1 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition.
<<オキセタン樹脂>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、オキセタン樹脂を含んでいてもよい。
 オキセタン樹脂は、オキセタニル基を1以上(好ましくは2~12、より好ましくは2~6、さらに好ましくは2~4、一層好ましくは2または3、より一層好ましくは2)有する化合物であれば、特に限定されず、プリント配線板の分野で通常用いられる化合物を広く用いることができる。
 オキセタン樹脂としては、例えば、オキセタン、アルキルオキセタン(例えば、2-メチルオキセタン、2,2-ジメチルオキセタン、3-メチルオキセタン、3,3-ジメチルオキセタン等)、3-メチル-3-メトキシメチルオキセタン、3,3-ジ(トリフルオロメチル)オキセタン、2-クロロメチルオキセタン、3,3-ビス(クロロメチル)オキセタン、ビフェニル型オキセタン、OXT-101(東亞合成社製)、OXT-121(東亞合成社製)等が挙げられる。
<<Oxetane resin>>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain oxetane resin.
The oxetane resin is particularly a compound having one or more oxetanyl groups (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2). There are no limitations, and a wide variety of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used.
Examples of the oxetane resin include oxetane, alkyloxetane (for example, 2-methyloxetane, 2,2-dimethyloxetane, 3-methyloxetane, 3,3-dimethyloxetane, etc.), 3-methyl-3-methoxymethyloxetane, 3,3-di(trifluoromethyl)oxetane, 2-chloromethyloxetane, 3,3-bis(chloromethyl)oxetane, biphenyl-type oxetane, OXT-101 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), OXT-121 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) ), etc.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、オキセタン樹脂を本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で含むことが好ましい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物が、オキセタン樹脂を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、2質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。オキセタン樹脂の含有量が0.1質量部以上であることにより、金属箔ピール強度および靭性が向上する傾向にある。オキセタン樹脂の含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の樹脂組成物が、オキセタン樹脂を含む場合、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、50質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、5質量部以下であってもよい。オキセタン樹脂の含有量が50質量部以下であることにより、得られる硬化物の電気特性が向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、オキセタン樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、オキセタン樹脂を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、オキセタン樹脂の含有量が樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部未満であることをいう。
The resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains an oxetane resin within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an oxetane resin, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and 1 part by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. More preferably, the amount is 2 parts by mass or more. When the content of the oxetane resin is 0.1 part by mass or more, the metal foil peel strength and toughness tend to improve. When the resin composition of this embodiment contains an oxetane resin, the upper limit of the content of oxetane resin is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and 30 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. It is more preferably at most 20 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 10 parts by mass, and may be at most 5 parts by mass. When the content of the oxetane resin is 50 parts by mass or less, the electrical properties of the resulting cured product tend to improve.
The resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of oxetane resin, or may contain two or more types of oxetane resin. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
Moreover, the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain oxetane resin. "Substantially free" means that the content of oxetane resin is less than 0.1 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
<<ベンゾオキサジン化合物>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、ベンゾオキサジン化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物としては、1分子中に2以上(好ましくは2~12、より好ましくは2~6、さらに好ましくは2~4、一層好ましくは2または3、より一層好ましくは2)のジヒドロベンゾオキサジン環を有する化合物であれば特に限定されず、プリント配線板の分野で通常用いられる化合物を広く用いることができる。
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA型ベンゾオキサジンBA-BXZ(小西化学社製)、ビスフェノールF型ベンゾオキサジンBF-BXZ(小西化学社製)、ビスフェノールS型ベンゾオキサジンBS-BXZ(小西化学社製)等が挙げられる。
<<Benzoxazine compound>>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a benzoxazine compound.
The benzoxazine compound includes 2 or more (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, even more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably 2) dihydrobenzoxazines in one molecule. Any compound having a ring is not particularly limited, and a wide variety of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used.
Examples of benzoxazine compounds include bisphenol A-type benzoxazine BA-BXZ (manufactured by Konishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), bisphenol F-type benzoxazine BF-BXZ (manufactured by Konishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), and bisphenol S-type benzoxazine BS-BXZ (manufactured by Konishi Chemical Co., Ltd.). ), etc.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、ベンゾオキサジン化合物を本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で含むことが好ましい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物がベンゾオキサジン化合物を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以下であることが好ましい。
 本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、ベンゾオキサジン化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、ベンゾオキサジン化合物を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、ベンゾオキサジン化合物の含有量が樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部未満であることをいう。
The resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains a benzoxazine compound within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a benzoxazine compound, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is preferable that
The resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of benzoxazine compound, or may contain two or more types of benzoxazine compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
Moreover, the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain a benzoxazine compound. "Substantially free" means that the content of the benzoxazine compound is less than 0.1 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
<<(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物を含むことが好ましく、アリル基を含む化合物を含むことがより好ましい。
 また、(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物は、(メタ)アリル基を2以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、アリル基を2以上含む化合物であることがより好ましい。
 (メタ)アリル基を含む化合物としては、アリルイソシアヌレート化合物、アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物、グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物、および、ジアリルフタレートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、アリルイソシアヌレート化合物、アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物、および、グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましく、アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物を含むことがさらに好ましく、アルケニルナジイミド化合物がさらに好ましい。
<<Compound containing (meth)allyl group>>
The resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains a compound containing a (meth)allyl group, and more preferably contains a compound containing an allyl group.
Further, the compound containing a (meth)allyl group is preferably a compound containing two or more (meth)allyl groups, and more preferably a compound containing two or more allyl groups.
The compound containing a (meth)allyl group preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an allyl isocyanurate compound, an allyl group-substituted nadimide compound, an allyl compound having a glycoluril structure, and diallyl phthalate, It is more preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of an allyl isocyanurate compound, an allyl group-substituted nadimide compound, and an allyl compound having a glycoluril structure, and more preferably an allyl group-substituted nadimide compound, and an alkenyl More preferred are nadimide compounds.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が、(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物を含む場合、その分子量は、195以上であることが好ましく、300以上であることがより好ましく、400以上であることがさらに好ましく、500以上であることが一層好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低誘電特性および耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物の分子量は、また、3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることがさらに好ましく、800以下であることが一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低熱膨張性がより向上する傾向にある。 When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a compound containing a (meth)allyl group, its molecular weight is preferably 195 or more, more preferably 300 or more, and even more preferably 400 or more. , more preferably 500 or more. When the amount is equal to or more than the lower limit, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low dielectric properties and heat resistance. The molecular weight of the compound containing a (meth)allyl group is also preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, even more preferably 1,000 or less, and even more preferably 800 or less. By setting it below the above-mentioned upper limit, the low thermal expansion property of the obtained cured product tends to be further improved.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、3質量部以上であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以上であってもよい。(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物の含有量を上記下限値以上とすることにより、樹脂組成物の成形性に優れ、得られる硬化物の耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。また、(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物の含有量の上限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、40質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物の含有量を上記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低熱膨張性がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、(メタ)アリル基を含む化合物の含有量が樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部未満であることをいう。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a compound containing a (meth)allyl group, the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and 3 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferably at least 5 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 5 parts by mass, and may be at least 10 parts by mass. By setting the content of the compound containing a (meth)allyl group to the above lower limit or more, the moldability of the resin composition tends to be excellent, and the heat resistance of the resulting cured product tends to be further improved. Further, the upper limit of the content of the compound containing a (meth)allyl group is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. More preferably, the amount is 20 parts by mass or less. By controlling the content of the compound containing a (meth)allyl group to the above-mentioned upper limit or less, the low thermal expansion properties of the resulting cured product tend to be further improved.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of compound containing a (meth)allyl group, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
Moreover, the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain a compound containing a (meth)allyl group. "Substantially free" means that the content of the compound containing a (meth)allyl group is less than 0.1 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
<<<アリルイソシアヌレート化合物>>>
 アリルイソシアヌレート化合物としては、アリル基を2つ以上有し、かつ、イソシアヌレート環(ヌレート骨格)を有する化合物である限り、特に定めるものではないが、式(TA)で表される化合物が好ましい。
式(TA)
(式(TA)中、Rは、置換基を表す)。
<<<Allyl isocyanurate compound>>>
The allyl isocyanurate compound is not particularly defined as long as it has two or more allyl groups and an isocyanurate ring (nurate skeleton), but a compound represented by formula (TA) is preferable. .
Formula (TA)
(In formula (TA), RA represents a substituent).
 式(TA)中、Rは、置換基を表し、式量15~500の置換基であることがより好ましい。 In formula (TA), R A represents a substituent, and is preferably a substituent having a formula weight of 15 to 500.
 Rの第一の例は、炭素数1~22のアルキル基、または、炭素数2~22のアルケニル基である。炭素数1~22のアルキル基、または、炭素数2~22のアルケニル基を有するアリル化合物を使用することによって、架橋性に優れ、かつ、高靱性を有する硬化物を得ることができる樹脂組成物を提供することができる。それにより、樹脂組成物にガラスクロスなどの基材を含めない場合であっても、エッチング処理などの際に割れたりすることを抑制できる。
 前記アルキル基および/またはアルケニル基の炭素数は、ハンドリング性向上の観点から、3以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、12以上であってもよく、18以下であることが好ましい。それにより樹脂組成物の樹脂流れ性が良好となり、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を用いて多層回路基板などを作成する際の回路充填性などにより優れるようになると考えられる。
A first example of R A is an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms. A resin composition capable of obtaining a cured product having excellent crosslinkability and high toughness by using an allyl compound having an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms. can be provided. Thereby, even if the resin composition does not include a base material such as glass cloth, it is possible to suppress cracking during etching treatment or the like.
From the viewpoint of improving handling properties, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group and/or alkenyl group is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 8 or more, may be 12 or more, and is preferably 18 or less. It is thought that this improves the resin flowability of the resin composition, resulting in better circuit filling properties when creating a multilayer circuit board or the like using the resin composition of this embodiment.
 Rの第二の例は、アリルイソシアヌレート基を含む基である。Rがアリルイソシアヌレート基を含む場合、式(TA)で表される化合物は、式(TA-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
式(TA-1)
(式(TA-1)中、RA2は、2価の連結基である。)
A second example of R A is a group containing an allyl isocyanurate group. When R A contains an allyl isocyanurate group, the compound represented by formula (TA) is preferably a compound represented by formula (TA-1).
Formula (TA-1)
(In formula (TA-1), R A2 is a divalent linking group.)
 式(TA-1)中、RA2は、式量が54~250の2価の連結基であることが好ましく、式量が54~250で、両末端が炭素原子である2価の連結基であることがより好ましく、炭素数2~20の脂肪族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい(但し、脂肪族炭化水素基中にエーテル基を含んでいてもよく、また、水酸基を有していてもよい)。より具体的には、RA2は、下記式(i)~(iii)のいずれかで表される基であることが好ましい。
(式中(i)~(iii)中、pc1はメチレン基の繰り返し単位数を表し、2~18の整数である。pc2はオキシエチレン基の繰り返し単位数を表し、0または1である。*は結合部位である。)
 前記pc1は、好ましくは2~10の整数、より好ましくは3~8の整数、さらに好ましくは3~5の整数である。
 前記pc2は、0であってもよいし、1であってもよいが、好ましくは1である。
In formula (TA-1), R A2 is preferably a divalent linking group having a formula weight of 54 to 250, and a divalent linking group having a formula weight of 54 to 250 and having carbon atoms at both ends. is more preferable, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is even more preferable (however, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may contain an ether group, and may have a hydroxyl group). ). More specifically, R A2 is preferably a group represented by any of the following formulas (i) to (iii).
(In the formulas (i) to (iii), p c1 represents the number of repeating units of the methylene group and is an integer from 2 to 18. p c2 represents the number of repeating units of the oxyethylene group and is 0 or 1. .* is the binding site.)
The p c1 is preferably an integer of 2 to 10, more preferably an integer of 3 to 8, and still more preferably an integer of 3 to 5.
The p c2 may be 0 or 1, but is preferably 1.
 RA2は第一の例であることが好ましい。 Preferably, R A2 is the first example.
 本実施形態では、式(TA)で表される化合物の反応基(アリル基)当量が1000以下であることが望ましい。前記当量が1000以下であれば、高いTgをより確実に得ることができると考えられる。
 前記炭素数1~22のアルキル基としては、直鎖状または分岐鎖状のアルキル基が挙げられ、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、テトラデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、オクタデシル基、エイコシル基、ドコシル基等が挙げられる。また、前記炭素数2~22のアルケニル基としては、例えば、アリル基、デセニル基等が挙げられる。
In this embodiment, it is desirable that the reactive group (allyl group) equivalent of the compound represented by formula (TA) is 1000 or less. It is considered that if the equivalent is 1000 or less, a high Tg can be obtained more reliably.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms include linear or branched alkyl groups, such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group. group, nonyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tetradecyl group, hexadecyl group, octadecyl group, eicosyl group, docosyl group, and the like. Further, examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms include an allyl group and a decenyl group.
 式(TA)で表される化合物の具体例としては、例えば、トリアリルイソシアヌレート、5-オクチル-1,3-ジアリルイソシアヌレート、5-ドデシル-1,3-ジアリルイソシアヌレート、5-テトラデシル-1,3-ジアリルイソシアヌレート、5-ヘキサデシル-1,3-ジアリルイソシアヌレート、5-オクタデシル-1,3-ジアリルイソシアヌレート、5-エイコシル-1,3-ジアリルイソシアヌレート、5-ドコシル-1,3-ジアリルイソシアヌレート、5-デセニル-1,3-ジアリルイソシアヌレートなどが挙げられる。これらは1種または2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよく、プレポリマーとして使用してもよい。 Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (TA) include triallylisocyanurate, 5-octyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-dodecyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-tetradecyl- 1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-hexadecyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-octadecyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-eicosyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate, 5-docosyl-1, Examples include 3-diallylisocyanurate and 5-decenyl-1,3-diallylisocyanurate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more, or may be used as a prepolymer.
 式(TA)で表される化合物の製造方法は、特に限定はされないが、例えば、ジアリルイソシアヌレートとアルキルハライドとをN,N’-ジメチルホルムアミド等の非プロトン性極性溶剤中において、水酸化ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、トリエチルアミンなどの塩基性物質の存在下で、60℃~150℃程度の温度で反応させることにより、得ることができる。 The method for producing the compound represented by formula (TA) is not particularly limited, but for example, diallylisocyanurate and alkyl halide are mixed in an aprotic polar solvent such as N,N'-dimethylformamide, and sodium hydroxide is added. It can be obtained by reacting at a temperature of about 60°C to 150°C in the presence of a basic substance such as , potassium carbonate, or triethylamine.
 また、式(TA)で表される化合物は、市販のものを用いることもできる。市販されているものとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば、四国化成工業(株)製L-DAICが挙げられる。トリアリルイソシアヌレートとしては、例えば、三菱ケミカル(株)製TAICが挙げられる。式(TA-1)で表される化合物としては、例えば、四国化成工業(株)製DD-1が挙げられる。 Furthermore, commercially available compounds can also be used as the compound represented by formula (TA). Commercially available products include, but are not particularly limited to, L-DAIC manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., for example. Examples of triallyl isocyanurate include TAIC manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation. Examples of the compound represented by formula (TA-1) include DD-1 manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
 アリルイソシアヌレート化合物(好ましくは、式(TA)で表される化合物)の分子量は、200以上であることが好ましく、300以上であることがより好ましく、400以上であることがさらに好ましく、500以上であることが一層好ましい。前記分子量を上記下限値以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低誘電特性および耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。また、アリルイソシアヌレート化合物(好ましくは、式(TA)で表される化合物)の分子量は、3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることがさらに好ましく、800以下であることが一層好ましい。前記分子量を上記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低熱膨張性がより向上する傾向にある。 The molecular weight of the allyl isocyanurate compound (preferably the compound represented by formula (TA)) is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 300 or more, even more preferably 400 or more, and even more preferably 500 or more. It is more preferable that By setting the molecular weight to the lower limit value or more, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low dielectric properties and heat resistance. Further, the molecular weight of the allyl isocyanurate compound (preferably a compound represented by formula (TA)) is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, even more preferably 1000 or less, More preferably, it is 800 or less. By controlling the molecular weight to be less than or equal to the upper limit value, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low thermal expansion properties.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物がアリルイソシアヌレート化合物を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、3質量部以上であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以上であってもよい。アリルイソシアヌレート化合物の含有量を上記下限値以上とすることにより、樹脂組成物の成形性に優れ、得られる硬化物の耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。また、アリルイソシアヌレート化合物の含有量の上限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、40質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。アリルイソシアヌレート化合物の含有量を上記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低熱膨張性がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、アリルイソシアヌレートを1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an allyl isocyanurate compound, the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and 3 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. The amount is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and may be 10 parts by mass or more. By setting the content of the allyl isocyanurate compound to the above lower limit or more, the moldability of the resin composition tends to be excellent, and the heat resistance of the resulting cured product tends to be further improved. Further, the upper limit of the content of the allyl isocyanurate compound is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and 20 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is more preferably less than parts by mass. By controlling the content of the allyl isocyanurate compound to be less than or equal to the above upper limit, the low thermal expansion properties of the resulting cured product tend to be further improved.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of allyl isocyanurate, or may contain two or more types of allyl isocyanurate. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<<アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物>>>
 アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物としては、分子中に1個以上のアリル基置換ナジイミド基を有する化合物(好ましくは分子中に1個以上のアルケニル基で置換されたナジイミド基を有する化合物(アルケニルナジイミド化合物))であれば、特に限定されるものではない。その具体例としては下記式(AN)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
式(AN)
(式(AN)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または、炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、Rは、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基、フェニレン基、ビフェニレン基、ナフチレン基、または、式(AN-2)または(AN-3)で表される基を表す。
式(AN-2)
(式(AN-2)中、Rは、メチレン基、イソプロピリデン基、-C(=O)-、-O-、-S-、または、-S(=O)-で表される基を表す。)
式(AN-3)
(式(AN-3)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基、または、炭素数5~8のシクロアルキレン基を表す。)
<<<Allyl group-substituted nadimide compound>>>
Examples of allyl-substituted nadimide compounds include compounds having one or more allyl-substituted nadimide groups in the molecule (preferably compounds having one or more alkenyl-substituted nadimide groups in the molecule (alkenylnadimide compounds)) ), it is not particularly limited. A specific example thereof is a compound represented by the following formula (AN).
Formula (AN)
(In formula (AN), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, Represents a naphthylene group or a group represented by formula (AN-2) or (AN-3).
Formula (AN-2)
(In formula (AN-2), R 3 is represented by a methylene group, an isopropylidene group, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S-, or -S(=O) 2 - (Represents a group.)
Formula (AN-3)
(In formula (AN-3), R 4 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms.)
 また、式(AN)で表される化合物は、市販のものを用いることもできる。市販されているものとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば、式(AN-4)で表される化合物(BANI-M(丸善石油化学(株)製))、式(AN-5)で表される化合物(BANI-X(丸善石油化学(株)製))などが挙げられる。これらは1種または2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
式(AN-4)
式(AN-5)
Moreover, a commercially available compound can also be used as the compound represented by formula (AN). Commercially available compounds include, but are not particularly limited to, compounds represented by the formula (AN-4) (BANI-M (manufactured by Maruzen Petrochemical Co., Ltd.)), compounds represented by the formula (AN-5), Examples include compounds such as BANI-X (manufactured by Maruzen Petrochemical Co., Ltd.). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Formula (AN-4)
Formula (AN-5)
 アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物(好ましくは式(AN)で表される化合物)の分子量は、400以上であることが好ましく、500以上であることがより好ましく、550以上であってもよい。アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物の分子量を上記下限値以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物の、低誘電特性、低熱膨張性、および、耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物(好ましくは式(AN)で表される化合物)の分子量は、また、1500以下であることが好ましく、1000以下であることがより好ましく、800以下であることがさらに好ましく、700以下、600以下であってもよい。アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物の分子量を上記上限値以下とすることにより、樹脂組成物の成形性、および、得られる硬化物のピール強度がより向上する傾向にある。 The molecular weight of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound (preferably the compound represented by formula (AN)) is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and may be 550 or more. By setting the molecular weight of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound to the above lower limit or more, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low dielectric properties, low thermal expansion properties, and heat resistance. The molecular weight of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound (preferably a compound represented by formula (AN)) is also preferably 1,500 or less, more preferably 1,000 or less, even more preferably 800 or less, It may be 700 or less, or 600 or less. By controlling the molecular weight of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound to be less than or equal to the above upper limit, the moldability of the resin composition and the peel strength of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物がアリル基置換ナジイミド化合物(好ましくは式(AN)で表される化合物)を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、2質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、50質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、5質量部以下であってもよい。アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物の含有量を上記上限値以下とすることにより、樹脂組成物の成形性、および、得られる硬化物のピール強度がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、アリル基置換ナジイミド化合物の含有量が樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部未満であることをいう。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an allyl-substituted nadimide compound (preferably a compound represented by formula (AN)), the content thereof is 0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. .1 part by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, even more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. Further, the amount is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and 5 parts by mass or less. There may be. By controlling the content of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound to be less than or equal to the above upper limit, the moldability of the resin composition and the peel strength of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved.
The resin composition of the present embodiment may contain only one kind of allyl group-substituted nadimide compound, or may contain two or more kinds of allyl group-substituted nadimide compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
Moreover, the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound. "Substantially free" means that the content of the allyl group-substituted nadimide compound is less than 0.1 part by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
<<<グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物>>>
 グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物としては、グリコールウリル構造とアリル基を2つ以上含む化合物であれば、特に定めるものではなく、式(GU)で表される化合物が好ましい。
 式(GU)
(式(GU)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または置換基であり、Rの少なくとも2つは、アリル基を含む基である。)
 式(GU)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、または、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~5のアルケニル基であることが好ましく、アリル基であることが好ましい。
 式(GU)中、Rは、3つまたは4つがアリル基を含む基であることが好ましく、4つがアリル基を含む基であることがより好ましい。
<<<Allyl compound having glycoluril structure>>>
The allyl compound having a glycoluril structure is not particularly limited as long as it contains a glycoluril structure and two or more allyl groups, and a compound represented by formula (GU) is preferred.
Formula (GU)
(In formula (GU), each R is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least two of R are groups containing an allyl group.)
In formula (GU), each R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Preferably, it is an allyl group.
In formula (GU), R is preferably a group containing three or four allyl groups, and more preferably a group containing four allyl groups.
 式(GU)で表される化合物の具体例としては、1,3,4,6-テトラアリルグリコールウリル(式(GU)において、Rが全てアリル基である化合物)が挙げられる。 A specific example of the compound represented by formula (GU) is 1,3,4,6-tetraallylglycoluril (a compound in which all R's are allyl groups in formula (GU)).
 また、式(GU)で表される化合物は、市販のものを用いることもできる。市販されているものとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば、四国化成工業社製TA-Gが挙げられる。 Further, as the compound represented by formula (GU), a commercially available one can also be used. Commercially available products include, but are not particularly limited to, TA-G manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., for example.
 グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物(好ましくは式(GU)で表される化合物)の分子量は、195以上であることが好ましく、220以上であることがより好ましく、250以上であることがさらに好ましく、300以上、400以上であってもよい。グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物の分子量を上記下限値以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低誘電特性および耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物(好ましくは式(GU)で表される化合物)の分子量は、また、1500以下であることが好ましく、1000以下であることがより好ましく、800以下であることがさらに好ましく、700以下、600以下であってもよい。グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物の分子量を上記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低熱膨張性がより向上する傾向にある。 The molecular weight of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure (preferably a compound represented by formula (GU)) is preferably 195 or more, more preferably 220 or more, even more preferably 250 or more, It may be 300 or more, or 400 or more. By setting the molecular weight of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure to the above lower limit or more, the low dielectric properties and heat resistance of the resulting cured product tend to be further improved. The molecular weight of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure (preferably a compound represented by formula (GU)) is also preferably 1500 or less, more preferably 1000 or less, further preferably 800 or less. It is preferably 700 or less, or may be 600 or less. By controlling the molecular weight of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure to be less than or equal to the above upper limit, the resulting cured product tends to have better low thermal expansion properties.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物がグリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物(好ましくは式(GU)で表される化合物)を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、3質量部以上であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以上であってもよい。グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物の含有量を上記下限値以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低誘電特性および耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。また、グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物(好ましくは式(GU)で表される化合物)の含有量の上限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、40質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、25質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、20質量部以下であってもよい。グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物の含有量を上記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低熱膨張性がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、グリコールウリル構造を有するアリル化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an allyl compound having a glycoluril structure (preferably a compound represented by formula (GU)), the content thereof is based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. , is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and may be 10 parts by mass or more. By setting the content of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure to the above lower limit or more, the low dielectric properties and heat resistance of the resulting cured product tend to be further improved. Further, the upper limit of the content of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure (preferably a compound represented by formula (GU)) is 40 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. The amount is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, and may be 20 parts by mass or less. By controlling the content of the allyl compound having a glycoluril structure to the above upper limit value or less, the low thermal expansion property of the obtained cured product tends to be further improved.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of allyl compound having a glycoluril structure, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物は、末端に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上有するポリフェニレンエーテル化合物であることが好ましく、末端に、(メタ)アクリル基、マレイミド基、(メタ)アリル基およびビニルベンジル基からなる群から選ばれる基を2以上有するポリフェニレンエーテル化合物であることがより好ましく、(メタ)アクリル基、マレイミド基、およびビニルベンジル基からなる群から選ばれる基を2以上有するポリフェニレンエーテル化合物であることがさらに好ましい。これらのポリフェニレンエーテル化合物を用いることにより、プリント配線板等の低誘電特性(低誘電率および/または低誘電正接)と低吸水性等をより効果的に向上させることができる傾向がある。
 以下、これらの詳細を説明する。
<<Polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds>>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds.
The polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is preferably a polyphenylene ether compound having two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds at the terminal, and a (meth)acrylic group at the terminal, More preferably, it is a polyphenylene ether compound having two or more groups selected from the group consisting of a maleimide group, a (meth)allyl group, and a vinylbenzyl group; More preferably, it is a polyphenylene ether compound having two or more selected groups. By using these polyphenylene ether compounds, it tends to be possible to more effectively improve the low dielectric properties (low dielectric constant and/or low dielectric loss tangent), low water absorption, etc. of printed wiring boards and the like.
These details will be explained below.
 炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物は、下記式(X1)で表されるフェニレンエーテル骨格を有する化合物が例示される。 The polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is exemplified by a compound having a phenylene ether skeleton represented by the following formula (X1).
(式(X1)中、R24、R25、R26、および、R27は、同一または異なってもよく、炭素数6以下のアルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、または、水素原子を表す。) (In formula (X1), R 24 , R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be the same or different, and represent an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, an aryl group, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom. )
 炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物は、式(X2):
(式(X2)中、R28、R29、R30、R34、および、R35は、同一または異なってもよく、炭素数6以下のアルキル基またはフェニル基を表す。R31、R32、および、R33は、同一または異なってもよく、水素原子、炭素数6以下のアルキル基またはフェニル基である。)
で表される繰り返し単位、および/または、式(X3):
(式(X3)中、R36、R37、R38、R39、R40、R41、R42、および、R43は、同一または異なってもよく、水素原子、炭素数6以下のアルキル基またはフェニル基である。-A-は、炭素数20以下の直鎖、分岐または環状の2価の炭化水素基である。)で表される繰り返し単位をさらに含んでもよい。
The polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds has the formula (X2):
(In formula (X2), R 28 , R 29 , R 30 , R 34 , and R 35 may be the same or different and represent an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.)
A repeating unit represented by and/or formula (X3):
(In formula (X3), R 36 , R 37 , R 38 , R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 and R 43 may be the same or different, hydrogen atom, alkyl having 6 or less carbon atoms) or a phenyl group. -A- is a linear, branched or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms.
 炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物は、末端の一部または全部が、エチレン性不飽和基で官能基化された変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(以下、「変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(g)」ということがある)であることが好ましく、末端に、(メタ)アクリル基、マレイミド基、(メタ)アリル基、および、ビニルベンジル基からなる群から選ばれる基を2以上有する変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物であることがより好ましく、末端に、(メタ)アクリル基、マレイミド基、および、ビニルベンジル基からなる群から選ばれる基を2以上有する変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物であることがより好ましい。このような変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(g)を採用することにより、樹脂組成物の硬化物の誘電正接(Df)をより小さくし、かつ、低吸水性、金属箔ピール強度を高めることが可能になる。これらは1種または2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 A polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is a modified polyphenylene ether compound (hereinafter referred to as a "modified polyphenylene ether compound (g )” is preferable, and the modified polyphenylene ether has two or more groups selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic group, maleimide group, (meth)allyl group, and vinylbenzyl group at the terminal. It is more preferably a compound, and more preferably a modified polyphenylene ether compound having two or more groups selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic group, a maleimide group, and a vinylbenzyl group at its terminal. By employing such a modified polyphenylene ether compound (g), it becomes possible to further reduce the dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition, and to increase low water absorption and metal foil peel strength. . These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(g)としては、式(OP)で表されるポリフェニレンエーテル化合物が挙げられる。
(式(OP)中、Xは芳香族基を表し、-(Y-O)n1-はポリフェニレンエーテル構造を表し、n1は1~100の整数を表し、n2は1~4の整数を表す。Rxは、式(Rx-1)または式(Rx-2)で表される基である。)
(式(Rx-1)および式(Rx-2)中、R、R、および、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、またはアルキニル基を表す。*は、酸素原子との結合部位である。Mcは、それぞれ独立に炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を表す。zは0~4の整数を表す。rは1~6の整数を表す。)
Examples of the modified polyphenylene ether compound (g) include polyphenylene ether compounds represented by formula (OP).
(In formula (OP), X represents an aromatic group, -(Y-O) n1 - represents a polyphenylene ether structure, n1 represents an integer of 1 to 100, and n2 represents an integer of 1 to 4. Rx is a group represented by formula (Rx-1) or formula (Rx-2).)
(In formula (Rx-1) and formula (Rx-2), R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. *: It is a bonding site with an oxygen atom. Mc each independently represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. z represents an integer of 0 to 4. r represents an integer of 1 to 6.)
 nおよび/またはnが2以上の整数の場合、n個の構成単位(Y-O)および/またはn個の構成単位は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。nは、2以上が好ましく、より好ましくは2である。 When n 1 and/or n 2 are integers of 2 or more, the n 1 structural units (YO) and/or the n 2 structural units may be the same or different. n 2 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2.
 式(Rx-1)および式(Rx-2)中、R、R、および、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、またはアルキニル基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子またはアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子またはメチル基がより好ましく、水素原子がさらに好ましい。
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子またはアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子またはメチル基がより好ましく、水素原子がさらに好ましい。
 R、R、および、Rとしての、アルキル基、アルケニル基、またはアルキニル基の炭素数は、それぞれ、5以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることがより好ましい。
In formulas (Rx-1) and (Rx-2), R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and even more preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 2 and R 3 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and even more preferably a hydrogen atom.
The number of carbon atoms in each of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, or alkynyl group as R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less.
 式(Rx-1)における、rは1~6の整数を表し、1~5の整数であることが好ましく、1~4の整数であることがより好ましく、1~3の整数であることがさらに好ましく、1または2であることが一層好ましく、1であることがより一層好ましい。 In formula (Rx-1), r represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and preferably an integer of 1 to 3. More preferably, it is 1 or 2, even more preferably 1.
 式(Rx-1)における、Mcは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を表し、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、オクチル基、またはノニル基であることがさらに好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、またはt-ブチル基であることが一層好ましい。
 式(Rx-1)における、zは0~4の整数を表し、0~3の整数が好ましく、0~2の整数がより好ましく、0または1がさらに好ましく、0が一層好ましい。
In formula (Rx-1), Mc each independently represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a linear chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. or a branched alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, octyl group, or nonyl group, and a methyl group, an ethyl group , isopropyl group, isobutyl group, or t-butyl group are more preferable.
In formula (Rx-1), z represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, further preferably 0 or 1, and most preferably 0.
 式(Rx-1)で表される基の具体例は、ビニルベンジル基であり、式(Rx-2)で表される基の具体例は、(メタ)アクリロイル基である。 A specific example of the group represented by formula (Rx-1) is a vinylbenzyl group, and a specific example of the group represented by formula (Rx-2) is a (meth)acryloyl group.
 変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(g)としては、式(OP-1)で表される化合物が好ましい。
(式(OP-1)中、Xは芳香族基を表し、-(Y-O)n-はポリフェニレンエーテル構造を表し、R、R、および、Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基またはアルキニル基を表し、nは1~6の整数を表し、nは1~100の整数を表し、nは1~4の整数を表す。)
 nおよび/またはnが2以上の整数の場合、n個の構成単位(Y-O)および/またはn個の構成単位は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。nは、2以上が好ましく、より好ましくは2である。
As the modified polyphenylene ether compound (g), a compound represented by formula (OP-1) is preferred.
(In formula (OP-1), X represents an aromatic group, -(Y-O)n 2 - represents a polyphenylene ether structure, and R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently, It represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group, n 1 represents an integer of 1 to 6, n 2 represents an integer of 1 to 100, and n 3 represents an integer of 1 to 4.)
When n 2 and/or n 3 are integers of 2 or more, the n 2 structural units (YO) and/or the n 3 structural units may be the same or different. n 3 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2.
 本実施形態における変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(g)は、式(OP-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
 ここで、-(O-X-O)-は、式(OP-3):
(式(OP-3)中、R、R、R、R10、および、R11は、同一または異なってもよく、炭素数6以下のアルキル基またはフェニル基である。R、R、および、Rは、同一または異なってもよく、水素原子、炭素数6以下のアルキル基またはフェニル基である。)
および/または式(OP-4):
(式(OP-4)中、R12、R13、R14、R15、R16、R17、R18、および、R19は、同一または異なってもよく、水素原子、炭素数6以下のアルキル基またはフェニル基である。-A-は、炭素数20以下の直鎖、分岐または環状の2価の炭化水素基である。)で表されることが好ましい。
The modified polyphenylene ether compound (g) in this embodiment is preferably a compound represented by formula (OP-2).
Here, -(O-X-O)- is the formula (OP-3):
(In formula (OP-3), R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 10 , and R 11 may be the same or different and are an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. R 7 , R 8 and R 9 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.)
and/or formula (OP-4):
(In formula (OP-4), R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , and R 19 may be the same or different, and each has a hydrogen atom and a carbon number of 6 or less. is an alkyl group or phenyl group. -A- is a linear, branched or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms.
 また、-(Y-O)-は、式(OP-5):
(式(OP-5)中、R20、R21は、同一または異なってもよく、炭素数6以下のアルキル基またはフェニル基である。R22、R23は、同一または異なってもよく、水素原子、炭素数6以下のアルキル基またはフェニル基である。)で表されることが好ましい。特にR20およびR21は、それぞれ独立に、メチル基および/またはシクロヘキシル基を1つ以上有する基とすることで、得られる樹脂分子の剛直性が高くなり、剛直性が高い分子は剛直性が低い分子に比べて運動性が低いため、誘電緩和の際の緩和時間が長くなり、低誘電特性(Dkおよび/またはDf)が向上するために好ましい。
 式(OP-5)の一例は、下記構造である。
 上記構造を有するポリフェニレン化合物については、特開2019-194312号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Moreover, -(YO)- is the formula (OP-5):
(In formula (OP-5), R 20 and R 21 may be the same or different and are an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. R 22 and R 23 may be the same or different, It is preferably represented by a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. In particular, by setting R 20 and R 21 each independently to a group having one or more methyl group and/or cyclohexyl group, the resulting resin molecule will have high rigidity, and molecules with high rigidity will have high rigidity. It is preferable because it has a lower mobility than a low-temperature molecule, so the relaxation time during dielectric relaxation is longer, and the low dielectric properties (Dk and/or Df) are improved.
An example of formula (OP-5) is the following structure.
Regarding the polyphenylene compound having the above structure, the description in JP-A-2019-194312 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 式(OP-2)において、aおよびbは、それぞれ独立に、0~100の整数を表し、aおよびbの少なくとも一方は、1~100の整数である。aおよびbは、それぞれ独立に、0~50の整数であることが好ましく、1~30の整数であることがより好ましく、1~10の整数であることが好ましい。aおよび/またはbが2以上の整数の場合、2以上の-(Y-O)-は、それぞれ独立に、1種の構造が配列したものであってよく、2種以上の構造がブロックまたはランダムに配列していてもよい。
 また、式(OP-2)で表される化合物を複数種含む場合、aの平均値は1<a<10であることが好ましく、bの平均値は1<b<10であることが好ましい。
In formula (OP-2), a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 100, and at least one of a and b is an integer of 1 to 100. a and b are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 50, more preferably an integer of 1 to 30, and preferably an integer of 1 to 10. When a and/or b is an integer of 2 or more, 2 or more -(YO)- may each independently be an array of one type of structure, or two or more types of structures may be a block or They may be arranged randomly.
Furthermore, when multiple types of compounds represented by formula (OP-2) are included, the average value of a is preferably 1<a<10, and the average value of b is preferably 1<b<10. .
 式(OP-4)における-A-としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチリデン基、1-メチルエチリデン基、1,1-プロピリデン基、1,4-フェニレンビス(1-メチルエチリデン)基、1,3-フェニレンビス(1-メチルエチリデン)基、シクロヘキシリデン基、フェニルメチレン基、ナフチルメチレン基、1-フェニルエチリデン基等の2価の有機基が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 -A- in formula (OP-4) is, for example, a methylene group, ethylidene group, 1-methylethylidene group, 1,1-propylidene group, 1,4-phenylenebis(1-methylethylidene) group, 1, Examples include, but are not limited to, divalent organic groups such as 3-phenylenebis(1-methylethylidene) group, cyclohexylidene group, phenylmethylene group, naphthylmethylene group, and 1-phenylethylidene group. .
 上記式(OP-2)で表される化合物のなかでは、R、R、R、R10、R11、R20、および、R21が炭素数3以下のアルキル基であり、R、R、R、R12、R13、R14、R15、R16、R17、R18、R19、R22、および、R23が水素原子または炭素数3以下のアルキル基であるポリフェニレンエーテル化合物が好ましく、特に式(OP-3)または式(OP-4)で表される-(O-X-O)-が、式(OP-9)、式(OP-10)、および/または式(OP-11)であり、式(OP-5)で表される-(Y-O)-が、式(OP-12)または式(OP-13)であることが好ましい。aおよび/またはbが2以上の整数の場合、2以上の-(Y-O)-は、それぞれ独立に、式(OP-12)および/または式(OP-13)が2以上配列した構造であるか、あるいは式(OP-12)と式(OP-13)がブロックまたはランダムに配列した構造であってよい。 In the compound represented by the above formula (OP-2), R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 10 , R 11 , R 20 and R 21 are alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms, and R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 22 and R 23 are hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms A polyphenylene ether compound is preferable, and in particular, -(O-X-O)- represented by formula (OP-3) or formula (OP-4) is represented by formula (OP-9) or formula (OP-10). , and/or formula (OP-11), and -(YO)- represented by formula (OP-5) is preferably formula (OP-12) or formula (OP-13) . When a and/or b are integers of 2 or more, -(Y-O)- of 2 or more each independently represents a structure in which two or more of formula (OP-12) and/or formula (OP-13) are arranged. Alternatively, it may have a structure in which formula (OP-12) and formula (OP-13) are arranged in blocks or randomly.
(式(OP-10)中、R44、R45、R46、および、R47は、同一または異なってもよく、水素原子またはメチル基である。-B-は、炭素数20以下の直鎖、分岐または環状の2価の炭化水素基である。)
 -B-は、式(OP-4)における-A-の具体例と同じものが具体例として挙げられる。
(式(OP-11)中、-B-は、炭素数20以下の直鎖、分岐または環状の2価の炭化水素基である。)
 -B-は、式(OP-4)における-A-の具体例と同じものが具体例として挙げられる。
(In formula (OP-10), R 44 , R 45 , R 46 , and R 47 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. -B- is a straight line having 20 or less carbon atoms. It is a chain, branched, or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group.)
Specific examples of -B- include the same examples as -A- in formula (OP-4).
(In formula (OP-11), -B- is a straight chain, branched or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms.)
Specific examples of -B- include the same examples as -A- in formula (OP-4).
 本実施形態で用いるポリフェニレンエーテル化合物は、式(OP-14)で表される化合物および/または式(OP-15)で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましく、式(OP-15)で表される化合物であることが一層好ましい。
(式(OP-14)中、aおよびbは、それぞれ独立に、0~100の整数を表し、aおよびbの少なくとも一方は、1~100の整数である。)
 式(OP-14)におけるaおよびbは、それぞれ独立に、式(OP-2)におけるaおよびbと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
(式(OP-15)中、aおよびbは、それぞれ独立に、0~100の整数を表し、aおよびbの少なくとも一方は、1~100の整数である。)
 式(OP-15)におけるaおよびbは、それぞれ独立に、式(OP-2)におけるaおよびbと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
The polyphenylene ether compound used in this embodiment is more preferably a compound represented by formula (OP-14) and/or a compound represented by formula (OP-15). It is more preferable that the compound is
(In formula (OP-14), a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 100, and at least one of a and b is an integer of 1 to 100.)
a and b in formula (OP-14) each independently have the same meaning as a and b in formula (OP-2), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
(In formula (OP-15), a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 100, and at least one of a and b is an integer of 1 to 100.)
a and b in formula (OP-15) each independently have the same meaning as a and b in formula (OP-2), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物は、公知の方法で製造してもよく、市販品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、例えば、末端がメタクリル基である変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物として、SABICイノベーティブプラスチックス社製「SA9000」が挙げられる。また、末端がビニルベンジル基である変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物として、三菱ガス化学製「OPE-2St1200」、「OPE-2st2200」が挙げられる。また、末端がビニルベンジル基である変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物として、SABICイノベーティブプラスチックス社製「SA90」のような末端が水酸基であるポリフェニレンエーテル化合物を、ビニルベンジルクロリド等を用いてビニルベンジル基に変性したものを用いることもできる。 The polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds may be produced by a known method, or a commercially available product may be used. As a commercially available product, for example, "SA9000" manufactured by SABIC Innovative Plastics is a modified polyphenylene ether compound having a methacrylic group at the terminal end. Examples of modified polyphenylene ether compounds having a vinylbenzyl group at the end include "OPE-2St1200" and "OPE-2st2200" manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical. In addition, as a modified polyphenylene ether compound having a vinylbenzyl group at the end, a polyphenylene ether compound having a hydroxyl group at the end, such as "SA90" manufactured by SABIC Innovative Plastics, was modified to a vinylbenzyl group using vinylbenzyl chloride or the like. You can also use something.
 その他、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物の詳細は、特開2006-028111号公報、特開2018-131519号公報、WO2019-138992号公報、WO2022-054303号公報号公報の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition, details of polyphenylene ether compounds containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds can be found in JP-A No. 2006-028111, JP-A No. 2018-131519, WO2019-138992, and WO2022-054303. The contents of these documents are incorporated into the present specification.
 炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(好ましくは、変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(g))のGPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)法によるポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量(詳細は後述する実施例に記載の方法に従う)は、500以上3,000以下であることが好ましい。数平均分子量が500以上であることにより、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を塗膜状にする際にべたつきがより一層抑制される傾向にある。数平均分子量が3,000以下であることにより、溶剤への溶解性がより一層向上する傾向にある。
 また、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(好ましくは、変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(g))のGPCによるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(詳細は後述する実施例に記載の方法に従う)は、800以上10,000以下であることが好ましく、800以上5,000以下であることがより好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、樹脂組成物の硬化物の比誘電率(Dk)および誘電正接(Df)がより低くなる傾向にあり、上記上限値以下とすることにより、後述するワニス等を作製する際の溶剤への樹脂組成物の溶解性、低粘度性および成形性がより向上する傾向にある。
 さらに、変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物(g)である場合の、末端の炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合当量は、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合1つあたり400~5000gであることが好ましく、400~2500gであることがより好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、樹脂組成物の硬化物の比誘電率(Dk)および誘電正接(Df)がより低くなる傾向にある。上記上限値以下とすることにより、溶剤への樹脂組成物の溶解性、低粘度性および成形性がより向上する傾向にある。
The number average molecular weight of a polyphenylene ether compound (preferably a modified polyphenylene ether compound (g)) containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds in terms of polystyrene by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method (details will be described later) (according to the method described in Examples) is preferably 500 or more and 3,000 or less. When the number average molecular weight is 500 or more, stickiness tends to be further suppressed when the resin composition of this embodiment is formed into a coating film. When the number average molecular weight is 3,000 or less, the solubility in a solvent tends to be further improved.
In addition, the weight average molecular weight of a polyphenylene ether compound (preferably a modified polyphenylene ether compound (g)) containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds (preferably a modified polyphenylene ether compound (g)) in terms of polystyrene by GPC (for details, follow the method described in the Examples below) ) is preferably 800 or more and 10,000 or less, more preferably 800 or more and 5,000 or less. By setting the above lower limit or more, the dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition tend to become lower. By setting the above upper limit or less, the varnish etc. described below The solubility, low viscosity, and moldability of the resin composition in the solvent during production tend to be further improved.
Further, in the case of the modified polyphenylene ether compound (g), the terminal carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond equivalent is preferably 400 to 5000 g per carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond, and 400 to 2500 g. It is more preferable that By setting it above the lower limit, the relative dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition tend to become lower. By setting it below the above upper limit, the solubility, low viscosity, and moldability of the resin composition in a solvent tend to be further improved.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物を含む場合、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物の含有量の下限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、15質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、20質量部以上であることがより一層好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低吸水性および低誘電特性(Dkおよび/またはDf)がより向上する傾向にある。また、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物の含有量の上限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、70質量部以下であることが好ましく、60質量部以下であることがより好ましく、50質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、40質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、35質量部以下であることがより一層好ましく、30質量部以下であることがさらに一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の耐熱性、耐薬品性がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, the lower limit of the content of the polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is , preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and 15 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferable that the amount is above, and even more preferable that it is 20 parts by mass or more. When the amount is equal to or more than the lower limit, the resulting cured product tends to have improved low water absorption and low dielectric properties (Dk and/or Df). Further, the upper limit of the content of the polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds is preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and 60 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is more preferably at most 50 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 40 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 35 parts by mass, and even more preferably at most 30 parts by mass. It is even more preferable. When the amount is below the upper limit, the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved.
The resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)を含んでいてもよい。式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)を含むことにより、低誘電特性(低誘電率および/または低誘電正接)に優れた樹脂組成物が得られる。
(式(V)中、Arは芳香族炭化水素連結基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。)
 芳香族炭化水素連結基は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素のみからなる基であってもよいし、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素と他の連結基の組み合わせからなる基であってもよい。芳香族炭化水素連結基は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素のみからなる基であることが好ましい。なお、芳香族炭化水素が有していてもよい置換基は、置換基Z(例えば、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、炭素数2~6のアルキニル基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子等)が挙げられる。また、上記芳香族炭化水素は、置換基を有さない方が好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素連結基は、通常、2価の連結基である。
<<Polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V)>>
The resin composition of the present embodiment may include a polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V). By including the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V), a resin composition having excellent low dielectric properties (low dielectric constant and/or low dielectric loss tangent) can be obtained.
(In formula (V), Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.)
The aromatic hydrocarbon linking group may be a group consisting only of an aromatic hydrocarbon that may have a substituent, or a group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon that may have a substituent and another linking group. It may be a group consisting of a combination of. The aromatic hydrocarbon linking group is preferably a group consisting only of aromatic hydrocarbons that may have substituents. The substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon may have is a substituent Z (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxy groups, amino groups, carboxy groups, halogen atoms, etc.). Further, it is preferable that the aromatic hydrocarbon has no substituent.
The aromatic hydrocarbon linking group is usually a divalent linking group.
 芳香族炭化水素連結基は、具体的には、置換基を有していてもよい、フェニレン基、ナフタレンジイル基、アントラセンジイル基、フェナントレンジイル基、ビフェニルジイル基、フルオレンジイル基が挙げられ、中でも置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基が好ましい。置換基は、上述の置換基Zが例示されるが、上述したフェニレン基等の基は置換基を有さない方が好ましい。 Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon linking group include a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, a biphenyldiyl group, and a fluorenediyl group, which may have a substituent, Among these, a phenylene group which may have a substituent is preferred. The above-mentioned substituent Z is exemplified as the substituent, but it is preferable that groups such as the above-mentioned phenylene group have no substituent.
 式(V)で表される構成単位は、下記式(V1)で表される構成単位、下記式(V2)で表される構成単位、および、下記式(V3)で表される構成単位の少なくとも1つを含むことがより好ましい。なお、下記式中の*は結合位置を表す。また、以下、式(V1)~(V3)で表される構成単位をまとめて、「構成単位(a)」ということがある。 The structural unit represented by formula (V) is the structural unit represented by the following formula (V1), the structural unit represented by the following formula (V2), and the structural unit represented by the following formula (V3). More preferably, at least one is included. Note that * in the following formula represents the bonding position. Further, hereinafter, the constituent units represented by formulas (V1) to (V3) may be collectively referred to as "constituent unit (a)."
 式(V1)~(V3)中、Lは芳香族炭化水素連結基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)である。具体的には、置換基を有していてもよい、フェニレン基、ナフタレンジイル基、アントラセンジイル基、フェナントレンジイル基、ビフェニルジイル基、フルオレンジイル基が挙げられ、中でも置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基が好ましい。置換基は、上述の置換基Zが例示されるが、上述したフェニレン基等の基は置換基を有さない方が好ましい。
 構成単位(a)を形成する化合物としては、ジビニル芳香族化合物であることが好ましく、例えば、ジビニルベンゼン、ビス(1-メチルビニル)ベンゼン、ジビニルナフタレン、ジビニルアントラセン、ジビニルビフェニル、ジビニルフェナントレンなどが挙げられる。中でもジビニルベンゼンが特に好ましい。これらのジビニル芳香族化合物は、1種を用いてもよく、必要に応じて2種以上を用いてもよい。
In formulas (V1) to (V3), L 1 is an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms). Specifically, examples include a phenylene group, a naphthalenediyl group, an anthracenediyl group, a phenanthrenediyl group, a biphenyldiyl group, and a fluorenediyl group, which may have a substituent. A phenylene group is preferred. The above-mentioned substituent Z is exemplified as the substituent, but it is preferable that groups such as the above-mentioned phenylene group have no substituent.
The compound forming the structural unit (a) is preferably a divinyl aromatic compound, such as divinylbenzene, bis(1-methylvinyl)benzene, divinylnaphthalene, divinylanthracene, divinylbiphenyl, divinylphenanthrene, etc. It will be done. Among them, divinylbenzene is particularly preferred. One type of these divinyl aromatic compounds may be used, or two or more types may be used as necessary.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)は、上述のとおり、構成単位(a)の単独重合体であってもよいが、他のモノマー由来の構成単位との共重合体であってもよい。
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)は、共重合体であるとき、その共重合比は、構成単位(a)が3モル%以上であることが好ましく、5モル%以上であることがより好ましく、10モル%以上であることがさらに好ましく、15モル%以上であってもよい。上限値としては、90モル%以下であることが好ましく、85モル%以下であることがより好ましく、80モル%以下であることがさらに好ましく、70モル%以下であることが一層好ましく、60モル%以下であることがより好ましく、50モル%以下であることがさらに一層好ましく、40モル%以下であることがさらによりさらに一層好ましく、30モル%以下であることが特に一層好ましく、さらには、25モル%以下、20モル%以下であってもよい。
As mentioned above, the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) may be a homopolymer of the structural unit (a), but it may also be a copolymer with a structural unit derived from another monomer. It may be a combination.
When the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is a copolymer, the copolymerization ratio of the structural unit (a) is preferably 3 mol % or more, and 5 mol % or more. % or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and may be 15 mol% or more. The upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less. % or less, even more preferably 50 mol% or less, even more preferably 40 mol% or less, even more preferably 30 mol% or less, and furthermore, It may be 25 mol% or less, or 20 mol% or less.
 他のモノマー由来の構成単位としては、1つのビニル基を有する芳香族化合物(モノビニル芳香族化合物)に由来する構成単位(b)が例示される。 As the structural unit derived from other monomers, the structural unit (b) derived from an aromatic compound having one vinyl group (monovinyl aromatic compound) is exemplified.
 モノビニル芳香族化合物に由来する構成単位(b)は、下記式(V4)で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。 The structural unit (b) derived from the monovinyl aromatic compound is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (V4).
 式(V4)中、Lは芳香族炭化水素連結基であり、好ましいものの具体例としては、上記Lの例が挙げられる。
 RV1は水素原子または炭素数1~12の炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)である。RV1が炭化水素基であるとき、その炭素数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。RV1およびLは上述の置換基Zを有していてもよい。
In formula (V4), L 2 is an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group, and a preferred example is the above-mentioned example of L 1 .
R V1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group). When R V1 is a hydrocarbon group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3. R V1 and L 2 may have the above-mentioned substituent Z.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)がモノビニル芳香族化合物に由来する構成単位(b)を含む共重合体であるとき、モノビニル芳香族化合物の例としては、スチレン、ビニルナフタレン、ビニルビフェニルなどのビニル芳香族化合物;o-メチルスチレン、m-メチルスチレン、p-メチルスチレン、o,p-ジメチルスチレン、o-エチルビニルベンゼン、m-エチルビニルベンゼン、p-エチルビニルベンゼン、メチルビニルビフェニル、エチルビニルビフェニルなどの核アルキル置換ビニル芳香族化合物などが挙げられる。ここで例示したモノビニル芳香族化合物は適宜上述の置換基Zを有していてもよい。また、これらのモノビニル芳香族化合物は、1種を用いても2種以上を用いてもよい。 When the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is a copolymer containing the structural unit (b) derived from a monovinyl aromatic compound, examples of the monovinyl aromatic compound include styrene, Vinyl aromatic compounds such as vinylnaphthalene and vinylbiphenyl; o-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, o,p-dimethylstyrene, o-ethylvinylbenzene, m-ethylvinylbenzene, p-ethylvinyl Examples include nuclear alkyl-substituted vinyl aromatic compounds such as benzene, methylvinylbiphenyl, and ethylvinylbiphenyl. The monovinyl aromatic compound exemplified here may have the above-mentioned substituent Z as appropriate. Further, these monovinyl aromatic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)が構成単位(b)を含む共重合体であるとき、構成単位(b)の共重合比は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、15モル%以上であることがさらに好ましく、さらには、20モル%以上、30モル%以上、40モル%以上、50モル%以上、60モル%以上、70モル%以上、75モル%以上であってもよい。上限値としては、98モル%以下であることが好ましく、90モル%以下であることがより好ましく、85モル%以下であることがさらに好ましい。 When the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is a copolymer containing the structural unit (b), the copolymerization ratio of the structural unit (b) shall be 10 mol% or more. is preferable, more preferably 15 mol% or more, furthermore 20 mol% or more, 30 mol% or more, 40 mol% or more, 50 mol% or more, 60 mol% or more, 70 mol% or more, 75 mol%. It may be more than that. The upper limit is preferably 98 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, and even more preferably 85 mol% or less.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)は、構成単位(a)および構成単位(b)以外のその他の構成単位を有していてもよい。その他の構成単位としては、例えば、シクロオレフィン化合物に由来する構成単位(c)などが挙げられる。シクロオレフィン化合物としては、環構造内に二重結合を有する炭化水素類が挙げられる。具体的に、シクロブテン、シクロペンテン、シクロヘキセン、シクロオクテンなどの単環の環状オレフィンの他、ノルボルネン、ジシクロペンタジエンなどのノルボルネン環構造を有する化合物、インデン、アセナフチレンなどの芳香族環が縮合したシクロオレフィン化合物などを挙げることができる。ノルボルネン化合物の例としては、特開2018-039995号公報の段落0037~0043に記載のものが挙げられ、これの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。なお、ここで例示したシクロオレフィン化合物はさらに上述の置換基Zを有していてもよい。 The polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) may have other structural units other than the structural unit (a) and the structural unit (b). Examples of other structural units include a structural unit (c) derived from a cycloolefin compound. Examples of the cycloolefin compound include hydrocarbons having a double bond in the ring structure. Specifically, in addition to monocyclic cyclic olefins such as cyclobutene, cyclopentene, cyclohexene, and cyclooctene, compounds having a norbornene ring structure such as norbornene and dicyclopentadiene, and cycloolefin compounds condensed with aromatic rings such as indene and acenaphthylene. etc. can be mentioned. Examples of norbornene compounds include those described in paragraphs 0037 to 0043 of JP-A-2018-039995, the contents of which are incorporated herein. In addition, the cycloolefin compound illustrated here may further have the above-mentioned substituent Z.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)が構成単位(c)を含む共重合体であるとき、構成単位(c)の共重合比は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましく、30モル%以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限値としては、90モル%以下であることが好ましく、80モル%以下であることがより好ましく、70モル%以下であることがさらに好ましく、50モル%以下であってもよく、30モル%以下であってもよい。 When the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is a copolymer containing the structural unit (c), the copolymerization ratio of the structural unit (c) shall be 10 mol% or more. is preferable, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more. The upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, may be 50 mol% or less, and may be 30 mol% or less. It may be the following.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)には、さらに異なる重合性化合物(以下、他の重合性化合物ともいう)に由来する構成単位(d)が組み込まれていてもよい。他の重合性化合物(単量体)としては、例えば、ビニル基を3つ含む化合物が挙げられる。具体的には、1,3,5-トリビニルベンゼン、1,3,5-トリビニルナフタレン、1,2,4-トリビニルシクロへキサンが挙げられる。あるいは、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、ブタジエン等が挙げられる。他の重合性化合物に由来する構成単位(d)の共重合比(d)は、30モル%以下であることが好ましく、20モル%以下であることがより好ましく、10モル%以下であることがさらに好ましい。 Even if the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) further incorporates a structural unit (d) derived from a different polymerizable compound (hereinafter also referred to as other polymerizable compound). good. Examples of other polymerizable compounds (monomers) include compounds containing three vinyl groups. Specific examples include 1,3,5-trivinylbenzene, 1,3,5-trivinylnaphthalene, and 1,2,4-trivinylcyclohexane. Alternatively, ethylene glycol diacrylate, butadiene, etc. may be mentioned. The copolymerization ratio (d) of the structural unit (d) derived from another polymerizable compound is preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less. is even more preferable.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の一実施形態として、構成単位(a)を必須とし、構成単位(b)~(d)の少なくとも1種を含む重合体が例示される。さらには、構成単位(a)~(d)の合計が、全構成単位の95モル%以上、さらには98モル%以上を占める態様が例示される。
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の他の一実施形態として、構成単位(a)を必須とし、末端を除く全構成単位のうち、芳香族環を含む構成単位が90モル%以上のものであることが好ましく、95モル%以上のものであることがより好ましく、100モル%のものであってもよい。
 なお、全構成単位当たりのモル%を算出するにあたり、1つの構成単位とは、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の製造に使用する単量体(例えば、ジビニル芳香族化合物、モノビニル芳香族化合物など)1分子に由来するものとする。
As one embodiment of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V), a polymer containing the structural unit (a) as essential and at least one of the structural units (b) to (d) is Illustrated. Furthermore, an embodiment in which the total of structural units (a) to (d) accounts for 95 mol% or more, and further 98 mol% or more of the total structural units is exemplified.
Another embodiment of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is a structural unit in which the structural unit (a) is essential, and among all the structural units excluding the terminal, the structural unit contains an aromatic ring. is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, and may be 100 mol%.
In addition, when calculating the mol% per total structural unit, one structural unit refers to the monomer used to produce the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) (for example, divinyl Aromatic compounds, monovinyl aromatic compounds, etc.) shall originate from one molecule.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の製造方法は特に限定されず常法によればよいが、例えば、ジビニル芳香族化合物を含む原料を(必要により、モノビニル芳香族化合物、シクロオレフィン化合物等を共存させ)、ルイス酸触媒の存在下で重合させることが挙げられる。ルイス酸触媒としては、三フッ化ホウ素等の金属フッ化物またはその錯体を用いることができる。 The method for producing the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) is not particularly limited and may be any conventional method. For example, a raw material containing a divinyl aromatic compound (if necessary, a monovinyl aromatic compound compound, cycloolefin compound, etc.) and polymerization in the presence of a Lewis acid catalyst. As the Lewis acid catalyst, a metal fluoride such as boron trifluoride or a complex thereof can be used.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の鎖末端の構造は特に限定されないが、上記ジビニル芳香族化合物に由来する基について言うと、以下の式(E1)の構造を取ることが挙げられる。なお、式(E1)中のLは上記式(V1)で規定したものと同じである。*は結合位置を表す。
  *-CH=CH-L-CH=CH   (E1)
The structure of the chain terminal of the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) is not particularly limited, but when it comes to the group derived from the above divinyl aromatic compound, the structure of the following formula (E1) is One example is taking. Note that L 1 in formula (E1) is the same as defined in formula (V1) above. * represents the bonding position.
*-CH=CH-L 1 -CH=CH 2 (E1)
 モノビニル芳香族化合物に由来する基が鎖末端となったときには、下記式(E2)の構造を取ることが挙げられる。式中のLおよびRV1はそれぞれ前記の式(V4)で定義したものと同じ意味である。*は結合位置を表す。
  *-CH=CH-L-RV1   (E2)
When a group derived from a monovinyl aromatic compound becomes a chain terminal, a structure of the following formula (E2) may be adopted. L 2 and R V1 in the formula each have the same meaning as defined in the above formula (V4). * represents the bonding position.
*-CH=CH-L 2 -R V1 (E2)
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の分子量は、数平均分子量Mnで、300以上であることが好ましく、500以上であることがより好ましく、1,000以上であることがさらに好ましく、1,500以上であることがより好ましい。上限としては、130,000以下であることが好ましく、120,000以下であることがより好ましく、110,000以下であることがさらに好ましく、100,000以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の分子量は、重量平均分子量Mwで、3,000以上であることが好ましく、5,000以上であることがより好ましく、10,000以上であることがさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)が持つ優れた低誘電特性、特にDfや吸湿後の低誘電特性を、樹脂組成物の硬化物に効果的に発揮させることができる。上限としては130,000以下であることが好ましく、100,000以下であることがより好ましく、80,000以下であることがさらに好ましく、50,000以下であることが一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、プリプレグもしくは樹脂シートを回路形成基板に積層した際、埋め込み不良が起こりにくい傾向にある。
 重量平均分子量Mwと数平均分子量Mnの比で表される単分散度(Mw/Mn)は、100以下であることが好ましく、50以下であることがより好ましく、20以下であることがさらに好ましい。下限値としては、1.1以上であることが実際的であり、5以上であることが好ましく、7以上であることがより好ましく、10以上であることがさらに好ましい。
 上記MwおよびMnは後述する実施例の記載に従って測定される。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)を2種以上含む場合、混合物のMw、MnならびにMw/Mnが上記範囲を満たすことが好ましい。
The molecular weight of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is preferably a number average molecular weight Mn of 300 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and 1,000 or more. More preferably, it is 1,500 or more. The upper limit is preferably 130,000 or less, more preferably 120,000 or less, even more preferably 110,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
The molecular weight of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, in weight average molecular weight Mw, 10, More preferably, it is 000 or more. By setting the above lower limit value or more, the excellent low dielectric properties of the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V), especially the Df and the low dielectric properties after moisture absorption, can be improved by curing the resin composition. You can make things work effectively. The upper limit is preferably 130,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or less, even more preferably 80,000 or less, and even more preferably 50,000 or less. By setting it below the above-mentioned upper limit, when a prepreg or a resin sheet is laminated on a circuit forming board, embedding failure tends to occur less easily.
The monodispersity (Mw/Mn) expressed by the ratio of weight average molecular weight Mw to number average molecular weight Mn is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, and even more preferably 20 or less. . The lower limit is practically 1.1 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 7 or more, and even more preferably 10 or more.
The above Mw and Mn are measured in accordance with the description in the examples below.
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains two or more kinds of polymers (V) having structural units represented by formula (V), it is preferable that Mw, Mn, and Mw/Mn of the mixture satisfy the above ranges.
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)のビニル基の当量は、200g/eq.以上であることが好ましく、230g/eq.以上であることがより好ましく、250g/eq.以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、ビニル基の当量は、1200g/eq.以下であることが好ましく、1000g/eq.以下であることがより好ましく、さらには、800g/eq.以下、600g/eq.以下、400g/eq.以下、300g/eq.以下であってもよい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、樹脂組成物の保存安定性が向上し、樹脂組成物の流動性が向上する傾向にある。そのため、成形性が向上し、プリプレグ等の形成時にボイドが発生しにくくなり、より信頼性の高いプリント配線板が得られる傾向にある。一方、上記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の耐熱性が向上する傾向にある。 The equivalent weight of vinyl groups in the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is 200 g/eq. or more, preferably 230g/eq. More preferably, it is 250 g/eq. It is more preferable that it is above. Further, the equivalent weight of the vinyl group is 1200 g/eq. It is preferably less than 1000g/eq. It is more preferable that it is less than 800g/eq. Below, 600g/eq. Below, 400g/eq. Below, 300g/eq. It may be the following. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the storage stability of the resin composition tends to improve, and the fluidity of the resin composition tends to improve. Therefore, moldability is improved, voids are less likely to occur during the formation of prepregs, etc., and a more reliable printed wiring board tends to be obtained. On the other hand, by setting it below the above upper limit, the heat resistance of the obtained cured product tends to improve.
 本明細書において式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)については、国際公開第2017/115813号の段落0029~0058に記載の化合物およびその合成反応条件等、特開2018-039995号公報の段落0013~0058に記載の化合物およびその合成反応条件等、特開2018-168347号公報の段落0008~0043に記載の化合物およびその合成反応条件等、特開2006-070136号公報の段落0014~0042に記載の化合物およびその合成反応条件等、特開2006-089683号公報の段落0014~0061に記載の化合物およびその合成反応条件等、特開2008-248001号公報の段落0008~0036に記載の化合物およびその合成反応条件等を参照することができ、本明細書に組み込まれる。 In this specification, regarding the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V), the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0058 of International Publication No. 2017/115813 and their synthesis reaction conditions, etc. Compounds described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP-A-039995 and their synthesis reaction conditions, etc., compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0043 of JP-A-2018-168347 and their synthesis reaction conditions, etc., JP-A-2006-070136 Compounds described in paragraphs 0014 to 0042 of JP-A-2006-089683 and their synthesis reaction conditions, etc., compounds described in paragraphs 0014 to 0061 of JP-A No. 2006-089683 and their synthesis reaction conditions, etc., paragraphs 0008 to 0008 of JP-A-2008-248001. The compounds described in No. 0036, their synthesis reaction conditions, etc. can be referred to and are incorporated herein.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1~70質量部であることが好ましい。
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の含有量の下限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、15質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、20質量部以上であってもよく、25質量部以上であってもよい。式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の含有量を前記下限値以上とすることで、低誘電特性、特に、低比誘電率を効果的に達成できる。他方、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の含有量の上限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、60質量部以下であることがより好ましく、50質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、40質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、35質量部以下、30質量部以下であってもよい。式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の含有量を前記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の金属箔ピール強度を効果的に高めることができる。
 式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)は、樹脂組成物中に、1種のみ含まれていても、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含まれる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
In the resin composition of the present embodiment, the content of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is 1 to 70 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferable that
The lower limit of the content of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition, It is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, it may be 20 parts by mass or more, and it may be 25 parts by mass or more. By setting the content of the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) to the above lower limit or more, low dielectric properties, particularly low dielectric constant, can be effectively achieved. On the other hand, the upper limit of the content of the polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V) is preferably 60 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and may be 35 parts by mass or less, or 30 parts by mass or less. By controlling the content of the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) to be equal to or less than the upper limit value, the metal foil peel strength of the obtained cured product can be effectively increased.
The resin composition may contain only one type of polymer (V) having a structural unit represented by formula (V), or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
 また、本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)の含有量が樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部未満であることをいい、好ましくは0.01質量部未満であり、さらには0.001質量部未満であってもよい。 Further, the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V). "Substantially free" means that the content of the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V) is less than 0.1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferably less than 0.01 parts by mass, and may even be less than 0.001 parts by mass.
<<シアン酸エステル化合物>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、シアン酸エステル化合物を含むことが好ましい。本実施形態においては、シアン酸エステル化合物のように、特に、Dfが低く、紫外線吸収剤や非金属有機色素の影響を受けやすい熱硬化性化合物を用いても、Dfの低下を効果的に抑制できる。
 シアン酸エステル化合物は、シアネート基(シアナト基)を1分子内に1以上(好ましくは2~12、より好ましくは2~6、さらに好ましくは2~4、一層好ましくは2または3、より一層好ましくは2)含む化合物であれば特に限定されず、プリント配線板の分野で通常用いられる化合物を広く用いることができる。また、シアン酸エステル化合物は、シアネート基が芳香族骨格(芳香族環)に直接結合している化合物であることが好ましい。
 シアン酸エステル化合物としては、例えば、フェノールノボラック型シアン酸エステル化合物、ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物(ナフトールアラルキル型シアネート)、ナフチレンエーテル型シアン酸エステル化合物、ビフェニルアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物、キシレン樹脂型シアン酸エステル化合物、トリスフェノールメタン型シアン酸エステル化合物、アダマンタン骨格型シアン酸エステル化合物、ビスフェノールM型シアン酸エステル化合物、ビスフェノールA型シアン酸エステル化合物、およびジアリルビスフェノールA型シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が挙げられる。これらの中でも、得られる硬化物の低吸水性をより一層向上させる観点から、フェノールノボラック型シアン酸エステル化合物、ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物、ナフチレンエーテル型シアン酸エステル化合物、キシレン樹脂型シアン酸エステル化合物、ビスフェノールM型シアン酸エステル化合物、ビスフェノールA型シアン酸エステル化合物、およびジアリルビスフェノールA型シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物であることがより好ましい。これらのシアン酸エステル化合物は、公知の方法により調製してもよく、市販品を用いてもよい。なお、ナフトールアラルキル骨格、ナフチレンエーテル骨格、キシレン骨格、トリスフェノールメタン骨格、またはアダマンタン骨格を有するシアン酸エステル化合物は、比較的、官能基当量数が大きく、未反応のシアン酸エステル基が少なくなるため、これらを用いた樹脂組成物の硬化物は低吸水性がより一層優れる傾向にある。また、芳香族骨格またはアダマンタン骨格を有することに主に起因して、めっき密着性がより一層向上する傾向にある。
<<Cyanate ester compound>>
The resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains a cyanate ester compound. In the present embodiment, even when using a thermosetting compound such as a cyanate ester compound, which has a particularly low Df and is easily affected by ultraviolet absorbers and non-metallic organic dyes, the decrease in Df can be effectively suppressed. can.
The cyanate ester compound has one or more cyanate groups (cyanato groups) in one molecule (preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, even more preferably is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound containing 2), and a wide range of compounds commonly used in the field of printed wiring boards can be used. Further, the cyanate ester compound is preferably a compound in which a cyanate group is directly bonded to an aromatic skeleton (aromatic ring).
Examples of cyanate ester compounds include phenol novolac type cyanate ester compounds, naphthol aralkyl type cyanate ester compounds (naphthol aralkyl type cyanate), naphthylene ether type cyanate ester compounds, biphenylaralkyl type cyanate ester compounds, and xylene resins. Consists of type cyanate ester compound, trisphenolmethane type cyanate ester compound, adamantane skeleton type cyanate ester compound, bisphenol M type cyanate ester compound, bisphenol A type cyanate ester compound, and diallylbisphenol A type cyanate ester compound At least one selected from the group. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the low water absorption of the obtained cured product, phenol novolak type cyanate ester compounds, naphthol aralkyl type cyanate ester compounds, naphthylene ether type cyanate ester compounds, xylene resin type cyanate ester compounds are used. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of ester compounds, bisphenol M-type cyanate ester compounds, bisphenol A-type cyanate ester compounds, and diallylbisphenol A-type cyanate ester compounds, and naphthol aralkyl-type cyanate esters. More preferably, it is a compound. These cyanate ester compounds may be prepared by known methods, or commercially available products may be used. Note that cyanate ester compounds having a naphthol aralkyl skeleton, naphthylene ether skeleton, xylene skeleton, trisphenolmethane skeleton, or adamantane skeleton have a relatively large number of functional group equivalents, and the number of unreacted cyanate ester groups is small. Therefore, cured products of resin compositions using these materials tend to have even better low water absorption. Moreover, mainly due to having an aromatic skeleton or an adamantane skeleton, plating adhesion tends to be further improved.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、シアン酸エステル化合物を本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で含むことが好ましい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物が、シアン酸エステル化合物を含む場合、その含有量の下限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、2質量部以上であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることがより好ましい。シアン酸エステル化合物の含有量が、0.1質量部以上であることにより、得られる硬化物の耐熱性、耐燃焼性、耐薬品性、低比誘電率、低誘電正接、絶縁性が向上する傾向にある。シアン酸エステル化合物の含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の樹脂組成物がシアン酸エステル化合物を含む場合、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、70質量部以下であることが好ましく、50質量部以下であることがより好ましく、40質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、30質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、20質量部以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、シアン酸エステル化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The resin composition of the present embodiment preferably contains a cyanate ester compound within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a cyanate ester compound, the lower limit of its content is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. , more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more. When the content of the cyanate ester compound is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the heat resistance, flame resistance, chemical resistance, low dielectric constant, low dielectric loss tangent, and insulation properties of the obtained cured product are improved. There is a tendency. When the resin composition of this embodiment contains a cyanate ester compound, the upper limit of the content of the cyanate ester compound may be 70 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less.
The resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of cyanate ester compound, or may contain two or more types of cyanate ester compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物における熱硬化性化合物の含有量(総量)は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、20質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、30質量部以上であることがより一層好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、耐熱性、めっき密着性、低熱膨張性等がより向上する傾向にある。また、熱硬化性化合物の含有量の上限値は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、100質量部以下であることが好ましく、90質量部以下であることがより好ましく、80質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、70質量部以下であってもよい。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、熱硬化性化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content (total amount) of the thermosetting compound in the resin composition of the present embodiment is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, heat resistance, plating adhesion, low thermal expansion, etc. tend to be further improved. Further, the upper limit of the content of the thermosetting compound is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 90 parts by mass or less, and 80 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably, the amount may be 70 parts by mass or less.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of thermosetting compound, or may contain two or more types of thermosetting compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<紫外線吸収剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含むことが好ましい。紫外線吸収剤を含むことにより、i線(波長365nm)およびh線(波長405nm)の光線の透過を効果的に抑制できる。
 本実施形態で用いる紫外線吸収剤の一例として、波長365nm±20nmの波長領域に極大吸収(ピーク)を持ち、かつ、前記極大吸収(ピーク)の半値幅が50nm以上である紫外線吸収剤が挙げられる。このように半値幅が広い紫外線吸収剤を用いることにより、h線(波長405nm)の吸収も効果的に抑制できる傾向にあり好ましい。
 紫外線吸収剤の種類は特に定めるものではないが、紫外線吸収剤としては、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤、環状イミノエステル系紫外線吸収剤、シアノアクリレート系紫外線吸収剤、共役ジエン系紫外線吸収剤、メチルジベンゾイル系紫外線吸収剤、クマリン系紫外線吸収剤、サリシレート系紫外線吸収剤、アクリロニトリル系紫外線吸収剤、および、ベンゾジチアゾール系紫外線吸収剤が例示され、クマリン系紫外線吸収剤が好ましい。
<Ultraviolet absorber>
It is preferable that the resin composition of this embodiment contains an ultraviolet absorber. By including the ultraviolet absorber, transmission of i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) and h-line (wavelength: 405 nm) can be effectively suppressed.
An example of the ultraviolet absorber used in this embodiment is an ultraviolet absorber that has a maximum absorption (peak) in a wavelength range of 365 nm ± 20 nm and has a half-value width of the maximum absorption (peak) of 50 nm or more. . By using an ultraviolet absorbent having such a wide half-width width, absorption of H-line (wavelength 405 nm) tends to be effectively suppressed, which is preferable.
The type of UV absorber is not specifically defined, but examples of UV absorbers include benzotriazole UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, triazine UV absorbers, cyclic iminoester UV absorbers, and cyanoacrylate UV absorbers. Examples of UV absorbers include conjugated diene UV absorbers, methyldibenzoyl UV absorbers, coumarin UV absorbers, salicylate UV absorbers, acrylonitrile UV absorbers, and benzodithiazole UV absorbers. UV absorbers are preferred.
 ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤としては、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾ-ル、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-tert-オクチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾ-ル、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジクミルフェニル)フェニルベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-3-tert-ブチル-5-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2,2’-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)-6-(2N-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾ-ル、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-アミルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾ-ル、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-tert-オクチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾ-ル、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-tert-ブチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾ-ル、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾ-ル、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-クミル-6-ベンゾトリアゾールフェニル)、2,2’-p-フェニレンビス(1,3-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3-(3,4,5,6-テトラヒドロフタルイミドメチル)-5-メチルフェニル]ベンゾトリアゾ-ル等が挙げられる。 Examples of benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers include 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-octylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy- 3,5-Dicumylphenyl)phenylbenzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2,2'-methylenebis[4-(1,1 , 3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6-(2N-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol], 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-( 2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy -5-tert-octylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-octoxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2,2 '-methylenebis(4-cumyl-6-benzotriazolphenyl), 2,2'-p-phenylenebis(1,3-benzoxazin-4-one), 2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3,4 , 5,6-tetrahydrophthalimidomethyl)-5-methylphenyl]benzotriazole and the like.
 ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤としては、2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ベンジロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-5-スルホキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-5-スルホキシトリハイドライドレイトベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’,4,4’-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジメトキシ-5-ソジウムスルホキシベンゾフェノン、ビス(5-ベンゾイル-4-ヒドロキシ-2-メトキシフェニル)メタン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-n-ドデシルオキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-2’-カルボキシベンゾフェノン等が挙げられる。 Examples of benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-benzophenone. Methoxy-5-sulfoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfoxytrihydride dolate benzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone , 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxy-5-sodium sulfoxybenzophenone, bis(5-benzoyl-4-hydroxy-2- Examples include methoxyphenyl)methane, 2-hydroxy-4-n-dodecyloxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-2'-carboxybenzophenone.
 トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤としては、2-(4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-5-[(ヘキシル)オキシ]-フェノール、2-(4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-5-[(オクチル)オキシ]-フェノール等が挙げられる。 Triazine-based UV absorbers include 2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-5-[(hexyl)oxy]-phenol, 2-(4,6-bis( Examples include 2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-5-[(octyl)oxy]-phenol.
 環状イミノエステル系紫外線吸収剤としては、2,2’-ビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)、2,2’-p-フェニレンビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)、2,2’-m-フェニレンビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)、2,2’-(4,4’-ジフェニレン)ビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)、2,2’-(2,6-ナフタレン)ビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)、2,2’-(1,5-ナフタレン)ビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)、2,2’-(2-メチル-p-フェニレン)ビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)、2,2’-(2-ニトロ-p-フェニレン)ビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)および2,2’-(2-クロロ-p-フェニレン)ビス(3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン)などが挙げられる。 As the cyclic iminoester ultraviolet absorber, 2,2'-bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-p-phenylenebis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one) , 2,2'-m-phenylenebis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(4,4'-diphenylene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(2,6-naphthalene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(1,5-naphthalene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one) ), 2,2'-(2-methyl-p-phenylene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(2-nitro-p-phenylene)bis(3,1- benzoxazin-4-one) and 2,2'-(2-chloro-p-phenylene)bis(3,1-benzoxazin-4-one).
 シアノアクリレート系紫外線吸収剤としては、1,3-ビス-[(2’-シアノ-3’,3’-ジフェニルアクリロイル)オキシ]-2,2-ビス[(2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルアクリロイル)オキシ]メチル)プロパン、および1,3-ビス-[(2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルアクリロイル)オキシ]ベンゼンなどが挙げられる。 As the cyanoacrylate ultraviolet absorber, 1,3-bis-[(2'-cyano-3',3'-diphenylacryloyl)oxy]-2,2-bis[(2-cyano-3,3-diphenyl) Examples include acryloyl)oxy]methyl)propane, and 1,3-bis-[(2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacryloyl)oxy]benzene.
 クマリン系紫外線吸収剤としては、7-(ジエチルアミノ)クマリン、クマリン(7-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルクマリン、7-ヒドロキシ4-メチルクマリン)、および、ケトクマリン、カルボニルビスクマリンが例示される。 Examples of coumarin-based ultraviolet absorbers include 7-(diethylamino)coumarin, coumarin (7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 7-hydroxy 4-methylcoumarin), ketocoumarin, and carbonylbiscoumarin.
 上記の他、特開2022-000700号公報の段落0065~0077の記載、特開2020-189783号公報の段落0019~段落0032の記載、を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition to the above, the descriptions in paragraphs 0065 to 0077 of JP-A No. 2022-000700 and the descriptions in paragraphs 0019 to 0032 of JP-A-2020-189783 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が紫外線吸収剤を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超であることが好ましく、0.1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.2質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.3質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、0.4質量部以上であることがより一層好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、i線(波長365nm)、さらには、h線(波長405nm)の透過率をより低くでき、裏露光をより効果的に抑制できる傾向にある。また、紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、3.0質量部以下であることが好ましく、2.5質量部以下であることがより好ましく、2.0質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、1.5質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、1.0質量部以下であることがより一層好ましく、0.8質量部以下であることがさらに一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の誘電正接をより低くできる傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content thereof is preferably more than 0 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids. It is preferably at least 0.2 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 0.3 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 0.4 parts by mass. By making it equal to or more than the lower limit, the transmittance of i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) and further h-line (wavelength: 405 nm) can be lowered, and back exposure tends to be suppressed more effectively. Further, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 2.5 parts by mass or less, and 2.0 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.8 parts by mass or less. By setting it below the upper limit, the dielectric loss tangent of the obtained cured product tends to be lower.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more types of ultraviolet absorbers. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<非金属有機色素>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、非金属有機色素を含むことが好ましい。非金属有機色素を含むことにより、主に、g線(波長436nm)の光線の透過を効果的に抑制できる。
 本実施形態で用いる非金属有機色素は、染料であっても、顔料であってもよいが、染料を含むことが好ましい。
 本実施形態で用いる非金属有機色素は、波長400~500nmの範囲に極大吸収(ピーク)を有する色素であることが好ましく、波長436nm±30の範囲に極大吸収(ピーク)を有する色素であることがさらに好ましい。
 また、本実施形態で用いる非金属有機色素の一例は、波長436nm±30nmの波長領域に極大吸収(ピーク)を持ち、かつ、前記極大吸収(ピーク)の半値幅が50nm以上である色素が挙げられる。このように半値幅が広い非金属有機色素を用いることにより、h線(波長405nm)の吸収も効果的に抑制できる傾向にあり好ましい。
 非金属有機色素は、その色は特に定めるものではないが、意匠性の観点からは、人の視覚で黒に見えるものが好ましい。
<Nonmetallic organic dye>
The resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains a nonmetallic organic dye. By including the non-metallic organic dye, transmission of mainly g-line (wavelength 436 nm) light can be effectively suppressed.
The nonmetallic organic dye used in this embodiment may be a dye or a pigment, but preferably contains a dye.
The non-metallic organic dye used in this embodiment is preferably a dye having maximum absorption (peak) in the wavelength range of 400 to 500 nm, and preferably a dye having maximum absorption (peak) in the wavelength range of 436 nm ± 30 nm. is even more preferable.
Further, an example of a non-metallic organic dye used in this embodiment is a dye that has a maximum absorption (peak) in a wavelength region of 436 nm±30 nm and has a half-value width of the maximum absorption (peak) of 50 nm or more. It will be done. By using a non-metallic organic dye with such a wide half-value width, absorption of the h-line (wavelength 405 nm) tends to be effectively suppressed, which is preferable.
The color of the nonmetallic organic dye is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of design, it is preferable to use one that appears black to the human eye.
 非金属有機色素としては、シアニン色素、トリフェニルメタン色素、アントラキノン色素、キサンテン色素、アゾ色素、ベンゾピラン色素、インジゴ色素、キノリン色素、ペリノン色素およびペリレン色素が例示され、アントラキノン色素、および/または、ペリノン色素が好ましい。これらの非金属有機色素の詳細は、特開平02-089683号公報の記載、特開2011-102384号公報の段落0031の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of nonmetallic organic dyes include cyanine dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, xanthene dyes, azo dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, quinoline dyes, perinone dyes, and perylene dyes, and anthraquinone dyes and/or perinone dyes. Dyes are preferred. For details of these non-metallic organic dyes, the description in JP-A-02-089683 and the description in paragraph 0031 of JP-A-2011-102384 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が非金属有機色素を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超であることが好ましく、0.2質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.3質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.4質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、0.45質量部以上であることがより一層好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、g線(波長436nm)、さらには、h線(波長405nm)の透過率をより低くでき、裏露光をより効果的に抑制できる傾向にある。また、非金属有機色素の含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、2.0質量部以下であることが好ましく、1.75質量部以下であることがより好ましく、1.5質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、1.25質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、1.0質量部以下であることがより一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の誘電正接をより低くできると共に、ガラス転移温度がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、非金属有機色素を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a nonmetallic organic dye, the content thereof is preferably more than 0 parts by mass, and preferably 0.2 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 0.4 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.45 parts by mass or more. By setting it above the lower limit, the transmittance of the g-line (wavelength: 436 nm) and even the h-line (wavelength: 405 nm) can be lowered, and back exposure tends to be suppressed more effectively. Further, the content of the nonmetallic organic dye is preferably 2.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1.75 parts by mass or less, and 1.5 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably at most 1.25 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 1.0 parts by mass. By setting it below the above upper limit, the dielectric loss tangent of the obtained cured product can be lowered, and the glass transition temperature tends to be further improved.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of nonmetallic organic dye, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
 さらに、本実施形態においては、紫外線吸収剤と非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)が、0.15以上であることが好ましく、また、4.0以下であることが好ましい。このような比率とすることにより、より効果的にg線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、およびi線(波長365nm)の透過率を低くすることができ、より効果的に裏露光を抑制できる。特に、紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素は、樹脂組成物から得られる硬化物のガラス転移温度を低下させる傾向にあるが、本実施形態においては、紫外線吸収剤と非金属有機色素を併用することにより、樹脂組成物におけるこれらの成分の含有量を相対的に少なくでき、ガラス転移温度の低下を効果的に抑制することができる。
 紫外線吸収剤と非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)は、0.2以上であることがより好ましく、0.3以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.4以上であってもよい。また、紫外線吸収剤と非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)は、3.0以下であることがより好ましく、1.5以下であることがさらに好ましく、1.3以下であることが一層好ましく、1.2以下であることがより一層好ましく、1.1以下であることがさらにより一層好ましい。
Furthermore, in this embodiment, the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is preferably 0.15 or more and 4.0 or less. is preferred. By setting such a ratio, it is possible to more effectively lower the transmittance of G-line (wavelength 436 nm), H-line (wavelength 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength 365 nm), and more effectively reduce back exposure. can be suppressed. In particular, ultraviolet absorbers and nonmetallic organic dyes tend to lower the glass transition temperature of cured products obtained from resin compositions, but in this embodiment, the ultraviolet absorbers and nonmetallic organic dyes are used together. Accordingly, the content of these components in the resin composition can be relatively reduced, and a decrease in the glass transition temperature can be effectively suppressed.
The mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is more preferably 0.2 or more, even more preferably 0.3 or more, and even more preferably 0.4 or more. There may be. Furthermore, the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is more preferably 3.0 or less, even more preferably 1.5 or less, and 1.3 It is more preferably below, even more preferably 1.2 or less, even more preferably 1.1 or less.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素を含む場合、紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素の合計含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超であることが好ましく、0.2質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.4質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、0.6質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、0.8質量部以上であることがより一層好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、g線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、およびi線(波長365nm)の透過率をより低くでき、裏露光をより抑制できる傾向にある。また、紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素の合計含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、4.5質量部以下であることが好ましく、4.0質量部以下であることがより好ましく、3.0質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、2.0質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、1.75質量部以下であることがより一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の誘電正接をより低くできると共に、ガラス転移温度がより向上する傾向にある。 When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an ultraviolet absorber and a nonmetallic organic dye, the total content of the ultraviolet absorber and the nonmetallic organic dye should be more than 0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. is preferably 0.2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.4 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.8 parts by mass or more. It is even more preferable. By setting the above lower limit value or more, the transmittance of the g-line (wavelength: 436 nm), h-line (wavelength: 405 nm), and i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) can be lowered, and back exposure tends to be further suppressed. Further, the total content of the ultraviolet absorber and the nonmetallic organic dye is preferably 4.5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 4.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 2.0 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 1.75 parts by mass or less. By setting it below the above upper limit, the dielectric loss tangent of the obtained cured product can be lowered, and the glass transition temperature tends to be further improved.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、カーボンブラック、さらには、導電性物質を実質的に含まない構成とすることができる。カーボンブラック、さらには、導電性物質を実質的に含まないとは、カーボンブラック(さらには、導電性物質)の含有量が、樹脂組成物に含まれる非金属有機色素の含有量の10質量%未満であることをいい、5質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。このような構成とすることにより、得られる樹脂組成物ないし硬化物の絶縁性をより高くすることができる。 The resin composition of the present embodiment can be configured to be substantially free of carbon black and further, conductive substances. Substantially free of carbon black or conductive substances means that the content of carbon black (furthermore, conductive substances) is 10% by mass of the content of nonmetallic organic dyes contained in the resin composition. It is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass or less. With such a configuration, the insulation properties of the resulting resin composition or cured product can be made higher.
<充填材>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、充填材を含むことが好ましい。充填材を含むことにより、樹脂組成物やその硬化物の誘電特性(低誘電率性、低誘電正接性等)、耐燃性、低熱膨張性等の物性をより向上させることができる。
 また、本実施形態で用いる充填材は、低誘電特性(低Dkおよび/または低Df)に優れることがより好ましい。例えば、本実施形態で用いる充填材は、空洞共振器摂動法に従って測定した周波数10GHzにおける比誘電率(Dk)が8.0以下であることが好ましく、6.0以下であることがより好ましく、4.0以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、比誘電率の下限値は、例えば、2.0以上が実際的である。また、本実施形態で用いる充填材は、空洞共振器摂動法に従って測定した周波数10GHzにおける誘電正接(Df)が0.05以下であることが好ましく、0.01以下であることがより好ましい。また、誘電正接の下限値は、例えば、0.0001以上が実際的である。
<Filling material>
The resin composition of this embodiment preferably contains a filler. By including the filler, physical properties such as dielectric properties (low dielectric constant, low dielectric loss tangent, etc.), flame resistance, and low thermal expansion of the resin composition and its cured product can be further improved.
Moreover, it is more preferable that the filler used in this embodiment has excellent low dielectric properties (low Dk and/or low Df). For example, the filler used in this embodiment preferably has a dielectric constant (Dk) of 8.0 or less, more preferably 6.0 or less, at a frequency of 10 GHz measured according to the cavity resonator perturbation method, More preferably, it is 4.0 or less. Moreover, the lower limit of the relative permittivity is practically, for example, 2.0 or more. Furthermore, the filler used in this embodiment preferably has a dielectric loss tangent (Df) of 0.05 or less, more preferably 0.01 or less, at a frequency of 10 GHz measured according to the cavity resonator perturbation method. Further, the lower limit value of the dielectric loss tangent is practically, for example, 0.0001 or more.
 本実施形態で使用される充填材としては、その種類は特に限定されず、当業界において一般に使用されているものを好適に用いることができる。具体的には、天然シリカ、溶融シリカ、合成シリカ、アモルファスシリカ、アエロジル、中空シリカ等のシリカ類、アルミナ、ホワイトカーボン、チタンホワイト、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム等の金属酸化物、ホウ酸亜鉛、錫酸亜鉛、フォルステライト、チタン酸バリウム、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸カルシウム等の複合酸化物、窒化ホウ素、凝集窒化ホウ素、窒化ケイ素、窒化アルミニウム等の窒化物、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化アルミニウム加熱処理品(水酸化アルミニウムを加熱処理し、結晶水の一部を減じたもの)、ベーマイト、水酸化マグネシウム等の金属水酸化物(水和物を含む)、酸化モリブデンやモリブデン酸亜鉛等のモリブデン化合物、硫酸バリウム、クレー、カオリン、タルク、焼成クレー、焼成カオリン、焼成タルク、マイカ、E-ガラス、A-ガラス、NE-ガラス、C-ガラス、L-ガラス、D-ガラス、S-ガラス、M-ガラスG20、ガラス短繊維(Eガラス、Tガラス、Dガラス、Sガラス、Qガラス等のガラス微粉末類を含む。)、中空ガラス、球状ガラスなど無機系の充填材(無機充填材)の他、スチレン型、ブタジエン型、アクリル型などのゴムパウダー、コアシェル型のゴムパウダー、シリコーンレジンパウダー、シリコーンゴムパウダー、シリコーン複合パウダー、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)フィラー、テトラフルオロエチレン-パーフルオロアルキルビニルエーテル共重合体(PFA)フィラー、テトラフルオロエチレン-ヘキサフルオロプロピレン共重合体(FEP)フィラー、テトラフルオロエチレン-エチレン共重合体(ETFE)フィラー、ポリクロロトリフルオロエチレン(PCTFE)フィラーなどのフッ素樹脂フィラーなどの有機系の充填材(有機充填材)が挙げられる。
 本実施形態においては、充填材は、無機充填材および/またはフッ素樹脂フィラーを含むことが好ましい。無機充填材としては、シリカ、水酸化アルミニウム、窒化アルミニウム、窒化ホウ素、フォルステライト、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、チタン酸ストロンチウム、および、チタン酸カルシウムからなる群より選択される1種以上を含むことが好ましく、低誘電特性(低Dkおよび/または低Df)の観点から、シリカ、および、水酸化アルミニウムからなる群より選択される1種以上を含むことがより好ましく、シリカを含むことがさらに好ましい。フッ素樹脂フィラーとしては。ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)フィラー、および、テトラフルオロエチレン-パーフルオロアルキルビニルエーテル共重合体(PFA)フィラーからなる群より選択される1種以上を含むことがより好ましい。これらの無機充填材、フッ素樹脂フィラーを使用することで、樹脂組成物の硬化物の耐熱性、誘電特性、熱膨張特性、寸法安定性、難燃性などの特性がより向上する。
The type of filler used in this embodiment is not particularly limited, and those commonly used in the industry can be suitably used. Specifically, silicas such as natural silica, fused silica, synthetic silica, amorphous silica, Aerosil, and hollow silica, metal oxides such as alumina, white carbon, titanium white, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, and zirconium oxide. , complex oxides such as zinc borate, zinc stannate, forsterite, barium titanate, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, nitrides such as boron nitride, agglomerated boron nitride, silicon nitride, aluminum nitride, aluminum hydroxide, Heat-treated aluminum hydroxide products (aluminum hydroxide heat-treated to reduce some of the crystal water), metal hydroxides (including hydrates) such as boehmite and magnesium hydroxide, molybdenum oxide and molybdic acid Molybdenum compounds such as zinc, barium sulfate, clay, kaolin, talc, calcined clay, calcined kaolin, calcined talc, mica, E-glass, A-glass, NE-glass, C-glass, L-glass, D-glass, Inorganic fillers such as S-glass, M-glass G20, short glass fibers (including fine glass powders such as E glass, T glass, D glass, S glass, and Q glass), hollow glass, and spherical glass ( Inorganic fillers), styrene type, butadiene type, acrylic type rubber powder, core shell type rubber powder, silicone resin powder, silicone rubber powder, silicone composite powder, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) filler, tetrafluoroethylene -Perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer (PFA) filler, tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropylene copolymer (FEP) filler, tetrafluoroethylene-ethylene copolymer (ETFE) filler, polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE) filler Examples include organic fillers (organic fillers) such as fluororesin fillers.
In this embodiment, the filler preferably includes an inorganic filler and/or a fluororesin filler. The inorganic filler includes one or more selected from the group consisting of silica, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum nitride, boron nitride, forsterite, titanium oxide, barium titanate, strontium titanate, and calcium titanate. is preferable, and from the viewpoint of low dielectric properties (low Dk and/or low Df), it is more preferable to contain one or more selected from the group consisting of silica and aluminum hydroxide, and it is even more preferable to contain silica. . As a fluororesin filler. It is more preferable to include one or more types selected from the group consisting of polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) filler and tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer (PFA) filler. By using these inorganic fillers and fluororesin fillers, properties such as heat resistance, dielectric properties, thermal expansion properties, dimensional stability, and flame retardance of the cured product of the resin composition are further improved.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物における充填材の含有量は、所望する特性に応じて適宜設定することができ、特に限定されないが、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、10質量部以上であることが好ましく、20質量部以上であることがより好ましく、40質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、60質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、80質量部以上であることがより一層好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、低熱膨張性、低誘電正接性がより向上する傾向にある。また、充填材の含有量の上限値は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、800質量部以下であることがより好ましく、500質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、300質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、250質量部以下であることがより一層好ましく、200質量部以下、150質量部以下であってもよい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、成形性がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物において、好ましい実施形態の一例として、充填材の含有量が溶剤を除く成分の1~95質量%である態様が例示され、30質量%~80質量%である態様が例示される。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、充填材を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the filler in the resin composition of the present embodiment can be appropriately set depending on the desired characteristics, and is not particularly limited, but is 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content in the resin composition. It is preferably at least 20 parts by mass, more preferably at least 40 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 60 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 80 parts by mass. preferable. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, low thermal expansion property and low dielectric loss tangent property tend to be further improved. Further, the upper limit value of the filler content is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 800 parts by mass or less, and preferably 500 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 300 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 250 parts by mass or less, and may be 200 parts by mass or less, or 150 parts by mass or less. By setting it below the upper limit value, moldability tends to be further improved.
In the resin composition of the present embodiment, as an example of a preferable embodiment, the content of the filler is 1 to 95% by mass of the components excluding the solvent, and the content of the filler is 30% to 80% by mass. Illustrated.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of filler, or may contain two or more types of filler. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<分子量が1000未満であり、かつ、炭素-炭素不飽和結合を含む有機基を分子内に1つ含む低分子ビニル化合物>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、分子量が1000未満であり、かつ、炭素-炭素不飽和結合を含む有機基を分子内に1つ含む低分子ビニル化合物(以下、単に、「低分子ビニル化合物」ということがある)を含んでいてもよい。低分子ビニル化合物を配合することにより、得られる硬化物の吸湿耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。
 ここで、前記炭素-炭素不飽和結合を含む有機基を構成する炭素-炭素不飽和結合は、芳香環の一部として含まれるものは含まない趣旨である。一方、非芳香環の一部として含まれる炭素-炭素不飽和結合は含む趣旨である。非芳香環の一部として含まれる炭素-炭素不飽和結合の例としては、シクロヘキセニル基などが挙げられる。また、直鎖または分岐鎖の有機基の末端以外の部分、すなわち、直鎖または分岐鎖中に含まれる炭素-炭素不飽和結合(例えば、ビニレン基)も含む趣旨である。
 本実施形態においては、前記炭素-炭素不飽和結合を含む有機基が、CH=C(X)-(Xは水素原子またはメチル基である)構造を有することが好ましい。このように、分子の端部に炭素-炭素不飽和結合を含む化合物を採用することにより、より効果的に式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)が有するビニル基と反応させることが可能になる。
 前記炭素-炭素不飽和結合を含む有機基は、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、および(メタ)アクリル基からなる群より選ばれる1つであることがより好ましく、ビニル基であることがさらに好ましい。
<Low molecular vinyl compound with a molecular weight of less than 1000 and containing one organic group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond in the molecule>
The resin composition of the present embodiment is a low-molecular vinyl compound (hereinafter simply referred to as a "low-molecular vinyl compound") having a molecular weight of less than 1000 and containing one organic group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond in the molecule. ) may also be included. By blending a low molecular weight vinyl compound, the moisture absorption and heat resistance of the resulting cured product tends to be further improved.
Here, the carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds constituting the organic group containing carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds do not include those included as part of an aromatic ring. On the other hand, it is meant to include carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds included as part of non-aromatic rings. An example of a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond included as part of the non-aromatic ring includes a cyclohexenyl group. It is also intended to include portions other than the terminals of linear or branched organic groups, ie, carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds (eg, vinylene groups) contained in the linear or branched chains.
In this embodiment, the organic group containing the carbon-carbon unsaturated bond preferably has a structure of CH 2 =C(X)- (X is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group). In this way, by employing a compound containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond at the end of the molecule, it is possible to more effectively interact with the vinyl group of the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by formula (V). It becomes possible to react.
The organic group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond is more preferably one selected from the group consisting of a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acrylic group, and more preferably a vinyl group. preferable.
 本実施形態で用いる低分子ビニル化合物は、また、炭素原子、水素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、およびケイ素原子からなる群より選択される原子のみで構成されていることが好ましく、炭素原子、水素原子、酸素原子、およびケイ素原子からなる群より選択される原子のみで構成されていることがより好ましく、炭素原子、水素原子、および酸素原子からなる群より選択される原子のみで構成されていることがさらに好ましい。
 本実施形態で用いる低分子ビニル化合物は、また、極性基を有していてもよいし、有していなくてもよい。本実施形態で用いる低分子ビニル化合物は、極性基を有していない方が好ましい。極性基としては、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基が例示される。
The low molecular weight vinyl compound used in this embodiment is preferably composed only of atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, and silicon atoms. More preferably, it is composed only of atoms selected from the group consisting of atoms, oxygen atoms, and silicon atoms, and it is composed only of atoms selected from the group consisting of carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms, and oxygen atoms. It is even more preferable.
The low molecular weight vinyl compound used in this embodiment may or may not have a polar group. It is preferable that the low molecular weight vinyl compound used in this embodiment has no polar group. Examples of the polar group include an amino group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxy group, and a nitro group.
 本実施形態において、低分子ビニル化合物の分子量は70以上であることが好ましく、80以上であることがより好ましく、90以上であることがさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、本実施形態の樹脂組成物やその硬化物等からの低分子ビニル化合物の揮発を抑制できる傾向にある。低分子ビニル化合物の分子量の上限は、500以下であることが好ましく、400以下であることがより好ましく、300以下であることがさらに好ましく、200以下であることが一層好ましく、150以下であってもよい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)との反応性を高める効果がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物を低分子ビニル化合物が2種以上含む場合、低分子ビニル化合物の平均分子量値が上記範囲に含まれることが好ましく、それぞれの化合物の分子量が上記好ましい範囲に含まれることがより好ましい。
In this embodiment, the molecular weight of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 70 or more, more preferably 80 or more, and even more preferably 90 or more. By setting it to the above-mentioned lower limit or more, there is a tendency that volatilization of the low molecular weight vinyl compound from the resin composition of this embodiment, its cured product, etc. can be suppressed. The upper limit of the molecular weight of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 500 or less, more preferably 400 or less, even more preferably 300 or less, even more preferably 200 or less, and 150 or less. Good too. By setting it below the above-mentioned upper limit, the effect of increasing the reactivity with the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) tends to be further improved.
When the resin composition of this embodiment contains two or more types of low molecular weight vinyl compounds, it is preferable that the average molecular weight value of the low molecular weight vinyl compounds is within the above range, and the molecular weight of each compound is within the above preferable range. is more preferable.
 本実施形態において、低分子ビニル化合物は沸点が110℃以上であることが好ましく、115℃以上であることがより好ましく、120℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、樹脂組成物を熱硬化させる際の低分子ビニル化合物の揮発が抑制され、より効果的に式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体(V)が有するビニル基と低分子ビニル化合物とを反応させることができる。低分子ビニル化合物の沸点は、300℃以下であることが好ましく、250℃以下であることがより好ましく、200℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、硬化物中に残溶剤として残りにくくすることができる。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物を低分子ビニル化合物が2種以上含む場合、沸点の平均値が上記範囲に入ればよいが、それぞれの化合物の沸点が上記好ましい範囲に含まれることが好ましい。
In this embodiment, the low molecular weight vinyl compound preferably has a boiling point of 110°C or higher, more preferably 115°C or higher, and even more preferably 120°C or higher. By setting the value above the lower limit, volatilization of the low molecular weight vinyl compound during thermosetting of the resin composition is suppressed, and the polymer (V) having the structural unit represented by the formula (V) is more effectively produced. It is possible to react the vinyl group possessed by a low-molecular-weight vinyl compound. The boiling point of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 300°C or lower, more preferably 250°C or lower, and even more preferably 200°C or lower. By controlling the amount to be less than or equal to the upper limit, it is possible to make it difficult for residual solvent to remain in the cured product.
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains two or more types of low-molecular vinyl compounds, it is sufficient that the average boiling point falls within the above-mentioned range, but it is preferable that the boiling point of each compound falls within the above-mentioned preferred range.
 低分子ビニル化合物としては、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル化合物、芳香族ビニル化合物(好ましくはスチレン系化合物)、飽和脂肪酸ビニル化合物、シアン化ビニル化合物、エチレン性不飽和カルボン酸、エチレン性不飽和カルボン酸無水物、エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸モノアルキルエステル、エチレン性不飽和カルボン酸アミド、ビニルシラン化合物(例えば、ビニルトリアルコキシシラン等)、アクリルシラン化合物(例えば、アクリルトリアルコキシシラン等)、メタアクリルシラン化合物(例えば、メタアクリルトリアルコキシシラン等)、スチリルシラン化合物(例えば、スチリルトリアルコキシシラン等)などが例示される。
 低分子ビニル化合物の第一の形態は、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル化合物、芳香族ビニル化合物、飽和脂肪酸ビニル化合物、シアン化ビニル化合物、エチレン性不飽和カルボン酸、エチレン性不飽和カルボン酸無水物、エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸モノアルキルエステル、および、エチレン性不飽和カルボン酸アミドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種である。
 低分子ビニル化合物の第二の形態は、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル化合物、芳香族ビニル化合物、飽和脂肪酸ビニル化合物、ビニルシラン化合物、アクリルシラン化合物、メタアクリルシラン化合物、スチリルシラン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であり、芳香族ビニル化合物および/またはビニルシラン化合物が好ましい。
 低分子ビニル化合物の具体例としては、メチルスチレン、エチルビニルベンゼン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシランが例示される。
Examples of low-molecular vinyl compounds include (meth)acrylic acid ester compounds, aromatic vinyl compounds (preferably styrene compounds), saturated fatty acid vinyl compounds, vinyl cyanide compounds, ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids, and ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids. Anhydrides, ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid monoalkyl esters, ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid amides, vinyl silane compounds (e.g., vinyltrialkoxysilanes, etc.), acrylic silane compounds (e.g., acrylic trialkoxysilanes, etc.), methacrylic silane compounds (for example, methacryltrialkoxysilane, etc.), styrylsilane compounds (for example, styryltrialkoxysilane, etc.), and the like.
The first forms of low-molecular vinyl compounds include (meth)acrylic acid ester compounds, aromatic vinyl compounds, saturated fatty acid vinyl compounds, vinyl cyanide compounds, ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids, ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides, It is at least one selected from the group consisting of ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid monoalkyl esters and ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid amides.
The second form of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic acid ester compounds, aromatic vinyl compounds, saturated fatty acid vinyl compounds, vinyl silane compounds, acrylic silane compounds, methacrylic silane compounds, and styryl silane compounds. It is at least one kind, and aromatic vinyl compounds and/or vinyl silane compounds are preferred.
Specific examples of low molecular weight vinyl compounds include methylstyrene, ethylvinylbenzene, vinyltrimethoxysilane, and vinyltriethoxysilane.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物において、低分子ビニル化合物の含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、2質量部以上であることがより好ましく、2.5質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物中の未反応官能基が減少し、吸湿耐熱性が改善する傾向にある。また、前記低分子ビニル化合物の含有量の上限値は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、30質量部以下であることが好ましく20質量部以下であることがより好ましく、10質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、8質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、5質量部以下であることがより一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低誘電特性(Dkおよび/またはDf)がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、低分子ビニル化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
In the resin composition of the present embodiment, the content of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. More preferably, the amount is 5 parts by mass or more. By setting the amount to be equal to or more than the lower limit, the amount of unreacted functional groups in the obtained cured product tends to decrease, and the moisture absorption and heat resistance tends to improve. Further, the upper limit of the content of the low molecular weight vinyl compound is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and 10 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. The amount is more preferably 8 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 5 parts by mass or less. By setting it below the above-mentioned upper limit, the low dielectric properties (Dk and/or Df) of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of low-molecular-weight vinyl compound, or may contain two or more types of low-molecular-weight vinyl compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<芳香族オリゴマー>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、芳香族オリゴマーを含んでいてもよい。芳香族オリゴマーとは、芳香族ビニル化合物由来の構成単位を有するオリゴマーであり、通常は、重量平均分子量が3000未満の化合物をいう。芳香族オリゴマーとは、また、通常は、熱可塑性オリゴマーである。尚、本実施形態における芳香族オリゴマーには、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、エラストマーに該当するものは含まない趣旨である。
 前記芳香族ビニル化合物としては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、2-メチルスチレン、3-メチルスチレン、4-メチルスチレン、4-プロピルスチレン、4-t-ブチルスチレン、4-シクロヘキシルスチレン、4-ドデシルスチレン、2,4-ジメチルスチレン、2,4-ジイソプロピルスチレン、2,4,6-トリメチルスチレン、2-エチル-4-ベンジルスチレン、4-(フェニルブチル)スチレン、1-ビニルナフタレン、2-ビニルナフタレン、ビニルアントラセン、N,N-ジエチル-4-アミノエチルスチレン、ビニルピリジン、4-メトキシスチレン、モノクロロスチレン、ジクロロスチレンおよびジビニルベンゼン等が挙げられる。これらの芳香族ビニル化合物は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。これらの中でも、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、4-メチルスチレンが好ましく、α-メチルスチレンがより好ましい。
<Aromatic oligomer>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an aromatic oligomer. The aromatic oligomer is an oligomer having a structural unit derived from an aromatic vinyl compound, and usually refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of less than 3,000. Aromatic oligomers are also usually thermoplastic oligomers. Note that the aromatic oligomer in this embodiment does not include a polymer or elastomer having a structural unit represented by formula (V).
Examples of the aromatic vinyl compound include styrene, α-methylstyrene, 2-methylstyrene, 3-methylstyrene, 4-methylstyrene, 4-propylstyrene, 4-t-butylstyrene, 4-cyclohexylstyrene, and 4-methylstyrene. -Dodecylstyrene, 2,4-dimethylstyrene, 2,4-diisopropylstyrene, 2,4,6-trimethylstyrene, 2-ethyl-4-benzylstyrene, 4-(phenylbutyl)styrene, 1-vinylnaphthalene, 2 -vinylnaphthalene, vinylanthracene, N,N-diethyl-4-aminoethylstyrene, vinylpyridine, 4-methoxystyrene, monochlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene and divinylbenzene. These aromatic vinyl compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, styrene, α-methylstyrene, and 4-methylstyrene are preferred, and α-methylstyrene is more preferred.
 芳香族オリゴマーは、芳香族ビニル化合物以外の単量体に由来する構成単位を含有してもよい。かかる他の単量体としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、(メタ)アクリルアミド、(メタ)アクリルアミド誘導体、(メタ)アクリロニトリル、イソプレン、1,3-ブタジエン、エチレン、酢酸ビニル、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、N-ビニルインドール、N-ビニルフタルイミド、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカルバゾール、N-ビニルカプロラクタムなどが挙げられる。 The aromatic oligomer may contain structural units derived from monomers other than aromatic vinyl compounds. Such other monomers include (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid derivatives, (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylamide derivatives, (meth)acrylonitrile, isoprene, 1,3-butadiene, ethylene, vinyl acetate. , vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, N-vinylindole, N-vinylphthalimide, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylcaprolactam and the like.
 芳香族オリゴマー中の芳香族ビニル化合物由来の構成単位の含有量は、60質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、80質量%以上がさらに好ましく、90質量%以上が一層好ましく、95質量%以上がより一層好ましい。 The content of the structural unit derived from the aromatic vinyl compound in the aromatic oligomer is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, even more preferably 90% by mass or more, and 95% by mass or more. It is even more preferable that the amount is % by mass or more.
 芳香族オリゴマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、300以上であることが好ましく、500以上であることがより好ましく、1,000以上であることがさらに好ましく、また、通常、3,000未満であり、2,800以下であることが好ましく、2,500以下であることがより好ましく、2,000以下であってもよい。なお、芳香族オリゴマーに関する重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより標準ポリスチレン換算で求めた値である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aromatic oligomer is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 500 or more, even more preferably 1,000 or more, and usually less than 3,000. , is preferably 2,800 or less, more preferably 2,500 or less, and may be 2,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aromatic oligomer is a value determined in terms of standard polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography.
 芳香族オリゴマーとしては、例えば、ポリスチレン、ポリα-メチルスチレン、ポリ4-メチルスチレン、スチレン/α-メチルスチレン共重合体、スチレン/4-メチルスチレン共重合体、α-メチルスチレン/4メチルスチレン共重合体、及びスチレン/α-メチルスチレン/4-メチルスチレン共重合体が挙げられる。なお、芳香族オリゴマーは、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of aromatic oligomers include polystyrene, polyα-methylstyrene, poly4-methylstyrene, styrene/α-methylstyrene copolymer, styrene/4-methylstyrene copolymer, α-methylstyrene/4-methylstyrene. copolymers, and styrene/α-methylstyrene/4-methylstyrene copolymers. In addition, one type of aromatic oligomer may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
 芳香族オリゴマーとして、市販品を使用してもよい。芳香族オリゴマーの市販品としては、例えば、ピコラスチックA5(ポリスチレン、軟化点5℃、Mw350)、ピコラスチックA-75(ポリスチレン、軟化点74℃、Mw1300)、ピコテックス75(α-メチルスチレン/4-メチルスチレン共重合体、軟化点75℃、Mw1100)、ピコテックスLC(α-メチルスチレン/4-メチルスチレン共重合体、軟化点91℃、Mw1350)、クリスタレックス3070(スチレン/α-メチルスチレン共重合体、軟化点70℃、Mw950)、クリスタレックス3085(スチレン/α-メチルスチレン共重合体、軟化点85℃、Mw1150)、クリスタレックス3100(スチレン/α-メチルスチレン共重合体、軟化点100℃、Mw1500)等のEASTMAN社製の芳香族系重合体、YSレジンSX-100(ポリスチレン、軟化点100℃、Mw2500;ヤスハラケミカル社製)、のFMR-0150(スチレン/芳香族炭化水素共重合体、軟化点145℃、Mw2040;三井化学社製)、FTR-6100(スチレン/脂肪族炭化水素系共重合体、軟化点95℃、Mw1210;三井化学社製)、FTR-6110(スチレン/脂肪族炭化水素系共重合体、軟化点110℃、Mw1570;三井化学社製)、FTR-6125(スチレン/脂肪族炭化水素系共重合体、軟化点125℃、Mw1950;三井化学社製)、FTR-7100(スチレン/α-メチルスチレン/脂肪族炭化水素系共重合体、軟化点100℃、Mw1440;三井化学社製)、FTR-0100(ポリα-メチルスチレン、軟化点100℃、Mw1960;三井化学社製)、FTR-2120(スチレン/α-メチルスチレン共重合体、軟化点120℃、Mw2630;三井化学社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available products may be used as the aromatic oligomer. Commercially available aromatic oligomers include, for example, Picolastic A5 (polystyrene, softening point 5°C, Mw 350), Picolastic A-75 (polystyrene, softening point 74°C, Mw 1300), Picotex 75 (α-methylstyrene/ 4-methylstyrene copolymer, softening point 75°C, Mw 1100), Picotex LC (α-methylstyrene/4-methylstyrene copolymer, softening point 91°C, Mw 1350), Crystallex 3070 (styrene/α-methyl Styrene copolymer, softening point 70°C, Mw 950), Crystallex 3085 (styrene/α-methylstyrene copolymer, softening point 85°C, Mw 1150), Crystallex 3100 (styrene/α-methylstyrene copolymer, softening YS Resin SX-100 (polystyrene, softening point 100°C, Mw 2500; manufactured by Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.), FMR-0150 (styrene/aromatic hydrocarbon copolymer) Polymer, softening point 145°C, Mw 2040; manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), FTR-6100 (styrene/aliphatic hydrocarbon copolymer, softening point 95°C, Mw 1210; manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), FTR-6110 (styrene/ Aliphatic hydrocarbon copolymer, softening point 110°C, Mw 1570; manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), FTR-6125 (styrene/aliphatic hydrocarbon copolymer, softening point 125°C, Mw 1950; manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), FTR-7100 (styrene/α-methylstyrene/aliphatic hydrocarbon copolymer, softening point 100°C, Mw 1440; manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), FTR-0100 (poly α-methylstyrene, softening point 100°C, Mw 1960; (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), FTR-2120 (styrene/α-methylstyrene copolymer, softening point 120°C, Mw 2630; manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), and the like.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が芳香族オリゴマーを含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、2質量部以上であることがより好ましく、3質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、4質量部以上であってもよい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、誘電率および誘電正接をより低くできる傾向にある。また、芳香族オリゴマーの含有量の上限値は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、45質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、15質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、8質量部以下であってもよい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、耐薬品性がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、芳香族オリゴマーを1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an aromatic oligomer, the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and may be 4 parts by mass or more. By making it equal to or more than the lower limit value, the dielectric constant and the dielectric loss tangent tend to be lower. Further, the upper limit of the aromatic oligomer content is preferably 45 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and 15 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. is more preferable, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and may be 8 parts by mass or less. By setting it below the upper limit value, chemical resistance tends to be further improved.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of aromatic oligomer, or may contain two or more types of aromatic oligomers. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<エラストマー>>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、エラストマーを含んでいてもよい。エラストマーは熱可塑性であっても、熱硬化性であっても、熱可塑性および熱硬化性のいずれも示さなくてもよいが、熱可塑性が好ましい。
 本実施形態におけるエラストマーは、特に限定されず、例えば、ポリイソプレン、ポリブタジエン、スチレンブタジエン、ブチルゴム、エチレンプロピレンゴム、スチレンブタジエンエチレン、スチレンブタジエンスチレン、スチレンイソプレンスチレン、スチレンエチレンブチレンスチレン、スチレンプロピレンスチレン、スチレンエチレンプロピレンスチレン、フッ素ゴム、シリコーンゴム、それらの水添化合物、それらのアルキル化合物、およびそれらの共重合体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が挙げられる。
 また、エラストマーとしては、特開2019-194312号公報の段落0044および0045に記載の硬化性ビニル官能基を有するオリゴマーまたはポリマー、ポリブタジエン樹脂も例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Elastomer>>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an elastomer. The elastomer may be thermoplastic, thermosetting, or neither thermoplastic nor thermosetting, but thermoplastic is preferred.
The elastomer in this embodiment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyisoprene, polybutadiene, styrene butadiene, butyl rubber, ethylene propylene rubber, styrene butadiene ethylene, styrene butadiene styrene, styrene isoprene styrene, styrene ethylene butylene styrene, styrene propylene styrene, and styrene. At least one selected from the group consisting of ethylene propylene styrene, fluororubber, silicone rubber, hydrogenated compounds thereof, alkyl compounds thereof, and copolymers thereof can be mentioned.
Further, examples of the elastomer include oligomers or polymers having a curable vinyl functional group, and polybutadiene resins described in paragraphs 0044 and 0045 of JP-A No. 2019-194312, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマー(好ましくは熱可塑性エラストマー)の数平均分子量は、1000以上であることが好ましい。エラストマーの数平均分子量を、1000以上とすることにより、得られる硬化物の低誘電特性(Dkおよび/またはDf、特に、低誘電正接性)がより優れる傾向にある。数平均分子量は、1500以上であることが好ましく、2000以上であることがより好ましく、用途等に応じて、50,000以上、60,000以上、70,000以上、80,000以上であってもよい。エラストマーの数平均分子量の上限は、400,000以下であることが好ましく、350,000以下であることがより好ましく、300,000以下であることがさらに好ましい。エラストマーの数平均分子量を前記上限値以下とすることにより、エラストマー成分の樹脂組成物への溶解性が向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が2種以上のエラストマーを含む場合、それらの混合物の数平均分子量が上記範囲を満たすことが好ましい。
The number average molecular weight of the elastomer (preferably a thermoplastic elastomer) used in this embodiment is preferably 1000 or more. By setting the number average molecular weight of the elastomer to 1000 or more, the resulting cured product tends to have better low dielectric properties (Dk and/or Df, particularly low dielectric loss tangent). The number average molecular weight is preferably 1500 or more, more preferably 2000 or more, and may be 50,000 or more, 60,000 or more, 70,000 or more, or 80,000 or more depending on the application. Good too. The upper limit of the number average molecular weight of the elastomer is preferably 400,000 or less, more preferably 350,000 or less, and even more preferably 300,000 or less. By controlling the number average molecular weight of the elastomer to be less than or equal to the above upper limit, the solubility of the elastomer component in the resin composition tends to improve.
When the resin composition of this embodiment contains two or more types of elastomers, it is preferable that the number average molecular weight of the mixture satisfies the above range.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマーは、ポリブタジエン構造を含む樹脂が挙げられる。ポリブタジエン構造は、一部または全てが、水素添加されていてもよい。具体例としては、日本曹達株式会社製、B-1000、B-2000、B-3000、BI-2000、BI-3000、CRAY VALLEY社製、Ricon100、Ricon130、Ricon131、Ricon142、Ricon150、Ricon181、Ricon184等が挙げられる。 The elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a polybutadiene structure. Part or all of the polybutadiene structure may be hydrogenated. Specific examples include Nippon Soda Co., Ltd., B-1000, B-2000, B-3000, BI-2000, BI-3000, CRAY VALLEY, Ricon100, Ricon130, Ricon131, Ricon142, Ricon150, Ricon181, Ricon 184th grade can be mentioned.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマーは、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造を含有する樹脂が挙げられる。具体例としては、ナガセケムテックス社製テイサンレジン、根上工業社製のME-2000 、W-197C、KG-15、KG-3000等が挙げられる。 The elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a poly(meth)acrylate structure. Specific examples include Teisan Resin manufactured by Nagase ChemteX, ME-2000, W-197C, KG-15, and KG-3000 manufactured by Negami Kogyo.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマーは、ポリカーボネート構造を含有する樹脂が挙げられる。ポリカーボネート構造を含有する樹脂を「ポリカーボネート樹脂」ということがある。このような樹脂としては、反応基を持たないカーボネート樹脂、ヒドロキシ基含有カーボネート樹脂、フェノール性水酸基含有カーボネート樹脂、カルボキシ基含有カーボネート樹脂、酸無水物基含有カーボネート樹脂、イソシアネート基含有カーボネート樹脂、ウレタン基含有カーボネート樹脂、エポキシ基含有カーボネート樹脂等が挙げられる。ここで反応基とは、ヒドロキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシ基、酸無水物基、イソシアネート基、ウレタン基、およびエポキシ基等他の成分と反応し得る官能基のことをいう。
 ポリカーボネート樹脂の具体例としては、三菱ガス化学社製のFPC0220、FPC2136、旭化成ケミカルズ社製のT6002、T6001(ポリカーボネートジオール)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the elastomer used in this embodiment include resins containing a polycarbonate structure. A resin containing a polycarbonate structure is sometimes referred to as a "polycarbonate resin." Examples of such resins include carbonate resins without reactive groups, carbonate resins containing hydroxy groups, carbonate resins containing phenolic hydroxyl groups, carbonate resins containing carboxy groups, carbonate resins containing acid anhydride groups, carbonate resins containing isocyanate groups, and urethane group-containing carbonate resins. Examples include carbonate resins containing carbonate resins, carbonate resins containing epoxy groups, and the like. Here, the reactive group refers to a functional group that can react with other components, such as a hydroxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an acid anhydride group, an isocyanate group, a urethane group, and an epoxy group.
Specific examples of the polycarbonate resin include FPC0220 and FPC2136 manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., and T6002 and T6001 (polycarbonate diol) manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマーは、ポリシロキサン構造を含有する樹脂が挙げられる。具体例としては、信越シリコーン社製のSMP-2006、SMP-2003PGMEA、SMP-5005PGMEA、KR-510、SMP-7014-3S等が挙げられる。 The elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a polysiloxane structure. Specific examples include SMP-2006, SMP-2003PGMEA, SMP-5005PGMEA, KR-510, and SMP-7014-3S manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマーは、ポリアルキレン構造および/またはポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含有する樹脂が挙げられる。ポリアルキレンオキシ構造は、炭素数2~15のポリアルキレンオキシ構造が好ましく、炭素数3~10のポリアルキレンオキシ構造がより好ましく、炭素数5~6のポリアルキレンオキシ構造が特に好ましい。ポリアルキレン構造および/またはポリアルキレンオキシ構造を含有する樹脂の具体例としては、旭化成せんい社製のPTXG-1000、PTXG-1800等が挙げられる。 Examples of the elastomer used in this embodiment include resins containing a polyalkylene structure and/or a polyalkyleneoxy structure. The polyalkyleneoxy structure is preferably a polyalkyleneoxy structure having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably a polyalkyleneoxy structure having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a polyalkyleneoxy structure having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples of resins containing a polyalkylene structure and/or polyalkyleneoxy structure include PTXG-1000 and PTXG-1800 manufactured by Asahi Kasei Fibers.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマーは、ポリイソプレン構造を含有する樹脂が挙げられる。具体例としては、クラレ社製のKL-610、KL613等が挙げられる。 The elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a polyisoprene structure. Specific examples include KL-610 and KL613 manufactured by Kuraray.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマーは、ポリイソブチレン構造を含有する樹脂が挙げられる。具体例としては、カネカ社製のSIBSTAR-073T(スチレン-イソブチレン- スチレントリブロック共重合体)、SIBSTAR -042D( スチレン-イソブチレンジブロック共重合体)等が挙げられる。 The elastomer used in this embodiment includes a resin containing a polyisobutylene structure. Specific examples include SIBSTAR-073T (styrene-isobutylene-styrene triblock copolymer) and SIBSTAR-042D (styrene-isobutylene diblock copolymer) manufactured by Kaneka.
 本実施形態において、エラストマー(好ましくは熱可塑性エラストマー)は、スチレン単量体単位と、共役ジエン単量体単位を含むエラストマー(以下、「エラストマー(e)」と称する)が好ましい。このようなエラストマー(e)を用いることにより、得られる硬化物の低誘電特性(Dkおよび/またはDf、特に、低誘電正接性)がより優れる。 In this embodiment, the elastomer (preferably a thermoplastic elastomer) is preferably an elastomer containing a styrene monomer unit and a conjugated diene monomer unit (hereinafter referred to as "elastomer (e)"). By using such an elastomer (e), the obtained cured product has better low dielectric properties (Dk and/or Df, especially low dielectric loss tangent).
 上記エラストマー(e)は、スチレン単量体単位を含む。スチレン単量体単位を含むことにより、エラストマー(e)の樹脂組成物への溶解性が向上する。スチレン単量体としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、p-メチルスチレン、ジビニルベンゼン(ビニルスチレン)、N,N-ジメチル-p-アミノエチルスチレン、N,N-ジエチル-p-アミノエチルスチレン等が例示され、これらの中でも、入手性および生産性の観点から、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、p-メチルスチレンが好ましい。これらの中でもスチレンが特に好ましい。
 上記エラストマー(e)におけるスチレン単量体単位の含有量は、全単量体単位の10~80質量%の範囲が好ましく、13~70質量%の範囲がより好ましく、15~50質量%の範囲がさらに好ましく、20~40質量%の範囲がより好ましい。スチレン単量体単位の含有量が80質量%以下であれば、基材等との密着性、粘着性がより良好になる。また、10質量%以上であれば、粘着昂進を抑制でき、糊残りやストップマークが生じにくく、粘着面同士の易剥離性が良好になる傾向にあるため好ましい。
 エラストマー(e)はスチレン単量体単位を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 本実施形態のエラストマー(e)中のスチレン単量体単位の含有量の測定方法は、国際公開第2017/126469号の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。後述する、共役ジエン単量体単位等についても同様である。
The elastomer (e) contains styrene monomer units. By including the styrene monomer unit, the solubility of the elastomer (e) in the resin composition is improved. Styrene monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, divinylbenzene (vinylstyrene), N,N-dimethyl-p-aminoethylstyrene, N,N-diethyl-p-aminoethylstyrene, etc. Among these, styrene, α-methylstyrene, and p-methylstyrene are preferred from the viewpoint of availability and productivity. Among these, styrene is particularly preferred.
The content of styrene monomer units in the elastomer (e) is preferably in the range of 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably in the range of 13 to 70% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 50% by mass of the total monomer units. is more preferable, and the range of 20 to 40% by mass is more preferable. If the content of styrene monomer units is 80% by mass or less, the adhesiveness and tackiness to the substrate etc. will be better. Further, if it is 10% by mass or more, it is preferable because it is possible to suppress the increase in adhesion, it is difficult to form adhesive residue or stop marks, and the easy peelability between the adhesive surfaces tends to be good.
The elastomer (e) may contain only one type of styrene monomer unit, or may contain two or more types of styrene monomer units. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
For the method of measuring the content of styrene monomer units in the elastomer (e) of the present embodiment, the description in International Publication No. 2017/126469 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. The same applies to the conjugated diene monomer unit, etc., which will be described later.
 上記エラストマー(e)は、共役ジエン単量体単位を含む。共役ジエン単量体単位を含むことにより、エラストマー(e)の樹脂組成物への溶解性が向上する。共役ジエン単量体としては、1対の共役二重結合を有するジオレフィンである限り、特に限定されない。共役ジエン単量体は、例えば、1,3-ブタジエン、2-メチル-1,3-ブタジエン(イソプレン)、2,3-ジメチル-1,3-ブタジエン、1,3-ペンタジエン、2-メチル-1,3-ペンタジエン、1,3-ヘキサジエン、および、ファルネセンが挙げられ、1,3-ブタジエン、および、イソプレンが好ましく、1,3-ブタジエンがより好ましい。
 エラストマー(e)は共役ジエン単量体単位を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
The elastomer (e) contains conjugated diene monomer units. By including the conjugated diene monomer unit, the solubility of the elastomer (e) in the resin composition is improved. The conjugated diene monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a diolefin having one pair of conjugated double bonds. Conjugated diene monomers include, for example, 1,3-butadiene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene (isoprene), 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 2-methyl- Examples include 1,3-pentadiene, 1,3-hexadiene, and farnesene, with 1,3-butadiene and isoprene being preferred, and 1,3-butadiene being more preferred.
The elastomer (e) may contain only one type of conjugated diene monomer unit, or may contain two or more types.
 上記エラストマー(e)においては、スチレン単量体単位と共役ジエン単量体単位との質量比率が、スチレン単量体単位/共役ジエン単量体単位=5/95~80/20の範囲であることが好ましく、7/93~77/23の範囲であることがより好ましく、10/90~70/30の範囲であることがさらに好ましい。スチレン重合体単位と共役ジエン単量体単位の質量比率が、5/95~80/20の範囲であれば、粘着昂進を抑制し粘着力を高く維持でき、粘着面同士の易剥離性が良好になる。 In the above elastomer (e), the mass ratio of styrene monomer units to conjugated diene monomer units is in the range of styrene monomer units/conjugated diene monomer units = 5/95 to 80/20. It is preferably in the range of 7/93 to 77/23, and even more preferably in the range of 10/90 to 70/30. If the mass ratio of the styrene polymer unit to the conjugated diene monomer unit is in the range of 5/95 to 80/20, it is possible to suppress the increase in adhesion and maintain high adhesion, and the easy peelability between adhesive surfaces is good. become.
 上記エラストマー(e)は、エラストマーの共役ジエン結合の全部が水素添加されていてもよいし、一部水素添加されていてもよいし、水素添加されていなくてもよい。 In the above elastomer (e), all of the conjugated diene bonds of the elastomer may be hydrogenated, some of them may be hydrogenated, or there is no need to be hydrogenated.
 上記エラストマー(e)は、スチレン単量体単位および共役ジエン単量体単位に加え、他の単量体単位を含んでいてもよいし、含んでいなくてもよい。他の単量体単位としては、スチレン単量体単位以外の芳香族ビニル化合物単位などが例示される。
 上記エラストマー(e)は、スチレン単量体単位および共役ジエン単量体単位の合計が全単量体単位の90質量%以上であることが好ましく、95質量%以上であることがより好ましく、97質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、99質量%以上であることが一層好ましい。
 上述の通り、エラストマー(e)は、スチレン単量体単位および共役ジエン単量体単位を、それぞれ、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The elastomer (e) may or may not contain other monomer units in addition to the styrene monomer unit and the conjugated diene monomer unit. Examples of other monomer units include aromatic vinyl compound units other than styrene monomer units.
In the elastomer (e), the total amount of styrene monomer units and conjugated diene monomer units is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more of the total monomer units, and 97% by mass or more. It is more preferably at least 99% by mass, even more preferably at least 99% by mass.
As described above, the elastomer (e) may contain only one type of styrene monomer unit and conjugated diene monomer unit, or may contain two or more types of each. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマー(e)は、ブロック重合体であっても、ランダム重合体であってもよい。また、共役ジエン単量体単位が水素添加された水添エラストマーであっても、水素添加されていない未水添エラストマーであっても、部分的に水素添加された部分水添エラストマーであってもよく、未水添エラストマーまたは部分水添エラストマーであることが好ましい。
 本実施形態の一実施形態においては、エラストマー(e)は、水添エラストマーである。ここで、水添エラストマーは、例えば、エラストマー中の共役ジエン単量体単位に基づく二重結合が水素添加されているものを意味し、水素添加率(水添率)が100%のもののほか、80%以上のものを含む趣旨である。水添エラストマーにおける水添率は、85%以上が好ましく、90%以上がより好ましく、95%以上がさらに好ましい。本実施形態において、水添率は1H-NMRスペクトル測定の測定結果から算出される。
 本実施形態の一実施形態においては、エラストマー(e)は、未水添エラストマーである。ここで、未水添エラストマーとは、エラストマー中の共役ジエン単量体単位に基づく二重結合のうち、水素添加されているものの割合、すなわち、水素添加率(水添率)が20%以下のものをいう。水添率は、15%以下が好ましく、10%以下がより好ましく、5%以下がさらに好ましい。
 一方、部分水添エラストマーは、エラストマー中の共役ジエン単量体単位に基づく二重結合の一部が水素添加されているものを意味し、通常、水素添加率(水添率)が80%未満、20%超であるものをいう。
The elastomer (e) used in this embodiment may be a block polymer or a random polymer. In addition, even if it is a hydrogenated elastomer in which the conjugated diene monomer unit is hydrogenated, an unhydrogenated elastomer in which the conjugated diene monomer unit is not hydrogenated, or a partially hydrogenated elastomer in which the conjugated diene monomer unit is partially hydrogenated, Often, unhydrogenated or partially hydrogenated elastomers are preferred.
In one embodiment of this embodiment, the elastomer (e) is a hydrogenated elastomer. Here, the hydrogenated elastomer means, for example, an elastomer in which a double bond based on a conjugated diene monomer unit is hydrogenated, and in addition to one with a hydrogenation rate (hydrogenation rate) of 100%, The purpose is to include 80% or more. The hydrogenation rate in the hydrogenated elastomer is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and even more preferably 95% or more. In this embodiment, the hydrogenation rate is calculated from the measurement results of 1 H-NMR spectrum measurement.
In one embodiment of this embodiment, the elastomer (e) is an unhydrogenated elastomer. Here, unhydrogenated elastomer refers to the proportion of double bonds based on conjugated diene monomer units in the elastomer that are hydrogenated, that is, the hydrogenation rate (hydrogenation rate) is 20% or less. say something The hydrogenation rate is preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less, even more preferably 5% or less.
On the other hand, partially hydrogenated elastomer refers to an elastomer in which a portion of the double bonds based on conjugated diene monomer units are hydrogenated, and the hydrogenation rate (hydrogenation rate) is usually less than 80%. , more than 20%.
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマー(e)の市販品としては、株式会社クラレ製のSEPTON(登録商標)2104、V9461、S8104、旭化成株式会社製のS.O.E.(登録商標)S1606、S1613、S1609、S1605、旭化成株式会社製のタフテック(登録商標)のH1041、H1043、P2000、MP10、JSR株式会社製、DYNARON(登録商標)9901P、TR2250、等が例示される。 Commercial products of the elastomer (e) used in this embodiment include SEPTON (registered trademark) 2104, V9461, and S8104 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., and SEPTON (registered trademark) manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation. O. E. (registered trademark) S1606, S1613, S1609, S1605, H1041, H1043, P2000, MP10 of Tuftec (registered trademark) manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation, DYNARON (registered trademark) 9901P, TR2250 manufactured by JSR Corporation, etc. .
 本実施形態で用いるエラストマーは、また、液状ジエンであってもよい。液状ジエンとは、共役ジエン単量体単位を含む液状のエラストマーを意味する。共役ジエン単量体としては、1,3-ブタジエン、2-メチル-1,3-ブタジエン(イソプレン)、2,3-ジメチル-1,3-ブタジエン、1,3-ペンタジエン、2-メチル-1,3-ペンタジエン、1,3-ヘキサジエン、および、ファルネセンが挙げられ、1,3-ブタジエン、および、イソプレンが好ましく、1,3-ブタジエンがより好ましい。
 本実施形態で用いる液状ジエンとしては、液状ポリブタジエン、液状ポリイソプレン、液状ポリブタジエンの変性物、液状ポリイソプレンの変性物、液状アクリルニトリル-ブタジエンの共重合体、液状スチレン-ブタジエン共重合体が挙げられる。
 また、液状ジエンの数平均分子量については、20℃において液状である限り、特に限定されないが、好ましくは500以上10,000以下である。
The elastomer used in this embodiment may also be a liquid diene. Liquid diene means a liquid elastomer containing a conjugated diene monomer unit. Conjugated diene monomers include 1,3-butadiene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene (isoprene), 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 2-methyl-1 , 3-pentadiene, 1,3-hexadiene, and farnesene, 1,3-butadiene and isoprene are preferred, and 1,3-butadiene is more preferred.
Examples of the liquid diene used in this embodiment include liquid polybutadiene, liquid polyisoprene, modified products of liquid polybutadiene, modified products of liquid polyisoprene, liquid acrylonitrile-butadiene copolymers, and liquid styrene-butadiene copolymers. .
Further, the number average molecular weight of the liquid diene is not particularly limited as long as it is liquid at 20°C, but is preferably 500 or more and 10,000 or less.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物がエラストマー(好ましくは、エラストマー(e))を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、2質量部以上であることがより好ましく、3質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、4質量部以上であってもよい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、低誘電特性(Dkおよび/またはDf、特に、低誘電正接性)がより向上する傾向にある。また、エラストマーの含有量の上限値は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、45質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、10質量部以下であることが一層好ましく、8質量部以下であってもよい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、熱可塑性エラストマーを1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains an elastomer (preferably elastomer (e)), the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferable that it is, it is still more preferable that it is 3 parts by mass or more, and it may be 4 parts by mass or more. By making it equal to or more than the lower limit, the low dielectric properties (Dk and/or Df, especially low dielectric loss tangent) tend to be further improved. Further, the upper limit of the content of the elastomer is preferably 45 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. By setting it below the upper limit value, heat resistance tends to be further improved.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of thermoplastic elastomer, or may contain two or more types of thermoplastic elastomer. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<難燃剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、難燃剤を含んでいてもよい。難燃剤としては、リン系難燃剤、ハロゲン系難燃剤、無機系難燃剤およびシリコーン系難燃剤が例示され、リン系難燃剤が好ましい。
 難燃剤としては、公知のものが使用でき、例えば、臭素化エポキシ樹脂、臭素化ポリカーボネート、臭素化ポリスチレン、臭素化スチレン、臭素化フタルイミド、テトラブロモビスフェノールA、ペンタブロモベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタブロモトルエン、トリブロモフェノール、ヘキサブロモベンゼン、デカブロモジフェニルエーテル、ビス-1,2-ペンタブロモフェニルエタン、塩素化ポリスチレン、塩素化パラフィン等のハロゲン系難燃剤、赤リン、トリクレジルホスフェート、トリフェニルホスフェート、クレジルジフェニルホスフェート、トリキシレニルホスフェート、トリアルキルホスフェート、ジアルキルホスフェート、トリス(クロロエチル)ホスフェート、ホスファゼン、1,3-フェニレンビス(2,6-ジキシレニルホスフェート)、10-(2,5-ジヒドロキシフェニル)-10H-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナントレン-10-オキサイド等のリン系難燃剤、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、部分ベーマイト、ベーマイト、ホウ酸亜鉛、三酸化アンチモン等の無機系難燃剤、シリコーンゴム、シリコーンレジン等のシリコーン系難燃剤が挙げられる。
 本実施形態においては、これらの中でも、1,3-フェニレンビス(2,6-ジキシレニルホスフェート)が低誘電特性を損なわないことから好ましい。
<Flame retardant>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a flame retardant. Examples of the flame retardant include phosphorus-based flame retardants, halogen-based flame retardants, inorganic flame retardants, and silicone-based flame retardants, with phosphorus-based flame retardants being preferred.
Known flame retardants can be used, such as brominated epoxy resin, brominated polycarbonate, brominated polystyrene, brominated styrene, brominated phthalimide, tetrabromobisphenol A, pentabromobenzyl (meth)acrylate, pentabromo Halogen flame retardants such as toluene, tribromophenol, hexabromobenzene, decabromodiphenyl ether, bis-1,2-pentabromophenylethane, chlorinated polystyrene, chlorinated paraffin, red phosphorus, tricresyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate , cresyl diphenyl phosphate, trixylenyl phosphate, trialkyl phosphate, dialkyl phosphate, tris(chloroethyl) phosphate, phosphazene, 1,3-phenylenebis(2,6-dixylenyl phosphate), 10-(2,5- Phosphorous flame retardants such as dihydroxyphenyl)-10H-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, inorganic types such as aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, partial boehmite, boehmite, zinc borate, and antimony trioxide. Examples include flame retardants, silicone-based flame retardants such as silicone rubber, and silicone resin.
In the present embodiment, among these, 1,3-phenylenebis(2,6-dixylenyl phosphate) is preferred because it does not impair low dielectric properties.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が難燃剤を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、13質量部以上であってもよい。また、難燃剤の含有量の下限値は、30質量部以下であることが好ましく、25質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以下であってもよい。
 難燃剤は、1種を単独で、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となる。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a flame retardant, the content thereof is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and preferably 5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. is more preferable, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and may be 13 parts by mass or more. Further, the lower limit of the flame retardant content is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, and may be 20 parts by mass or less.
One kind of flame retardant can be used alone or two or more kinds can be used in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
<活性エステル化合物>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で活性エステル化合物を含んでいてもよい。活性エステル化合物としては、特に限定されず、例えば、国際公開第2021/172317号の段落0064~0066の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Active ester compound>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an active ester compound to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not impaired. The active ester compound is not particularly limited, and for example, the description in paragraphs 0064 to 0066 of International Publication No. 2021/172317 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が活性エステル化合物を含む場合、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部以上であることが好ましく、また、50質量部以下であることが好ましい。
 本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、活性エステル化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本実施形態における樹脂組成物は、活性エステル化合物を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、活性エステル化合物の含有量が樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、1質量部未満であることいい、0.1質量部未満であることが好ましく、0.01質量部未満であることがさらに好ましい。
When the resin composition of this embodiment contains an active ester compound, it is preferably 1 part by mass or more, and preferably 50 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition. .
The resin composition in this embodiment may contain only one type of active ester compound, or may contain two or more types of active ester compounds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
Moreover, the resin composition in this embodiment can also be configured to substantially not contain an active ester compound. "Substantially free" means that the content of the active ester compound is less than 1 part by mass, preferably less than 0.1 part by mass, per 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. More preferably, it is less than 0.01 part by mass.
<シランカップリング剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、シランカップリング剤をさらに含有してもよい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することにより、充填材の分散性が一層向上したり、本実施形態の樹脂組成物の成分と、後述する基材との接着強度が一層向上したりできる傾向にある。
<Silane coupling agent>
The resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a silane coupling agent. By containing the silane coupling agent, the resin composition of this embodiment further improves the dispersibility of the filler and increases the adhesive strength between the components of the resin composition of this embodiment and the base material described below. There is a tendency for further improvement.
 シランカップリング剤としては特に限定されず、一般に無機物の表面処理に使用されるシランカップリング剤が挙げられ、アミノシラン系化合物(例えば、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-β-(アミノエチル)-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等)、エポキシシラン系化合物(例えば、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等)、アクリルシラン系化合物(例えば、γ-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等)、カチオニックシラン系化合物(例えば、N-β-(N-ビニルベンジルアミノエチル)-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン塩酸塩等)、フェニルシラン系化合物等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、シランカップリング剤は、エポキシシラン系化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシシラン系化合物としては、例えば、信越化学工業株式会社製品の「KBM-403」、「KBM-303」、「KBM-402」、「KBE-403」等が挙げられる。 Silane coupling agents are not particularly limited, and include silane coupling agents that are generally used for surface treatment of inorganic materials, such as aminosilane compounds (for example, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-β-(aminoethyl) -γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.), epoxysilane compounds (e.g., γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.), acrylic silane compounds (e.g., γ-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc.), cationic Examples include silane compounds (eg, N-β-(N-vinylbenzylaminoethyl)-γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane hydrochloride, etc.), phenylsilane compounds, and the like. Among these, the silane coupling agent is preferably an epoxysilane compound. Examples of the epoxysilane compound include "KBM-403", "KBM-303", "KBM-402", and "KBE-403" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物がシランカップリング剤を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、1.0質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、1.5質量部以上であることが一層好ましく、2.5質量部以上であることがより一層好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることにより、無機充填材の分散性がより向上する傾向にある。また、シランカップリング剤の含有量の上限値は、樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、10.0質量部以下であることが好ましく、8.0質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5.0質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、4.0質量部以下であることが一層好ましい。前記上限値以下とすることにより、耐薬品性や耐熱性がより向上する傾向にある。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、シランカップリング剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a silane coupling agent, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content. It is more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more. By setting it to the above lower limit or more, the dispersibility of the inorganic filler tends to be further improved. Further, the upper limit of the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 10.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin solid content. It is more preferably 0 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 4.0 parts by mass or less. When the content is below the upper limit, chemical resistance and heat resistance tend to be further improved.
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types of silane coupling agents. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<分散剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、分散剤を含んでいてもよい。分散剤としては、一般に塗料用に使用されているものを好適に用いることができ、その種類は特に限定されない。分散剤は、好ましくは、共重合体ベースの湿潤分散剤が使用され、その具体例としては、ビックケミー・ジャパン(株)製のDISPERBYK(登録商標)-110、111、161、180、2009、2152、2155、BYK(登録商標)-W996、W9010、W903、W940などが挙げられる。
<Dispersant>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a dispersant. As the dispersant, those commonly used for paints can be suitably used, and the type thereof is not particularly limited. As the dispersant, preferably a copolymer-based wetting and dispersing agent is used, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK®-110, 111, 161, 180, 2009, and 2152 manufactured by BYK Chemie Japan Co., Ltd. , 2155, BYK (registered trademark)-W996, W9010, W903, W940, etc.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が分散剤を含む場合、その含有量の下限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.01質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.3質量部以上であってもよい。また、分散剤の含有量の上限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、10質量部以下であることが好ましく、5質量部以下であることがより好ましく、3質量部以下であってもよい。
 分散剤は、1種を単独で、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となる。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a dispersant, the lower limit of its content is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and 0.01 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and may be 0.3 part by mass or more. Further, the upper limit of the content of the dispersant is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and 3 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. The following may be sufficient.
One type of dispersant can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
<硬化促進剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、硬化促進剤をさらに含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、トリフェニルイミダゾール等のイミダゾール類;過酸化ベンゾイル、ラウロイルパーオキサイド、アセチルパーオキサイド、パラクロロベンゾイルパーオキサイド、ジ-tert-ブチル-ジ-パ-フタレート、α,α’-ジ(t-ブチルペルオキシ)ジイソプロピルベンゼン、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ジ(t-ブチルペルオキシ)ヘキサン、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(t-ブチルペルオキシ)ヘキシン-3などの有機過酸化物;アゾビスニトリルなどのアゾ化合物;N,N-ジメチルベンジルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジメチルトルイジン、2-N-エチルアニリノエタノール、トリ-n-ブチルアミン、ピリジン、キノリン、N-メチルモルホリン、トリエタノールアミン、トリエチレンジアミン、テトラメチルブタンジアミン、N-メチルピペリジンなどの第3級アミン類;フェノール、キシレノール、クレゾール、レゾルシン、カテコールなどのフェノール類;2,3-ジメチル-2,3-ジフェニルブタンなどの高温分解型ラジカル発生剤;ナフテン酸鉛、ステアリン酸鉛、ナフテン酸亜鉛、オクチル酸亜鉛、オクチル酸マンガン、オレイン酸錫、ジブチル錫マレート、ナフテン酸マンガン、ナフテン酸コバルト、アセチルアセトン鉄などの有機金属塩;これら有機金属塩をフェノール、ビスフェノールなどの水酸基含有化合物に溶解してなるもの;塩化錫、塩化亜鉛、塩化アルミニウムなどの無機金属塩;ジオクチル錫オキサイド、その他のアルキル錫、アルキル錫オキサイドなどの有機錫化合物などが挙げられる。
 好ましい硬化促進剤は、イミダゾール類および有機金属塩であり、イミダゾール類および有機金属塩の両方を組み合わせて用いることがより好ましい。
<Curing accelerator>
The resin composition of this embodiment may further contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include, but are not limited to, imidazoles such as 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole and triphenylimidazole; benzoyl peroxide, lauroyl peroxide, acetyl peroxide, parachlorobenzoyl peroxide, di- tert-butyl-di-perphthalate, α,α'-di(t-butylperoxy)diisopropylbenzene, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy)hexane, 2,5-dimethyl- Organic peroxides such as 2,5-bis(t-butylperoxy)hexyne-3; azo compounds such as azobisnitrile; N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-dimethyltoluidine , 2-N-ethylanilinoethanol, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine, quinoline, N-methylmorpholine, triethanolamine, triethylenediamine, tetramethylbutanediamine, N-methylpiperidine and other tertiary amines; phenol , xylenol, cresol, resorcin, catechol, and other phenols; high-temperature decomposition type radical generators such as 2,3-dimethyl-2,3-diphenylbutane; lead naphthenate, lead stearate, zinc naphthenate, zinc octylate, Organic metal salts such as manganese octylate, tin oleate, dibutyltin malate, manganese naphthenate, cobalt naphthenate, iron acetylacetonate; These organic metal salts are dissolved in hydroxyl group-containing compounds such as phenol and bisphenol; tin chloride , inorganic metal salts such as zinc chloride and aluminum chloride; and organic tin compounds such as dioctyltin oxide, other alkyltins, and alkyltin oxides.
Preferred curing accelerators are imidazoles and organometallic salts, and it is more preferred to use both imidazoles and organometallic salts in combination.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物が硬化促進剤を含む場合、その含有量の下限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0.005質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.01質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.1質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、硬化促進剤の含有量の上限値は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、10質量部以下であることが好ましく、5質量部以下であることがより好ましく、2質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 硬化促進剤は、1種を単独で、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となる。
When the resin composition of the present embodiment contains a curing accelerator, the lower limit of its content is preferably 0.005 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition, and 0. It is more preferably .01 part by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more. Further, the upper limit of the content of the curing accelerator is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and 2 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition. It is more preferable that the amount is less than 1 part.
The curing accelerator can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
<溶剤>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有してもよく、有機溶剤を含むことが好ましい。溶剤を含有する場合、本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、上述した各種樹脂固形分の少なくとも一部、好ましくは全部が溶剤に溶解または相溶した形態(溶液またはワニス)である。溶剤としては、上述した各種樹脂固形分の少なくとも一部、好ましくは全部を溶解または相溶可能な極性有機溶剤または無極性有機溶剤であれば特に限定されず、極性有機溶剤としては、例えば、ケトン類(例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等)、セロソルブ類(例えば、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等)、エステル類(例えば、乳酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソアミル、乳酸エチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル等)、アミド類(例えば、ジメトキシアセトアミド、ジメチルホルムアミド類等)が挙げられ、無極性有機溶剤としては、芳香族炭化水素(例えば、トルエン、キシレン等)が挙げられる。
 溶剤は、1種を単独で、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となる。
<Solvent>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a solvent, and preferably contains an organic solvent. When containing a solvent, the resin composition of the present embodiment is in a form (solution or varnish) in which at least a portion, preferably all, of the various resin solid components described above are dissolved or compatible with the solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is a polar organic solvent or a non-polar organic solvent that can dissolve or be compatible with at least a portion, preferably all, of the various resin solids mentioned above. Examples of the polar organic solvent include ketones, etc. (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc.), cellosolves (e.g., propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), esters (e.g., ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetic acid) isoamyl, ethyl lactate, methyl methoxypropionate, methyl hydroxyisobutyrate, etc.), amides (e.g., dimethoxyacetamide, dimethylformamide, etc.), and nonpolar organic solvents include aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., toluene, xylene, etc.).
One kind of solvent can be used alone or two or more kinds can be used in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount falls within the above range.
<その他の成分>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、上記の成分以外に、熱可塑性樹脂およびそのオリゴマー等の種々の高分子化合物、各種添加剤を含有してもよい。添加剤としては、酸化防止剤、光重合開始剤、蛍光増白剤、光増感剤、増粘剤、流動調整剤、滑剤、消泡剤、レベリング剤、光沢剤、重合禁止剤等が挙げられる。これらの添加剤は、1種を単独で、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
<Other ingredients>
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain various polymeric compounds such as thermoplastic resins and oligomers thereof, and various additives in addition to the above-mentioned components. Examples of additives include antioxidants, photopolymerization initiators, optical brighteners, photosensitizers, thickeners, flow regulators, lubricants, antifoaming agents, leveling agents, brightening agents, polymerization inhibitors, etc. It will be done. These additives can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物の製造方法は、特に限定されないが、例えば、各成分を順次溶剤に配合し、十分に攪拌する方法が挙げられる。この際、各成分を均一に溶解或いは分散させるため、攪拌、混合、混練処理などの公知の処理を行うことができる。具体的には、適切な攪拌能力を有する攪拌機を付設した攪拌槽を用いて攪拌分散処理を行うことで、樹脂組成物に対する充填材の分散性を向上させることができる。上記の攪拌、混合、混練処理は、例えば、ボールミル、ビーズミルなどの混合を目的とした装置、または、公転または自転型の混合装置などの公知の装置を用いて適宜行うことができる。
<Method for manufacturing resin composition>
The method for producing the resin composition of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a method in which each component is sequentially blended into a solvent and thoroughly stirred. At this time, in order to uniformly dissolve or disperse each component, known treatments such as stirring, mixing, and kneading treatments can be performed. Specifically, the dispersibility of the filler in the resin composition can be improved by performing the stirring and dispersion treatment using a stirring tank equipped with a stirrer having an appropriate stirring ability. The above-mentioned stirring, mixing, and kneading processes can be appropriately performed using, for example, a device for mixing such as a ball mill or a bead mill, or a known device such as a revolving or autorotating type mixing device.
<用途>
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、硬化物として用いられる。具体的には、本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、低熱膨張率材料、高比誘電率材料、低比誘電率材料、低誘電正接材料として、プリント配線板の絶縁層等の絶縁層形成用の樹脂組成物、半導体パッケージ用等の電子材料用樹脂組成物として好適に用いることができる。なかでも、低比誘電率材料および/または低誘電正接材料として、プリント配線板の絶縁層等の絶縁層形成用の樹脂組成物、半導体パッケージ用等の電子材料用樹脂組成物としてより好適に用いることができる。本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、プリプレグ、プリプレグを用いた金属箔張積層板、樹脂複合シート、およびプリント配線板用の材料として好適に用いることができる。
<Application>
The resin composition of this embodiment is used as a cured product. Specifically, the resin composition of the present embodiment can be used as a low thermal expansion coefficient material, a high relative permittivity material, a low relative permittivity material, or a low dielectric loss tangent material for forming an insulating layer such as an insulating layer of a printed wiring board. It can be suitably used as a resin composition and a resin composition for electronic materials such as semiconductor packages. Among them, as a low dielectric constant material and/or a low dielectric loss tangent material, it is more suitably used as a resin composition for forming an insulating layer such as an insulating layer of a printed wiring board, and a resin composition for electronic materials such as semiconductor packages. be able to. The resin composition of this embodiment can be suitably used as a material for prepreg, a metal foil-clad laminate using prepreg, a resin composite sheet, and a printed wiring board.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、硬化物としたときの誘電正接(Df)が低いことが好ましい。具体的には、空洞共振器摂動法に従って測定した10GHzにおける誘電正接(Df)が0.0028未満であることが好ましく、0.0027未満であることがより好ましく、0.0026未満であることがさらに好ましい。誘電正接(Df)の下限値については、特に定めるものではないが、例えば、0.0001以上が実際的である。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、また、硬化物としたときの比誘電率(Dk)が低いことが好ましい。具体的には、空洞共振器摂動法に従って測定した10GHzにおける比誘電率(Dk)が3.0以下であることが好ましい。比誘電率(Dk)の下限値については、特に定めるものではないが、例えば、0.01以上が実際的である。
 このような低誘電特性は、低誘電特性を有する熱硬化性化合物を用い、かつ、樹脂組成物における紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素の配合量を精密に調整することによって達成される。
 上記硬化物の比誘電率(Dk)および誘電正接(Df)は、より具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
The resin composition of this embodiment preferably has a low dielectric loss tangent (Df) when cured. Specifically, the dielectric loss tangent (Df) at 10 GHz measured according to the cavity resonator perturbation method is preferably less than 0.0028, more preferably less than 0.0027, and preferably less than 0.0026. More preferred. Although the lower limit of the dielectric loss tangent (Df) is not particularly determined, for example, 0.0001 or more is practical.
The resin composition of the present embodiment also preferably has a low dielectric constant (Dk) when cured. Specifically, it is preferable that the dielectric constant (Dk) at 10 GHz measured according to the cavity resonator perturbation method is 3.0 or less. Although the lower limit of the dielectric constant (Dk) is not particularly determined, for example, 0.01 or more is practical.
Such low dielectric properties are achieved by using a thermosetting compound having low dielectric properties and by precisely adjusting the amounts of the ultraviolet absorber and nonmetallic organic dye in the resin composition.
More specifically, the dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product are measured by the method described in the Examples described below.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物は、DMA(動的機械測定)に従ったガラス転移温度(Tanδ)が、245℃以上であることが好ましく、255℃以上であることがより好ましい。このような高いガラス転移温度は、樹脂組成物における紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素の含有量を少なくすることにより達成される。ガラス転移温度の上限値は、特に定めるものではないが、例えば、350℃以下が実際的である。
 ガラス転移温度(Tanδ)は、より具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
The cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment preferably has a glass transition temperature (Tan δ) according to DMA (dynamic mechanical measurement) of 245°C or higher, more preferably 255°C or higher. Such a high glass transition temperature is achieved by reducing the content of the ultraviolet absorber and non-metallic organic dye in the resin composition. Although the upper limit of the glass transition temperature is not particularly determined, for example, 350° C. or lower is practical.
More specifically, the glass transition temperature (Tan δ) is measured by the method described in the Examples below.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、プリント配線板の絶縁層となる、プリプレグ、樹脂複合シート等の層状(フィルム状、シート状等を含む趣旨である)の材料として好適に用いられるが、かかる層状の材料としたとき、層状の材料の厚さは、0.1μm以上であることが好ましい。厚さの上限値としては、200μm以下、180μm以下であってもよいが、さらには、100μm以下、80μm以下、50μm以下、30μm以下、15μm以下の薄膜の材料にも対応できる点で本発明は価値が高い。尚、上記層状の材料の厚さは、例えば、本実施形態の樹脂組成物をガラスクロス等に含浸させたものである場合、ガラスクロスを含む厚さを意味する。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物から形成される材料は、露光現像してパターンを形成する用途に用いてもよいし、露光現像しない用途に用いてもよい。特に、露光現像しない用途に適している。
The resin composition of the present embodiment is suitably used as a layered (including film-like, sheet-like, etc.) material such as prepreg, resin composite sheet, etc., which becomes an insulating layer of a printed wiring board. The thickness of the layered material is preferably 0.1 μm or more. The upper limit of the thickness may be 200 μm or less and 180 μm or less, but the present invention is also applicable to thin film materials of 100 μm or less, 80 μm or less, 50 μm or less, 30 μm or less, and 15 μm or less. High value. Incidentally, the thickness of the above-mentioned layered material means the thickness including the glass cloth, for example, when the resin composition of the present embodiment is impregnated into a glass cloth or the like.
The material formed from the resin composition of this embodiment may be used for forming a pattern by exposure and development, or may be used for applications that are not exposed and developed. It is particularly suitable for applications that do not require exposure and development.
<<プリプレグ>>
 本実施形態のプリプレグは、基材(プリプレグ基材)と、本実施形態の樹脂組成物とから形成される。本実施形態のプリプレグは、例えば、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を基材に適用(例えば、含浸および/または塗布)させた後、加熱(例えば、120~220℃で2~15分乾燥させる方法等)によって半硬化させることにより得られる。この場合、基材に対する樹脂組成物の付着量、すなわち半硬化後のプリプレグの総量に対する樹脂組成物量(充填材を含む)は、20~99質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、20~80質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。
<<Prepreg>>
The prepreg of this embodiment is formed from a base material (prepreg base material) and the resin composition of this embodiment. The prepreg of the present embodiment can be produced by, for example, applying the resin composition of the present embodiment to a base material (for example, impregnating and/or coating it), and then heating it (for example, drying it at 120 to 220°C for 2 to 15 minutes). etc.) by semi-curing. In this case, the amount of the resin composition adhered to the base material, that is, the amount of the resin composition (including filler) relative to the total amount of prepreg after semi-curing, is preferably in the range of 20 to 99% by mass, and 20 to 80% by mass. % range is more preferable.
 基材としては、各種プリント配線板材料に用いられている基材であれば特に限定されない。基材の材質としては、例えば、ガラス繊維(例えば、E-ガラス、D-ガラス、L-ガラス、S-ガラス、T-ガラス、Q-ガラス、UN-ガラス、NE-ガラス、球状ガラス等)、ガラス以外の無機繊維(例えば、クォーツ等)、有機繊維(例えば、ポリイミド、ポリアミド、ポリエステル、液晶ポリエステル、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン等)が挙げられる。基材の形態としては、特に限定されず、織布、不織布、ロービング、チョップドストランドマット、サーフェシングマット等が挙げられる。これらの基材は、単独で用いても、2種以上を併用してもよい。これらの基材の中でも、寸法安定性の観点から、超開繊処理、目詰め処理を施した織布が好ましく、強度と低吸水性の観点から、基材は、厚み200μm以下、質量250g/m以下のガラス織布が好ましく、吸湿耐熱性の観点から、エポキシシラン、アミノシランなどのシランカップリング剤等により表面処理されたガラス織布が好ましい。電気特性の観点から、L-ガラスやNE-ガラス、Q-ガラス等の低比誘電率、低誘電正接を示すガラス繊維からなる、低誘電ガラスクロスがより好ましい。
 低比誘電率性の基材とは、例えば、比誘電率が5.0以下(好ましくは、3.0~4.9)の基材が例示される。低誘電正接性の基材とは、例えば、誘電正接が0.006以下(好ましくは、0.001~0.005)の基材が例示される。比誘電率および誘電正接は、摂動法空洞共振器により、周波数10GHzで測定した値とする。
The base material is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material used for various printed wiring board materials. Examples of the material of the base material include glass fiber (e.g., E-glass, D-glass, L-glass, S-glass, T-glass, Q-glass, UN-glass, NE-glass, spherical glass, etc.) , inorganic fibers other than glass (eg, quartz, etc.), and organic fibers (eg, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, liquid crystal polyester, polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.). The form of the base material is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include woven fabric, nonwoven fabric, roving, chopped strand mat, surfacing mat, and the like. These base materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these base materials, from the viewpoint of dimensional stability, woven fabrics subjected to ultra-opening treatment and packing treatment are preferable, and from the viewpoints of strength and low water absorption, the base material has a thickness of 200 μm or less, a mass of 250 g/ A glass woven fabric having a size of m 2 or less is preferable, and from the viewpoint of moisture absorption and heat resistance, a glass woven fabric surface-treated with a silane coupling agent such as epoxy silane or amino silane is preferable. From the viewpoint of electrical properties, a low dielectric glass cloth made of glass fibers exhibiting a low dielectric constant and a low dielectric loss tangent, such as L-glass, NE-glass, and Q-glass, is more preferable.
Examples of the base material having a low dielectric constant include a base material having a dielectric constant of 5.0 or less (preferably 3.0 to 4.9). Examples of the low dielectric loss tangent base material include base materials with a dielectric loss tangent of 0.006 or less (preferably 0.001 to 0.005). The relative permittivity and dielectric loss tangent are values measured at a frequency of 10 GHz using a perturbation method cavity resonator.
<<金属箔張積層板>>
 本実施形態の金属箔張積層板は、本実施形態の樹脂組成物から形成された層、および/または、本実施形態のプリプレグから形成された層と、前記層の片面または両面に配置された金属箔とを含む。本実施形態の金属箔張積層板の作製方法としては、例えば、本実施形態のプリプレグを少なくとも1枚配置し(好ましくは2枚以上重ね)、その片面または両面に金属箔を配置して積層成形する方法が挙げられる。より詳細には、プリプレグの片面または両面に銅、アルミニウム等の金属箔を配置して積層成形することにより作製できる。プリプレグの枚数としては、1~10枚が好ましく、2~10枚がより好ましく、2~9枚がさらに好ましい。金属箔としては、プリント配線板用材料に用いられるものであれば特に限定されないが、例えば、圧延銅箔、電解銅箔等の銅箔が挙げられる。金属箔(好ましくは、銅箔)の厚さは、特に限定されず、1.5~70μm程度であってもよい。また、金属箔として銅箔を用いる場合、銅箔としては、JIS B0601:2013に従って測定した銅箔表面の粗度Rzが、0.2~4.0μmに調整されていることが好ましい。銅箔表面の粗度Rzを0.2μm以上とすることにより、銅箔表面の粗度が適度な大きさとなり、銅箔ピール強度がより向上する傾向にある。一方、銅箔表面の粗度Rzを4.0μm以下とすることにより、銅箔表面の粗度が適度な大きさとなり、得られる硬化物の誘電正接特性がより向上する傾向にある。銅箔表面の粗度Rzは、誘電正接低減の観点から、より好ましくは0.5μm以上であり、さらに好ましくは0.6μm以上であり、特に好ましくは0.7μm以上であり、また、より好ましくは3.5μm以下であり、さらに好ましくは3.0μm以下であり、特に好ましくは2.0μm以下である。
<<Metal foil clad laminate>>
The metal foil-clad laminate of the present embodiment includes a layer formed from the resin composition of the present embodiment and/or a layer formed from the prepreg of the present embodiment, and a layer formed from the resin composition of the present embodiment, and a layer formed from the prepreg of the present embodiment, and a layer formed from the resin composition of the present embodiment, and a layer formed from the prepreg of the present embodiment, and Including metal foil. As a method for producing the metal foil-clad laminate of this embodiment, for example, at least one prepreg of this embodiment is arranged (preferably two or more prepregs are stacked), metal foil is arranged on one or both sides of the prepreg, and laminated molding is performed. One method is to do so. More specifically, it can be produced by arranging a metal foil such as copper or aluminum on one or both sides of a prepreg and laminating it. The number of prepreg sheets is preferably 1 to 10 sheets, more preferably 2 to 10 sheets, and even more preferably 2 to 9 sheets. The metal foil is not particularly limited as long as it is used as a material for printed wiring boards, and examples thereof include copper foils such as rolled copper foil and electrolytic copper foil. The thickness of the metal foil (preferably copper foil) is not particularly limited, and may be about 1.5 to 70 μm. Further, when copper foil is used as the metal foil, it is preferable that the roughness Rz of the surface of the copper foil measured according to JIS B0601:2013 is adjusted to 0.2 to 4.0 μm. By setting the roughness Rz of the copper foil surface to 0.2 μm or more, the roughness of the copper foil surface becomes appropriate, and the copper foil peel strength tends to be further improved. On the other hand, by setting the roughness Rz of the copper foil surface to 4.0 μm or less, the roughness of the copper foil surface becomes appropriate, and the dielectric loss tangent characteristics of the obtained cured product tend to be further improved. From the viewpoint of reducing the dielectric loss tangent, the roughness Rz of the copper foil surface is more preferably 0.5 μm or more, still more preferably 0.6 μm or more, particularly preferably 0.7 μm or more, and more preferably is 3.5 μm or less, more preferably 3.0 μm or less, particularly preferably 2.0 μm or less.
 積層成形の方法としては、プリント配線板用積層板および多層板を成形する際に通常用いられる方法が挙げられ、より詳細には多段プレス機、多段真空プレス機、連続成形機、オートクレーブ成形機等を使用して、温度180~350℃程度、加熱時間100~300分程度、面圧20~100kg/cm程度で積層成形する方法が挙げられる。また、本実施形態のプリプレグと、別途作製した内層用の配線板とを組み合わせて積層成形することにより、多層板とすることもできる。多層板の製造方法としては、例えば、本実施形態のプリプレグ1枚の両面に35μm程度の銅箔を配置し、上記の成形方法にて積層形成した後、内層回路を形成し、この回路に黒化処理を実施して内層回路板を形成し、この後、この内層回路板と本実施形態のプリプレグとを交互に1枚ずつ配置し、さらに最外層に銅箔を配置して、上記条件にて好ましくは真空下で積層成形することにより、多層板を作製することができる。本実施形態の金属箔張積層板は、プリント配線板として好適に使用することができる。 Examples of the lamination molding method include methods normally used when molding laminate boards for printed wiring boards and multilayer boards, and more specifically, multistage press machines, multistage vacuum press machines, continuous molding machines, autoclave molding machines, etc. An example of this is a method of laminated molding at a temperature of about 180 to 350° C., a heating time of about 100 to 300 minutes, and a surface pressure of about 20 to 100 kg/cm 2 . Furthermore, a multilayer board can be obtained by laminating and molding a combination of the prepreg of this embodiment and a separately produced wiring board for an inner layer. As a method for manufacturing a multilayer board, for example, copper foil of about 35 μm is placed on both sides of one sheet of prepreg of this embodiment, and after lamination is formed using the above-mentioned forming method, an inner layer circuit is formed, and this circuit is coated with black. After that, the inner layer circuit board and the prepreg of this embodiment are alternately placed one by one, and a copper foil is placed on the outermost layer, and the above conditions are met. A multilayer board can be produced by lamination molding, preferably under vacuum. The metal foil-clad laminate of this embodiment can be suitably used as a printed wiring board.
 以上のように、本実施形態の樹脂組成物(特定成分の組合せからなる樹脂組成物)を用いて得られる電子材料用樹脂組成物は、その硬化物が、低誘電特性(低誘電率および/または低誘電正接)、低熱膨張性に優れるほか、耐熱性(ガラス転移温度)、デスミア耐性に優れる特性を有するものとすることができる。 As described above, the resin composition for electronic materials obtained using the resin composition of the present embodiment (resin composition consisting of a combination of specific components) has low dielectric properties (low dielectric constant and/or In addition to being excellent in low dielectric loss tangent (or low dielectric loss tangent) and low thermal expansion, it can also have excellent properties in heat resistance (glass transition temperature) and desmear resistance.
<<プリント配線板>>
 本実施形態のプリント配線板は、絶縁層と、前記絶縁層の表面に配置された導体層とを含むプリント配線板であって、前記絶縁層が、本実施形態の樹脂組成物から形成された層および本実施形態のプリプレグから形成された層の少なくとも一方を含む。このようなプリント配線板は、常法に従って製造でき、その製造方法は特に限定されない。
<<Printed wiring board>>
The printed wiring board of the present embodiment is a printed wiring board including an insulating layer and a conductor layer disposed on the surface of the insulating layer, the insulating layer being formed from the resin composition of the present embodiment. and a layer formed from the prepreg of this embodiment. Such a printed wiring board can be manufactured according to a conventional method, and the manufacturing method is not particularly limited.
 より具体的には、まず、金属箔張積層板(銅箔張積層板等)を用意する。金属箔張積層板の表面にエッチング処理を施して内層回路の形成を行い、内層基板を作製する。この内層基板の内層回路表面に、必要に応じて接着強度を高めるための表面処理を行い、次いでその内層回路表面に本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物、または、プリプレグを重ね、さらにその外側に外層回路用の金属箔を積層し、加熱加圧して一体成形する。このようにして、内層回路と外層回路用の金属箔との間に、樹脂組成物の硬化物、または、プリプレグから形成された絶縁層を有する積層板が製造される。次いで、この積層板にスルーホールやバイアホール用の穴あけ加工を施した後、硬化物層に含まれている樹脂成分に由来する樹脂の残渣であるスミアを除去するためデスミア処理が行われる。その後、スルーホールやバイアホール用の穴の壁面に内層回路と外層回路用の金属箔とを導通させるめっき金属皮膜を形成し、さらに必要に応じて外層回路用の金属箔にエッチング処理を施して外層回路を形成する。あるいは、サブトラクティブ法の場合、ビア壁面に無電解銅めっき、電解銅めっきの後にフォトレジストを使用し回路パターンの形成を行う。その後、各部材とはんだ接続する箇所以外の回路パターンの保護を行うため、両面にソルダーレジストを塗布してはんだ接続が必要な箇所の開口加工を行う。その際、積層板の表裏で異なる箇所に開口加工を行うため、裏露光の問題が生じる。本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物は、30μmの厚さの硬化物としても、g線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、およびi線(波長365nm)の透過率が低いため、この裏露光の問題を効果的に抑制できる。
 露光後、適宜、加工処理を行うことにより、プリント配線板が製造される。
More specifically, first, a metal foil-clad laminate (such as a copper foil-clad laminate) is prepared. An inner layer circuit is formed by etching the surface of the metal foil-clad laminate to produce an inner layer substrate. The surface of the inner layer circuit of this inner layer substrate is subjected to surface treatment to increase adhesive strength as required, and then the cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment or prepreg is layered on the surface of the inner layer circuit, and then the outside A metal foil for the outer layer circuit is laminated on the top and the metal foil is heated and pressed to form an integral mold. In this way, a laminate is produced that has an insulating layer formed from a cured resin composition or a prepreg between the inner layer circuit and the metal foil for the outer layer circuit. Next, after drilling holes for through holes and via holes in this laminate, a desmear process is performed to remove smear, which is resin residue derived from the resin component contained in the cured material layer. After that, a plating metal film is formed on the wall of the hole for the through hole or via hole to provide electrical continuity between the inner layer circuit and the metal foil for the outer layer circuit, and if necessary, the metal foil for the outer layer circuit is etched. Form the outer layer circuit. Alternatively, in the case of the subtractive method, a circuit pattern is formed using a photoresist after electroless copper plating and electrolytic copper plating on the via wall surface. After that, in order to protect the circuit pattern other than the parts to be soldered to each member, solder resist is applied to both sides and openings are made in the parts where solder connections are required. At that time, since openings are formed at different locations on the front and back sides of the laminate, the problem of back exposure occurs. The cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment has low transmittance for G-line (wavelength 436 nm), H-line (wavelength 405 nm), and I-line (wavelength 365 nm) even when the cured product has a thickness of 30 μm. This back exposure problem can be effectively suppressed.
After exposure, a printed wiring board is manufactured by performing appropriate processing.
 また、金属箔張積層板を用いない場合には、本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物、または、プリプレグの上に、回路となる導体層を形成しプリント配線板を作製してもよい。この際、導体層の形成に無電解めっきの手法を用いることもできる。 In addition, when a metal foil-clad laminate is not used, a printed wiring board may be produced by forming a conductor layer that will become a circuit on the cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment or a prepreg. At this time, an electroless plating method can also be used to form the conductor layer.
 より具体的には、本実施形態のプリント配線板は、例えば、本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、少なくとも一つの絶縁層と、前記絶縁層に接する少なくとも一つの導体層と、を有する基板の両面に、それぞれ、波長350~440nmの光で硬化する感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、前記感光性組成物層の少なくとも一方の面にマスクパターンを配し、前記マスクパターンを通して、波長350~440nmの光で露光を行う工程と、を有するプリント配線板の製造方法によって製造できる。
 さらには、本実施形態のプリント配線板は、本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、少なくとも一つの絶縁層と、前記絶縁層に接する少なくとも一つの導体層と、を積層した基板を準備する工程と、前記基板の両面に、それぞれ、波長350~440nmの光で硬化する感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、前記感光性組成物層の少なくとも一方の面にマスクパターンを配し、前記マスクパターンを通して、波長350~440nmの光で露光を行う工程と、を有する、プリント配線板の製造方法によって製造できる。
 なお、感光性組成物層としては、例えば、ソルダーレジスト層が挙げられる。ソルダーレジストとしては、市販のものを用いることができる。露光の方法についても公知の方法を使用でき、例えば、マスクパターンを感光性組成物層に密着させて露光する密着露光、マスクパターンと感光性組成物層を密着させないで露光する投影露光で行ってもよい。
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物をプリント配線板の絶縁層に用いることにより、裏露光が抑制できる。本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む絶縁層の厚さは、露光に用いる光の強度によって適宜選択されうるため、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、100μm以下、80μm以下、50μm以下、30μm以下、15μm以下である。絶縁層の厚さの下限値は、例えば、0.1μm以上であるが、5μm以上、10μm以上であってもよい。本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む絶縁層としては、本実施形態の樹脂組成物から形成された層、本実施形態のプリプレグから形成された層が、例示される。
 また、本実施形態のプリント配線板の製造方法においては、プリント配線板における本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む絶縁層は、少なくとも1つ以上であればよく、2つ以上であってもよい。また、本実施形態の樹脂組成物以外の硬化物を含む絶縁層と組み合わせて用いる形態であってもよい。
More specifically, the printed wiring board of this embodiment includes, for example, at least one insulating layer containing a cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment, and at least one conductor layer in contact with the insulating layer. a step of forming a photosensitive composition layer that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm on both sides of the substrate, and disposing a mask pattern on at least one side of the photosensitive composition layer, and passing through the mask pattern. The printed wiring board can be manufactured by a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board, which includes a step of exposing to light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm.
Furthermore, the printed wiring board of the present embodiment includes a substrate in which at least one insulating layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment and at least one conductive layer in contact with the insulating layer are laminated. a step of forming a photosensitive composition layer that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm on both sides of the substrate, and arranging a mask pattern on at least one side of the photosensitive composition layer, It can be manufactured by a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board, which includes the step of exposing light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm through the mask pattern.
In addition, as a photosensitive composition layer, a solder resist layer is mentioned, for example. As the solder resist, commercially available ones can be used. Known methods can be used for exposure, such as contact exposure in which the mask pattern is exposed to the photosensitive composition layer in close contact with the photosensitive composition layer, or projection exposure in which the mask pattern and the photosensitive composition layer are exposed without being in close contact with each other. Good too.
By using the resin composition of this embodiment for the insulating layer of a printed wiring board, back exposure can be suppressed. The thickness of the insulating layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment can be appropriately selected depending on the intensity of light used for exposure, and is not particularly limited. Hereinafter, the thickness is 30 μm or less and 15 μm or less. The lower limit of the thickness of the insulating layer is, for example, 0.1 μm or more, but may be 5 μm or more, or 10 μm or more. Examples of the insulating layer containing the cured product of the resin composition of this embodiment include a layer formed from the resin composition of this embodiment and a layer formed from the prepreg of this embodiment.
Further, in the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board of the present embodiment, the number of insulating layers containing the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment in the printed wiring board may be at least one, and may be two or more. Good too. Further, it may be used in combination with an insulating layer containing a cured product other than the resin composition of this embodiment.
 また、コアレスプリント配線板の製造方法では、例えば、上記プリント配線板を上記のとおり準備する工程に代えて、コア基板を準備する工程と、コア基板上に、本実施形態の組成物を含む、少なくとも一つの絶縁層と、該絶縁層の最外層表面に配置された導体層とを、積層した積層体を得る工程を経る。すなわち、コア基板上に、一または複数の絶縁層と一または複数の導体層を積層することで、コア基板上にビルドアップ層が形成された積層体を得ることができる。その後、コア基板を除去(剥離)することで、コアレスプリント配線板(コアレス基板ともいう)を形成する。 Further, in the method for manufacturing a coreless printed wiring board, for example, instead of the step of preparing the printed wiring board as described above, a step of preparing a core substrate, and a step of including the composition of the present embodiment on the core substrate. A step is performed to obtain a laminate in which at least one insulating layer and a conductor layer disposed on the outermost surface of the insulating layer are stacked. That is, by laminating one or more insulating layers and one or more conductor layers on a core substrate, a laminate in which a buildup layer is formed on the core substrate can be obtained. Thereafter, the core substrate is removed (separated) to form a coreless printed wiring board (also referred to as a coreless substrate).
 そして、このコアレス基板に対して、上述と同様に、感光性組成物層を形成する工程、露光を行う工程を行うことにより、回路パターンが形成されたコアレスプリント配線板を得ることができる。 Then, by performing the steps of forming a photosensitive composition layer and exposing the coreless substrate to light in the same manner as described above, a coreless printed wiring board on which a circuit pattern is formed can be obtained.
 また、本実施形態は、前記プリント配線板を含む半導体装置にも関する。半導体装置の詳細は、特開2021-021027号公報の段落0200~0202の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The present embodiment also relates to a semiconductor device including the printed wiring board. For details of the semiconductor device, the descriptions in paragraphs 0200 to 0202 of JP-A-2021-021027 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
 また、本実施形態の樹脂組成物の硬化物で形成された絶縁層は、その絶縁層の粗化処理後の表面粗さを小さくすることが好ましい。具体的には、粗化処理後の絶縁層の表面の算術平均粗さRaは、好ましくは200nm以下、より好ましくは150nm以下、特に好ましくは100nm以下である。算術平均粗さRaの下限値は、特に限定されないが、例えば、10nm以上でありうる。絶縁層の表面の算術平均粗さRaの測定は、形状測定顕微鏡(レーザー顕微鏡、キーエンス(株)製VK-X210(商品名))にて対物レンズ倍率150倍で撮影し,撮影した画像の中でランダムに選んだ長さ90μmの直線上の高さ分布を画像処理により求めた。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the insulating layer formed of the cured product of the resin composition of the present embodiment has a reduced surface roughness after the insulating layer is subjected to a roughening treatment. Specifically, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the insulating layer after the roughening treatment is preferably 200 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, particularly preferably 100 nm or less. The lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 10 nm or more. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the insulating layer was measured using a shape measuring microscope (laser microscope, VK-X210 (trade name) manufactured by Keyence Corporation) with an objective lens magnification of 150 times, and the image was The height distribution on a straight line with a length of 90 μm randomly selected was determined by image processing.
<<樹脂複合シート>>
 本実施形態の樹脂複合シートは、支持体と、前記支持体の表面に配置された本実施形態の樹脂組成物から形成された層とを含む。樹脂複合シートは、ビルドアップ用フィルムまたはドライフィルムソルダーレジストとして使用することができる。樹脂複合シートの製造方法としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、上記の本実施形態の樹脂組成物を溶剤に溶解させた溶液を支持体に塗布(塗工)し乾燥することで樹脂複合シートを得る方法が挙げられる。
<<Resin composite sheet>>
The resin composite sheet of this embodiment includes a support and a layer formed from the resin composition of this embodiment disposed on the surface of the support. The resin composite sheet can be used as a build-up film or a dry film solder resist. The method for producing the resin composite sheet is not particularly limited, but for example, the resin composite sheet may be produced by applying (coating) a solution in which the resin composition of the present embodiment described above is dissolved in a solvent to a support and drying it. There are several ways to obtain it.
 ここで用いる支持体としては、例えば、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、ポリカーボネートフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、エチレンテトラフルオロエチレン共重合体フィルム、ならびに、これらのフィルムの表面に離型剤を塗布した離型フィルム、ポリイミドフィルム等の有機系のフィルム基材、銅箔、アルミ箔等の導体箔、ガラス板、SUS(Steel Use Stainless)板、FRP(Fiber-Reinforced Plastics)等の板状のものが挙げられるが、特に限定されるものではない。 Examples of the support used here include polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polycarbonate film, polyethylene terephthalate film, ethylenetetrafluoroethylene copolymer film, and release films in which a release agent is applied to the surface of these films. Examples include organic film base materials such as polyimide film, conductive foils such as copper foil and aluminum foil, plate-like materials such as glass plates, SUS (Steel Use Stainless) plates, and FRP (Fiber-Reinforced Plastics). It is not particularly limited.
 塗布方法(塗工方法)としては、例えば、本実施形態の樹脂組成物を溶剤に溶解させた溶液を、バーコーター、ダイコーター、ドクターブレード、ベーカーアプリケーター等で支持体上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。また、乾燥後に、支持体と樹脂組成物が積層された樹脂複合シートから支持体を剥離またはエッチングすることで、単層シートとすることもできる。なお、上記の本実施形態の樹脂組成物を溶剤に溶解させた溶液を、シート状のキャビティを有する金型内に供給し乾燥する等してシート状に成形することで、支持体を用いることなく単層シートを得ることもできる。 Examples of the coating method (coating method) include a method in which a solution of the resin composition of the present embodiment dissolved in a solvent is coated onto the support using a bar coater, die coater, doctor blade, Baker applicator, etc. It will be done. Further, after drying, the support can be peeled off or etched from the resin composite sheet in which the support and the resin composition are laminated, thereby forming a single layer sheet. Note that the support can be used by supplying a solution in which the resin composition of the present embodiment described above is dissolved in a solvent into a mold having a sheet-like cavity and drying it to form it into a sheet. It is also possible to obtain a single layer sheet.
 なお、本実施形態の単層シートまたは樹脂複合シートの作製において、溶剤を除去する際の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、低温であると樹脂組成物中に溶剤が残り易く、高温であると樹脂組成物の硬化が進行することから、20℃~200℃の温度で1~90分間が好ましい。また、単層シートまたは樹脂複合シートは溶剤を乾燥しただけの未硬化の状態で使用することもできるし、必要に応じて半硬化(Bステージ化)の状態にして使用することもできる。さらに、本実施形態の単層シートまたは樹脂複合シートにおける樹脂層の厚みは、塗布(塗工)に用いる本実施形態の樹脂組成物の溶液の濃度と塗布厚みにより調整することができ、特に限定されないが、一般的には塗布厚みが厚くなると乾燥時に溶剤が残り易くなることから、0.1μm以上であることが好ましく、また、上限は、500μm以下、200μm以下、180μm以下であってもよいが、さらには、100μm以下、80μm以下、30μm以下、15μm以下の薄膜とすることもできる。 In the production of the single-layer sheet or resin composite sheet of this embodiment, the drying conditions for removing the solvent are not particularly limited, but if the temperature is low, the solvent tends to remain in the resin composition, and if the temperature is high, Since curing of the resin composition progresses, the temperature is preferably 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 to 90 minutes. Further, the single layer sheet or the resin composite sheet can be used in an uncured state where the solvent is simply dried, or it can be used in a semi-cured (B-staged) state if necessary. Further, the thickness of the resin layer in the single-layer sheet or resin composite sheet of this embodiment can be adjusted by the concentration of the solution of the resin composition of this embodiment used for application (coating) and the coating thickness, and there are no particular limitations. However, in general, as the coating thickness increases, solvent tends to remain during drying, so it is preferably 0.1 μm or more, and the upper limit may be 500 μm or less, 200 μm or less, or 180 μm or less. However, it is also possible to form a thin film with a thickness of 100 μm or less, 80 μm or less, 30 μm or less, or 15 μm or less.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。
 実施例で用いた測定機器等が廃番等により入手困難な場合、他の同等の性能を有する機器を用いて測定することができる。
The present invention will be explained in more detail with reference to Examples below. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
If the measuring equipment used in the examples is difficult to obtain due to discontinuation or the like, measurement can be performed using other equipment with equivalent performance.
<重量平均分子量および数平均分子量の測定>
 樹脂および化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)法によって測定した。送液ポンプ(島津製作所社製、LC-20AD)、示差屈折率検出器(島津製作所社製、RID-10A)、GPCカラム(昭和電工社製、GPC KF-801、802、803、804)を使用し、溶媒にテトラヒドロフラン、流量1.0mL/分、カラム温度40℃、単分散ポリスチレンによる検量線を用いて行った。
<Measurement of weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight>
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin and compound were measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Liquid pump (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, LC-20AD), differential refractive index detector (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, RID-10A), GPC column (manufactured by Showa Denko Corporation, GPC KF-801, 802, 803, 804) The experiment was carried out using tetrahydrofuran as the solvent, a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min, a column temperature of 40° C., and a calibration curve using monodisperse polystyrene.
<合成例1 ナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物(SNCN)の合成>
 1-ナフトールアラルキル樹脂(新日鉄住金化学株式会社製)300g(OH基換算1.28mol)およびトリエチルアミン194.6g(1.92mol)(ヒドロキシ基1molに対して1.5mol)をジクロロメタン1800gに溶解させ、これを溶液1とした。
 塩化シアン125.9g(2.05mol)(ヒドロキシ基1molに対して1.6mol)、ジクロロメタン293.8g、36%塩酸194.5g(1.92mol)(ヒドロキシ基1モルに対して1.5モル)、水1205.9gを、撹拌下、液温を-2℃から-0.5℃の間に保ちながら、溶液1を30分かけて注下した。溶液1の注下終了後、同温度にて30分撹拌した後、トリエチルアミン65g(0.64mol)(ヒドロキシ基1molに対して0.5mol)をジクロロメタン65gに溶解させた溶液(溶液2)を10分かけて注下した。溶液2注下終了後、同温度にて30分撹拌して反応を完結させた。
 その後反応液を静置して有機相と水相を分離した。得られた有機相を水1300gで5回洗浄した。水洗5回目の廃水の電気伝導度は5μS/cmであり、水による洗浄により、除けるイオン性化合物は十分に除けられたことを確認した。
 水洗後の有機相を減圧下で濃縮し、最終的に90℃で1時間濃縮乾固させて目的とするナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物(SNCN)(橙色粘性物)を331g得た。得られたSNCNの重量平均分子量は600であった。また、SNCNのIRスペクトルは2250cm-1(シアン酸エステル基)の吸収を示し、かつ、ヒドロキシ基の吸収は示さなかった。
<Synthesis Example 1 Synthesis of naphthol aralkyl cyanate ester compound (SNCN)>
1-naphthol aralkyl resin (manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd.) 300 g (1.28 mol in terms of OH group) and 194.6 g (1.92 mol) of triethylamine (1.5 mol per 1 mol of hydroxy group) were dissolved in 1800 g of dichloromethane, This was designated as solution 1.
Cyanogen chloride 125.9 g (2.05 mol) (1.6 mol per 1 mol of hydroxy group), dichloromethane 293.8 g, 36% hydrochloric acid 194.5 g (1.92 mol) (1.5 mol per 1 mol of hydroxy group) ), Solution 1 was poured into 1205.9 g of water over 30 minutes while stirring and keeping the liquid temperature between -2°C and -0.5°C. After pouring Solution 1, after stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, a solution (Solution 2) in which 65 g (0.64 mol) of triethylamine (0.5 mol per 1 mol of hydroxyl group) was dissolved in 65 g of dichloromethane was added to 10 g of dichloromethane. I poured it over several minutes. After pouring the second solution, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes to complete the reaction.
Thereafter, the reaction solution was allowed to stand still to separate the organic phase and the aqueous phase. The resulting organic phase was washed five times with 1300 g of water. The electrical conductivity of the waste water after the fifth washing with water was 5 μS/cm, confirming that the ionic compounds to be removed were sufficiently removed by washing with water.
The organic phase after washing with water was concentrated under reduced pressure and finally concentrated to dryness at 90° C. for 1 hour to obtain 331 g of the desired naphthol aralkyl cyanate ester compound (SNCN) (orange viscous material). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained SNCN was 600. Further, the IR spectrum of SNCN showed absorption at 2250 cm -1 (cyanate ester group) and no absorption at hydroxyl group.
<合成例2 変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物の合成>
<<2官能フェニレンエーテルオリゴマーの合成>>
 撹拌装置、温度計、空気導入管、および、じゃま板のついた12Lの縦長反応器にCuBr9.36g(42.1mmol)、N,N’-ジ-t-ブチルエチレンジアミン1.81g(10.5mmol)、n-ブチルジメチルアミン67.77g(671.0mmol)、トルエン2,600gを仕込み、反応温度40℃にて撹拌を行い、予め2,300gのメタノールに溶解させた2,2’,3,3’,5,5’-ヘキサメチル-(1,1’-ビフェノール)-4,4’-ジオール129.32g(0.48mol)、2,6-ジメチルフェノール878.4g(7.2mol)、N,N’-ジ-t-ブチルエチレンジアミン1.22g(7.2mmol)、n-ブチルジメチルアミン26.35g(260.9mmol)の混合溶液を、窒素と空気とを混合して酸素濃度8体積%に調整した混合ガスを5.2L/分の流速でバブリングを行いながら230分かけて滴下し、撹拌を行った。滴下終了後、エチレンジアミン四酢酸四ナトリウム48.06g(126.4mmol)を溶解した水1,500gを加え、反応を停止した。水層と有機層を分液し、有機層を1Nの塩酸水溶液、次いで純水で洗浄した。得られた溶液をエバポレーターで50質量%に濃縮し、2官能性フェニレンエーテルオリゴマー体(樹脂「A」)のトルエン溶液を1981g得た。樹脂「A」のGPC法によるポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量は1,975、GPC法によるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は3,514、水酸基当量は990であった。
<Synthesis Example 2 Synthesis of modified polyphenylene ether compound>
<<Synthesis of bifunctional phenylene ether oligomer>>
9.36 g (42.1 mmol) of CuBr 2 and 1.81 g (10 mmol) of N,N'-di-t-butylethylenediamine were placed in a 12 L vertical reactor equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, air inlet tube, and baffle plate. .5 mmol), n-butyldimethylamine 67.77 g (671.0 mmol), and toluene 2,600 g were stirred at a reaction temperature of 40°C. 3,3',5,5'-hexamethyl-(1,1'-biphenol)-4,4'-diol 129.32 g (0.48 mol), 2,6-dimethylphenol 878.4 g (7.2 mol) A mixed solution of 1.22 g (7.2 mmol) of N,N'-di-t-butylethylenediamine and 26.35 g (260.9 mmol) of n-butyldimethylamine was mixed with nitrogen and air to give an oxygen concentration of 8. A mixed gas adjusted to volume % was added dropwise over 230 minutes while bubbling at a flow rate of 5.2 L/min, followed by stirring. After the dropwise addition was completed, 1,500 g of water in which 48.06 g (126.4 mmol) of tetrasodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate was dissolved was added to stop the reaction. The aqueous layer and the organic layer were separated, and the organic layer was washed with a 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and then with pure water. The obtained solution was concentrated to 50% by mass using an evaporator to obtain 1981 g of a toluene solution of a bifunctional phenylene ether oligomer (resin "A"). Resin "A" had a number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene determined by GPC of 1,975, a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene determined by GPC of 3,514, and a hydroxyl equivalent of 990.
<<変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物の合成>>
 撹拌装置、温度計、および還流管を備えた反応器に樹脂「A」のトルエン溶液833.4g、ビニルベンジルクロライド(AGCセイミケミカル社製、「CMS-P」)76.7g、塩化メチレン1,600g、ベンジルジメチルアミン6.2g、純水199.5g、30.5質量%のNaOH水溶液83.6gを仕込み、反応温度40℃で撹拌を行った。24時間撹拌を行った後、有機層を1Nの塩酸水溶液、次いで純水で洗浄した。得られた溶液をエバポレーターで濃縮し、メタノール中へ滴下して固形化を行い、濾過により固体を回収、真空乾燥して変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物450.1gを得た。変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物のGPC法によるポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量は2,250、GPC法によるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は3,920、ビニル基当量は1189g/ビニル基であった。
<<Synthesis of modified polyphenylene ether compound>>
In a reactor equipped with a stirring device, a thermometer, and a reflux tube, 833.4 g of a toluene solution of resin "A", 76.7 g of vinylbenzyl chloride (manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd., "CMS-P"), 1 methylene chloride, 600 g of benzyldimethylamine, 6.2 g of benzyldimethylamine, 199.5 g of pure water, and 83.6 g of a 30.5% by mass NaOH aqueous solution were charged, and the mixture was stirred at a reaction temperature of 40°C. After stirring for 24 hours, the organic layer was washed with a 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and then with pure water. The obtained solution was concentrated using an evaporator, solidified by dropping into methanol, and the solid was collected by filtration and vacuum dried to obtain 450.1 g of a modified polyphenylene ether compound. The modified polyphenylene ether compound had a number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene determined by GPC of 2,250, a weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene determined by GPC of 3,920, and a vinyl group equivalent of 1189 g/vinyl group.
実施例1
 合成例1で合成したナフトールアラルキル型シアン酸エステル化合物15.0質量部、下記に構造を示すビスマレイミド(BMI-80、ケイ・アイ化成社製)35.0質量部、合成例2で得られた変性ポリフェニレンエーテル化合物25.0質量部、リン系難燃剤(PX-200、大八化学社製、1,3-フェニレンビス(2,6-ジキシレニルホスフェート))15.0質量部、スチレンオリゴマー(クリスタレックス3085、イーストマンケミカル社製)5.0質量部、熱可塑性エラストマー(SEPS、クラレ社製、SEPTON2104)5.0質量部、シリカ(平均粒子径1.1μm、アドマテックス社製のSC4500SQの分級品)62.5質量部、シリカ(平均粒子径0.7μm、SFP-130MC、電気化学工業社製)62.5質量部、湿潤分散剤(DISPERBYK-161、BYK社製)1.0質量部、シランカップリング剤(KBM403、信越シリコーン社製)3.0質量部、湿潤分散剤(DISPERBYK-2009、BYK社製)0.4質量部、紫外線吸収剤(HR-1、中央合成化学社製)0.5質量部、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N、日本化薬社製)0.5質量部、オクチル酸マンガン0.005質量部、および、トリフェニルイミダゾール0.9質量部をメチルエチルケトンで溶解させて混合し、ワニスを得た。なお、上述の各添加量は、固形分量を示す。
BMI-80
 Meはメチル基を示す。
Example 1
15.0 parts by mass of the naphthol aralkyl cyanate ester compound synthesized in Synthesis Example 1, 35.0 parts by mass of bismaleimide (BMI-80, manufactured by K.I. Kasei Co., Ltd.) having the structure shown below, obtained in Synthesis Example 2. 25.0 parts by mass of modified polyphenylene ether compound, 15.0 parts by mass of phosphorus flame retardant (PX-200, manufactured by Daihachi Kagaku Co., Ltd., 1,3-phenylene bis(2,6-dixylenyl phosphate)), styrene Oligomer (Crystalex 3085, manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co.) 5.0 parts by mass, thermoplastic elastomer (SEPS, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., SEPTON 2104) 5.0 parts by mass, silica (average particle size 1.1 μm, manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd.) SC4500SQ classified product) 62.5 parts by mass, silica (average particle size 0.7 μm, SFP-130MC, manufactured by Denki Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 62.5 parts by mass, wetting and dispersing agent (DISPERBYK-161, manufactured by BYK Company) 1. 0 parts by mass, silane coupling agent (KBM403, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone) 3.0 parts by mass, wetting and dispersing agent (DISPERBYK-2009, manufactured by BYK) 0.4 parts by mass, ultraviolet absorber (HR-1, Central Synthesis) 0.5 parts by mass of non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 0.005 parts by mass of manganese octylate, and 0.9 parts by mass of triphenylimidazole. A mass part was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone and mixed to obtain a varnish. Note that each amount added above indicates the amount of solid content.
BMI-80
Me represents a methyl group.
<厚さ0.8mmの硬化板の試験片の製造>
 得られたワニスから溶剤を蒸発留去することで樹脂組成物粉末を得た。樹脂組成物粉末を1辺100mm、厚さ0.8mmの型に充填し、両面に厚さ12μmの銅箔(3EC-M2S-VLP、三井金属鉱業(株)製)を配置し、圧力30kg/cm、温度220℃で120分間真空プレスを行い、その後、エッチングにより両面の銅箔を除去して、1辺100mm、厚さ0.8mmの硬化板を得た。
 得られた硬化板を用いて、比誘電率(Dk)、誘電正接(Df)、ならびに、ガラス転移温度(Tanδ)の評価を行った。評価結果を表1に示す。
<Manufacture of a test piece of a cured plate with a thickness of 0.8 mm>
A resin composition powder was obtained by evaporating the solvent from the obtained varnish. A mold with a side of 100 mm and a thickness of 0.8 mm was filled with the resin composition powder, copper foil (3EC-M2S-VLP, manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Mining Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 12 μm was placed on both sides, and a pressure of 30 kg/ cm 2 and a temperature of 220° C. for 120 minutes, and then the copper foil on both sides was removed by etching to obtain a cured plate with a side of 100 mm and a thickness of 0.8 mm.
Using the obtained cured plate, the dielectric constant (Dk), dielectric loss tangent (Df), and glass transition temperature (Tanδ) were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
<厚さ30μmの硬化板の試験片の製造>
 得られたワニスを乾燥後の樹脂組成物層の厚さが30μmになるように銅箔基材(厚さ1.5μmの銅箔(MT-FL、三井金属鉱業(株)製))に塗布し150℃3分の乾燥により溶剤を除去し、もう片面に厚さ12μmの銅箔(3EC-M2S-VLP、三井金属鉱業(株)製)を配置し、圧力30kg/cm、温度220℃で120分間真空プレスを行い、1辺200mm、厚さ30μmの銅箔張積層板を得た。得られた銅箔張積層板の銅箔をエッチングにより除去し、評価用サンプル(厚さ30μmの硬化板)を得た。作製した評価用サンプルを用いてg線、h線およびi線の光線透過率、裏露光の評価を行った。評価結果を表1に示す。
<Manufacture of a 30 μm thick hardened plate test piece>
The obtained varnish was applied to a copper foil base material (1.5 μm thick copper foil (MT-FL, manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Mining Co., Ltd.)) so that the thickness of the resin composition layer after drying was 30 μm. The solvent was removed by drying at 150°C for 3 minutes, and a 12 μm thick copper foil (3EC-M2S-VLP, manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Mining Co., Ltd.) was placed on the other side at a pressure of 30 kg/cm 2 and a temperature of 220°C. Vacuum pressing was performed for 120 minutes to obtain a copper foil-clad laminate having a side of 200 mm and a thickness of 30 μm. The copper foil of the obtained copper foil-clad laminate was removed by etching to obtain a sample for evaluation (cured plate with a thickness of 30 μm). Using the produced evaluation sample, the light transmittance of g-line, h-line, and i-line, and back exposure were evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1.
<測定方法および評価方法>
(1)g線(436nm)、h線(405nm)およびi線(365nm)の光線透過率の測定
 作製した厚さ30μmの評価用サンプルを、UV-vis測定装置((株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製日立分光光度計 U-4100)を用いて、波長365nm、405nm、436nmにおけるそれぞれの光線透過率の測定を行った。
 単位は、%で示した。
<Measurement method and evaluation method>
(1) Measurement of light transmittance of g-line (436 nm), h-line (405 nm), and i-line (365 nm) The prepared evaluation sample with a thickness of 30 μm was measured using a UV-vis measuring device (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). The light transmittance at wavelengths of 365 nm, 405 nm, and 436 nm was measured using a Hitachi spectrophotometer (U-4100).
The unit is shown in %.
(2)比誘電率(Dk)および誘電正接(Df)の測定
 上記で得られた厚さ0.8mmの硬化板を1.0mm×100mmサイズに加工し、120℃で、60分間乾燥させた後、摂動法空洞共振器を用いて、10GHzにおける乾燥後の比誘電率(Dk)および誘電正接(Df)を測定した。測定温度は23℃とした。
 摂動法空洞共振器は、アジレントテクノロジー社製、Agilent8722ESを用いた。
比誘電率(Dk)
A:3.0以下
B:3.0超
誘電正接(Df)
S:0.0026未満
A:0.0026以上0.0027未満
B:0.0027以上0.0028未満
C:0.0028以上
(2) Measurement of relative dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) The cured plate with a thickness of 0.8 mm obtained above was processed into a size of 1.0 mm x 100 mm and dried at 120° C. for 60 minutes. Thereafter, the relative dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) after drying at 10 GHz were measured using a perturbation method cavity resonator. The measurement temperature was 23°C.
The perturbation method cavity resonator used was Agilent 8722ES manufactured by Agilent Technologies.
Specific permittivity (Dk)
A: 3.0 or less B: 3.0 super dielectric loss tangent (Df)
S: Less than 0.0026 A: 0.0026 or more and less than 0.0027 B: 0.0027 or more and less than 0.0028 C: 0.0028 or more
(3)裏露光の判定
 作製した厚さ30μmの評価用サンプルの両面に対して、厚さ15μmのフィルム状のレジスト(太陽ホールディングス株式会社製PSR-800 AUS SR1)をラミネートし、一方の面(露光面)から下記条件で露光した。その後、露光面と反対側の面(裏面)の未硬化のレジストを除去した。裏面において、露光面からの裏露光によりレジスト残渣が残留するか否かを確認した。
 装置:ORC製DI露光機
 光源:3種混合(g線、h線、i線)
 露光量:400mJ
A:レジスト残渣なし
B:レジスト残渣有り
(3) Judgment of back exposure A 15 μm thick film resist (PSR-800 AUS SR1 manufactured by Taiyo Holdings Co., Ltd.) was laminated on both sides of the prepared evaluation sample with a thickness of 30 μm, and one side ( The exposed surface was exposed under the following conditions. Thereafter, the uncured resist on the surface opposite to the exposed surface (back surface) was removed. On the back side, it was confirmed whether or not any resist residue remained by back exposure from the exposed side.
Equipment: ORC DI exposure machine Light source: 3 types of mixture (g-line, h-line, i-line)
Exposure amount: 400mJ
A: No resist residue B: With resist residue
(4)ガラス転移温度(Tanδ)
 上記で得られた厚さ0.8mmの硬化板について、12.7mm×30mmサイズに加工し、動的粘弾性測定装置を用いて、JIS-K7244-4:1999(プラスチック-動的機械特性の試験方法-第4部:引張振動-非共振法)に準拠し、開始温度30℃、終了温度400℃、昇温速度5℃/分、測定周波数1Hz、窒素雰囲気下において、動的粘弾性を測定した。その際得られた損失正接(Tanδ)の最大値となる温度をガラス転移温度とした。
 動的粘弾性測定装置は、セイコーインスツル株式会社製、EXSTAR6000 DMS6100を用いた。
 以下の通り評価した。
A:255℃以上
B:245℃以上255℃未満
C:245℃未満
(4) Glass transition temperature (Tanδ)
The cured plate with a thickness of 0.8 mm obtained above was processed into a size of 12.7 mm x 30 mm, and measured using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device according to JIS-K7244-4:1999 (Plastics - dynamic mechanical properties). Test method - Part 4: Tensile vibration - non-resonance method), the dynamic viscoelasticity was measured at a starting temperature of 30°C, an ending temperature of 400°C, a heating rate of 5°C/min, a measurement frequency of 1Hz, and a nitrogen atmosphere. It was measured. The temperature at which the loss tangent (Tan δ) obtained at that time had a maximum value was defined as the glass transition temperature.
The dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device used was EXSTAR6000 DMS6100 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.
It was evaluated as follows.
A: 255°C or more B: 245°C or more and less than 255°C C: Less than 245°C
実施例2
 実施例1において、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)の含有量を1.0質量部に変更し、他は同様に行った。
Example 2
Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the content of the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass.
実施例3
 実施例1において、紫外線吸収剤(HR-1)の含有量を1.0質量部に変更し、かつ、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)の含有量を1.0質量部に変更し、他は同様に行った。
Example 3
In Example 1, the content of the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass, and the content of the nonmetallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass. The others did the same thing.
実施例4
 実施例1において、紫外線吸収剤(HR-1)を配合せず、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)の含有量を2.0質量部に変更し、他は同様に行った。
Example 4
The same procedure as in Example 1 was carried out except that the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was not blended and the content of the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 2.0 parts by mass.
実施例5
 実施例1において、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)の含有量を2.0質量部に変更し、他は同様に行った。
Example 5
Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the content of the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 2.0 parts by mass.
実施例6
 実施例1において、紫外線吸収剤(HR-1)の含有量を3.0質量部に変更し、かつ、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)の含有量を1.0質量部に変更し、他は同様に行った。
Example 6
In Example 1, the content of the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was changed to 3.0 parts by mass, and the content of the nonmetallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass. The others did the same thing.
比較例1
 実施例1において、紫外線吸収剤(HR-1)および非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)を配合せず、他は同様に行った。
Comparative example 1
Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) and the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) were not blended.
比較例2
 実施例1において、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)を配合せず、他は同様に行った。
Comparative example 2
Example 1 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was not blended.
比較例3
 実施例1において、紫外線吸収剤(HR-1)の含有量を3.0質量部に変更し、かつ、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)を配合せず、他は同様に行った。
Comparative example 3
In Example 1, the content of the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was changed to 3.0 parts by mass, and the nonmetallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was not blended, but the other steps were the same. .
比較例4
 実施例1において、紫外線吸収剤(HR-1)を配合せず、非金属有機色素(Kayaset Black A-N)の含有量を1.0質量部に変更し、他は同様に行った。
Comparative example 4
The same procedure as in Example 1 was carried out except that the ultraviolet absorber (HR-1) was not blended and the content of the non-metallic organic dye (Kayaset Black AN) was changed to 1.0 parts by mass.

Claims (26)

  1. 熱硬化性化合物を含む樹脂組成物であって、
    30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、g線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、および、i線(波長365nm)の透過率が、それぞれ、0.070%以下である、樹脂組成物。
    A resin composition containing a thermosetting compound,
    A resin composition in which the transmittance of g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), and i-line (wavelength 365 nm) in a cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm is 0.070% or less, respectively. thing.
  2. 30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、h線(波長405nm)の透過率が、0.050%以下である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm has a transmittance of H-line (wavelength 405 nm) of 0.050% or less.
  3. 30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、i線(波長365nm)の透過率が、0.040%以下である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm has an i-line (wavelength 365 nm) transmittance of 0.040% or less.
  4. 紫外線吸収剤および/または非金属有機色素を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, comprising an ultraviolet absorber and/or a non-metallic organic dye.
  5. 紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, comprising an ultraviolet absorber and a non-metallic organic dye.
  6. 前記非金属有機色素が、染料を含む、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the nonmetallic organic pigment contains a dye.
  7. 前記紫外線吸収剤の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超3.0質量部以下である、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the content of the ultraviolet absorber is more than 0 parts by mass and 3.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
  8. 前記非金属有機色素の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超2.0質量部以下である、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the content of the nonmetallic organic dye is more than 0 parts by mass and 2.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of resin solids in the resin composition.
  9. 前記紫外線吸収剤と前記非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)が、0.15~4.0である、請求項5に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 5, wherein the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber and the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is 0.15 to 4.0.
  10. 前記紫外線吸収剤と前記非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)が、0.4~1.5である、請求項5に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 5, wherein the mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber to the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is 0.4 to 1.5.
  11. 前記熱硬化性化合物が、マレイミド化合物、エポキシ化合物、フェノール化合物、オキセタン樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン化合物、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、および、シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。
    (式(V)中、Arは芳香族炭化水素連結基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。)
    The thermosetting compound includes a maleimide compound, an epoxy compound, a phenol compound, an oxetane resin, a benzoxazine compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and a structural unit represented by formula (V). The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, comprising one or more selected from the group consisting of a cyanate ester compound and a cyanate ester compound.
    (In formula (V), Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.)
  12. 前記樹脂組成物の硬化物の誘電正接が、0.0001以上0.0027未満である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein a dielectric loss tangent of a cured product of the resin composition is 0.0001 or more and less than 0.0027.
  13. さらに、充填材を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a filler.
  14. 前記樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対する、前記充填材の含有量が、10~1000質量部である、請求項13に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 13, wherein the content of the filler is 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition.
  15. 絶縁層形成用である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is used for forming an insulating layer.
  16. 30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、h線(波長405nm)の透過率が、0.050%以下であり、
    30μmの厚さに成形した硬化物における、i線(波長365nm)の透過率が、0.040%以下であり、
    紫外線吸収剤および非金属有機色素を含み、
    前記非金属有機色素が、染料を含み、
    前記紫外線吸収剤の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超3.0質量部以下であり、
    前記非金属有機色素の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の樹脂固形分100質量部に対し、0質量部超2.0質量部以下であり、
    前記紫外線吸収剤と前記非金属有機色素の質量比率(紫外線吸収剤/非金属有機色素)が、0.4~1.5であり、
    前記熱硬化性化合物が、マレイミド化合物、エポキシ化合物、フェノール化合物、オキセタン樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン化合物、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を2以上含むポリフェニレンエーテル化合物、式(V)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、および、シアン酸エステル化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。
    (式(V)中、Arは芳香族炭化水素連結基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。)
    The transmittance of the H-line (wavelength 405 nm) in the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm is 0.050% or less,
    The transmittance of i-line (wavelength 365 nm) in the cured product molded to a thickness of 30 μm is 0.040% or less,
    Contains UV absorbers and non-metallic organic pigments,
    the non-metallic organic pigment contains a dye,
    The content of the ultraviolet absorber is more than 0 parts by mass and 3.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition,
    The content of the non-metallic organic dye is more than 0 parts by mass and 2.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of resin solid content in the resin composition,
    The mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber and the nonmetallic organic dye (ultraviolet absorber/nonmetallic organic dye) is 0.4 to 1.5,
    The thermosetting compound includes a maleimide compound, an epoxy compound, a phenol compound, an oxetane resin, a benzoxazine compound, a polyphenylene ether compound containing two or more carbon-carbon unsaturated double bonds, and a structural unit represented by formula (V). 2. The resin composition according to claim 1, comprising one or more selected from the group consisting of a cyanate ester compound and a cyanate ester compound.
    (In formula (V), Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon linking group. * represents the bonding position.)
  17. 請求項1、2または16に記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物。 A cured product of the resin composition according to claim 1, 2 or 16.
  18. 基材と、請求項1、2または16に記載の樹脂組成物とから形成された、プリプレグ。 A prepreg formed from a base material and the resin composition according to claim 1, 2, or 16.
  19. 請求項1、2または16に記載の樹脂組成物から形成された層と、前記層の片面または両面に配置された金属箔とを含む、金属箔張積層板。 A metal foil-clad laminate comprising a layer formed from the resin composition according to claim 1, 2 or 16, and metal foil disposed on one or both sides of the layer.
  20. 支持体と、前記支持体の表面に配置された請求項1、2または16に記載の樹脂組成物から形成された層とを含む、樹脂複合シート。 A resin composite sheet comprising a support and a layer formed from the resin composition according to claim 1, 2 or 16 disposed on the surface of the support.
  21. 絶縁層と、前記絶縁層の表面に配置された導体層とを含むプリント配線板であって、前記絶縁層が、請求項1、2または16に記載の樹脂組成物から形成された層を含む、プリント配線板。 A printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer and a conductor layer disposed on a surface of the insulating layer, the insulating layer comprising a layer formed from the resin composition according to claim 1, 2 or 16. , printed wiring board.
  22. 前記絶縁層として、厚さが15μm以下の絶縁層を有する、請求項21に記載のプリント配線板。 The printed wiring board according to claim 21, wherein the insulating layer has an insulating layer having a thickness of 15 μm or less.
  23. 請求項22に記載のプリント配線板を含む半導体装置。 A semiconductor device comprising the printed wiring board according to claim 22.
  24. 請求項1、2または16に記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、少なくとも一つの絶縁層と、
    前記絶縁層に接する少なくとも一つの導体層と、を積層した基板を準備する工程と、
    前記基板の両面に、それぞれ、波長350~440nmの光で硬化する感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、
    前記感光性組成物層の少なくとも一方の面にマスクパターンを配し、前記マスクパターンを通して、波長350~440nmの光で露光を行う工程と、を有する、
    プリント配線板の製造方法。
    at least one insulating layer comprising a cured product of the resin composition according to claim 1, 2 or 16;
    a step of preparing a substrate laminated with at least one conductor layer in contact with the insulating layer;
    forming a photosensitive composition layer that is cured by light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm on both sides of the substrate;
    arranging a mask pattern on at least one surface of the photosensitive composition layer, and exposing the photosensitive composition layer to light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm through the mask pattern,
    A method for manufacturing printed wiring boards.
  25. 請求項1、2または16に記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物を含む、少なくとも一つの絶縁層と、前記絶縁層に接する少なくとも一つの導体層と、を有する基板の両面に、それぞれ、波長350~440nmの光で硬化する感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、
    前記感光性組成物層の少なくとも一方の面にマスクパターンを配し、前記マスクパターンを通して、波長350~440nmの光で露光を行う工程と、を有する、
    プリント配線板の製造方法。
    A substrate having at least one insulating layer containing a cured product of the resin composition according to claim 1, 2, or 16 and at least one conductive layer in contact with the insulating layer is coated with a substrate having a wavelength of 350 to 350, respectively. forming a photosensitive composition layer that is cured by 440 nm light;
    arranging a mask pattern on at least one surface of the photosensitive composition layer, and exposing the photosensitive composition layer to light with a wavelength of 350 to 440 nm through the mask pattern,
    A method for manufacturing printed wiring boards.
  26. 前記絶縁層として、厚さが15μm以下の絶縁層を有する、請求項24に記載のプリント配線板の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a printed wiring board according to claim 24, wherein the insulating layer has an insulating layer having a thickness of 15 μm or less.
PCT/JP2023/016071 2022-04-27 2023-04-24 Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil clad laminated plate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, semiconductor device, and printed wiring board manufacturing method WO2023210567A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-073235 2022-04-27
JP2022073235 2022-04-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023210567A1 true WO2023210567A1 (en) 2023-11-02

Family

ID=88518935

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/016071 WO2023210567A1 (en) 2022-04-27 2023-04-24 Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil clad laminated plate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, semiconductor device, and printed wiring board manufacturing method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202400696A (en)
WO (1) WO2023210567A1 (en)

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH03262185A (en) * 1990-03-13 1991-11-21 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Manufacture of ultraviolet shielding circuit board
JPH05104685A (en) * 1991-10-18 1993-04-27 Shin Kobe Electric Mach Co Ltd Resin composition for laminated sheet and manufacture thereof
JPH05186762A (en) * 1992-01-14 1993-07-27 Asahi Denka Kogyo Kk Ultraviolet absorber, resin composition, prepreg and laminate
JPH05220894A (en) * 1992-02-07 1993-08-31 Toshiba Chem Corp Ultraviolet shielding copper clad laminated sheet
JPH11228718A (en) * 1998-02-19 1999-08-24 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Prepreg, laminate, and printed wiring board
JP2003012838A (en) * 2001-07-02 2003-01-15 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Production method of laminated sheet
CN102796478A (en) * 2012-08-03 2012-11-28 金安国纪科技股份有限公司 Copper foil clad laminated board with UV shielding function, adhesive and preparation methods thereof
JP2017095599A (en) * 2015-11-25 2017-06-01 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board
JP2018044120A (en) * 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board
WO2019082698A1 (en) * 2017-10-25 2019-05-02 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, metal-clad laminate, printed wiring board, resin-provided film, and resin-provided metal foil
JP2019119812A (en) * 2018-01-09 2019-07-22 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH03262185A (en) * 1990-03-13 1991-11-21 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Manufacture of ultraviolet shielding circuit board
JPH05104685A (en) * 1991-10-18 1993-04-27 Shin Kobe Electric Mach Co Ltd Resin composition for laminated sheet and manufacture thereof
JPH05186762A (en) * 1992-01-14 1993-07-27 Asahi Denka Kogyo Kk Ultraviolet absorber, resin composition, prepreg and laminate
JPH05220894A (en) * 1992-02-07 1993-08-31 Toshiba Chem Corp Ultraviolet shielding copper clad laminated sheet
JPH11228718A (en) * 1998-02-19 1999-08-24 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Prepreg, laminate, and printed wiring board
JP2003012838A (en) * 2001-07-02 2003-01-15 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Production method of laminated sheet
CN102796478A (en) * 2012-08-03 2012-11-28 金安国纪科技股份有限公司 Copper foil clad laminated board with UV shielding function, adhesive and preparation methods thereof
JP2017095599A (en) * 2015-11-25 2017-06-01 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board
JP2018044120A (en) * 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board
WO2019082698A1 (en) * 2017-10-25 2019-05-02 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition, prepreg, metal-clad laminate, printed wiring board, resin-provided film, and resin-provided metal foil
JP2019119812A (en) * 2018-01-09 2019-07-22 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202400696A (en) 2024-01-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI814832B (en) Resin compositions, prepregs, metal foil-clad laminates, resin sheets, and printed wiring boards
TWI781918B (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
CN115785664A (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, and printed wiring board
WO2023176764A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
WO2023176763A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal-foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed circuit board, and semiconductor device
WO2023176766A1 (en) Resin, resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
WO2023171554A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal-foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed circuit board, and semiconductor device
WO2023171553A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal-foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed circuit board, and semiconductor device
JP2024003007A (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
WO2023210567A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil clad laminated plate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, semiconductor device, and printed wiring board manufacturing method
WO2024101237A1 (en) Resin, resin composition, and use thereof
WO2024101238A1 (en) Resin, resin composition, and use thereof
WO2024034276A1 (en) Method for manufacturing metal foil clad laminated sheet, resin composition, resin composite sheet, method for manufacturing printed wiring board, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2023176765A1 (en) Hydroxy resin, styrene resin, method for producing hydroxy resin, method for producing styrene resin, and applications thereof
JP7380944B2 (en) Resin compositions, prepregs, metal foil laminates, resin composite sheets, printed wiring boards, and semiconductor devices
KR102634507B1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin sheet, and printed wiring board
WO2024024664A1 (en) Resin composition, cured object, prepreg, metal-foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
WO2024090409A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, and printed wiring board
WO2024090410A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal-foil-clad laminate board, resin composite sheet, and printed wiring board
WO2024090408A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, and printed wiring board
TW202413121A (en) Method for producing metal-clad laminate, resin composition, resin composite sheet, method for producing printed wiring board, and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2023048024A1 (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate board, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
TW202323427A (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminated sheet, composite resin sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
CN118019799A (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
WO2023048026A1 (en) Resin composition, prepreg, metal-foil-clad laminate, resin composite sheet, printed circuit board, and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23796307

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1